Sunday, January 25, 2015


January 25, 2015 |



Lorraine Bernice DeGraff

January 25, 2015 |

Our beloved mother Lorraine Bernice DeGraff passed away January 18th, 2015 in Sacramento, California. Lorraine was born August 7, 1930 in Bowmanville, Canada. She moved to Sacramento in 1947 when her father was transferred to help launch the new Campbell Soup Plant. Lorraine graduated from McClatchy High School in 1948 and attended Sacramento Community College’s pre-nursing program before transferring to Stanford Nursing School where she graduated in 1953 with a Bachelor of Science in Nursing. She obtained a Masters Degree in Education from CSU Chico in 1969 and completed a Post Master’s Program in Handicapped Child Care from the University of Washington in 1975. Lorraine was a Professor of Nursing at CSU Chico from 1967 to 1992, and retired as Professor Emerita of Nursing. During her career, Lorraine took sabbaticals in England and New Zealand to study and gain knowledge of other education programs specializing in nursing care of handicapped children. She also took a two year leave of absence from 1973 to 1975 to be the Director of Training at the Children’s Hospital of Los Angeles. Lorraine participated in the Nurses’ Health Study for over 20 years and with her enthusiastic quest for knowledge, she continually expanded her professional horizons throughout her career.
Lorraine was happily married to her beloved husband Edwin for 62 years before he predeceased her in 2012. They lived in Chico from 1955 to 1975 and in Redding from 1975 on. Throughout their marriage they traveled extensively around the world and hosted international guests. Lorraine loved camping and hiking, spending time at her Silver Lake cabin, and playing Bridge with her friends. She enjoyed the arts and was a long time patron of the North State Symphony. She also was a member of the Stanford Nurses’ Alumni, the American Association of University Women (AAUW), and the First United Methodist Church.
Lorraine is survived by her brother Glenn Hopps (Myra) and their three children, daughter Stephanie DeGraff-Hunt (David), son James DeGraff, grandsons Dylan DeGraff, Vincent DeGraff, Christopher Hunt, great (twin) grand-daughters Deslynn Jean Mae DeGraff and Sienna Marie Sage DeGraff. She will have a special place in our hearts forever.

Memorial service and reception will be held at the First United Methodist Church, 1825 East Street, Redding, CA 96001, on Friday February 13th at 10:00 A.M.

Donations of remembrance may be made to:
First United Methodist Church
P.O. Box 992716
Redding, CA 96099-2716

North State Symphony, c/o CSU Chico
400 West First Street
Chico, CA 95929-0805



Special to The Enterprise

death with dignity

January 25, 2015 |

(There are some typos that I did not see when I submitted my letter)

…even when there is no perceived quality left, there is money to be made.

(There is another, but I will leave it to your editing skills!)



Letters to the Editor

death with dignity

January 25, 2015 |

The flood of letters pertaining to “death with dignity” has been interesting. But I find it perplexing that no writer has stated forcefully that keeping people alive–not just Medicare recipients–is one of many factors driving health care costs upward.
In prolonging life, even when there is no perceived quality left. There is money to be made.
Who benefits? Why, of course, the medical establishment-insurance industry complex does. And now, this complex is subsidized by the federal government–and–supported by the enormous investor class in the U. S.–in much the same way that perpetual war is supported. We all know how profits are extracted from war.
There is a stunning contradiction here. It is between the apparent lack of value of life in the war arena and the supposed value of it on the deathbed, even though there is no value when, for a terminally ill person, it is perceived as devoid of any quality, while, on the other hand, the soldier feels the quality of his life justifies his agreement with the fight.
We have embraced perpetual war, Why should it be so difficult to embrace self-induced termination?–to drink the hemlock?

(temporarily here in Davis–that is my cell #)



Letters to the Editor

For safety’s sake, turn on your headlights in the fog

January 25, 2015 |

Davis has many foggy mornings in the winter season, and every time we have one I see cars on the road with no lights on. Without lights, pedestrians and other drivers cannot see you in the fog until you are dangerously close. For safety’s sake, please use them! It’s not just a safety tip in bad weather to turn your lights on — it’s also the law. Thanks for helping keep our roads safer for everyone.



Letters to the Editor

Auto Draft

January 24, 2015 |



Elizabeth Case

Red Cross honors community heroes

From page A1 | January 25, 2015 |

WOODLAND — California Highway Patrol Officer Sean Tatum had just merged onto Interstate 80 in West Sacramento when a typical shift took a decidedly dramatic turn.

It was 9:30 a.m. on April 14, 2014, and westbound traffic near the Reed Avenue onramp was unusually backed up that Monday morning.

“There must be a wreck up here,” Tatum, a 17-year veteran of the CHP, thought to himself. Sure enough, he soon spotted people gathered on the freeway, and smoke rising from the rear of one of several wrecked cars.

Then came the screams.

“She’s stuck in the car! She’s stuck in the car!” a man hollered as he tried in vain to break out the vehicle’s rear window.

As Tatum ran up to the scene, he saw a woman trapped in the back seat of the car that was now starting to burn. She was able to make her way to the front seat, where Tatum reached in and pulled her to safety, then used a fire extinguisher to tamp down the flames until fire personnel arrived.

His actions earned Tatum the Hero of the Year award Friday from the American Red Cross’ Sierra-Delta chapter, which includes Yolo County, at a ceremony where he was one of 11 people honored for extraordinary lifesaving efforts over the past year.

But like most who have received the award over its 14-year history, Tatum, who comes from an extended family of CHP veterans, doesn’t consider himself a hero.

“I don’t feel very worthy of it. It’s just something that officers, paramedics and concerned citizens do every day,” he told several hundred people who gathered in a Woodland Community & Senior Center banquet room for Friday’s ceremony. “Everybody here is a hero, if you have a love for humanity and do the right thing.”

Others receiving the prestigious Heroes award included:

* Animal Rescue: Renee Lancaster, president of Rotts of Friends Animal Rescue, for nursing back to health 10 severely malnourished Rottweilers discovered at another local dog rescue facility in late July. Five have since been adopted and five more are awaiting new homes.

* Workplace Hero: Chris Lundin, a Davis Athletic Club employee who successfully performed CPR on a 2-year-old boy found at the bottom of the club’s swimming pool back in March. The toddler made a full recovery.

* Spirit of the Red Cross: Alena Anberg, a UC Davis student and Red Cross intern, for providing assistance to families struggling with poverty in area communities; and Matthew Brittain, an emergency medical technician and Red Cross volunteer who detected signs of potentially fatal smoke inhalation in a father and daughter at a fire scene.

* Adult Good Samaritan: Donna McGill-Cameron, who performed lifesaving CPR on her husband Dan in their Woodland home after he collapsed from a heart attack.

* Youth Good Samaritan: Skylar Berry, 11, of Rio Linda, for saving a drowning classmate by administering hands-only CPR to the beat of the song “Stayin’ Alive.” She has since started a club by the same name, teaching others to perform the technique.

* Senior Good Samaritan: Judy Vera of Woodland, for gaining custody of her four grandchildren in order to support them while also helping others in need in her community.

* Military Veteran: Christopher Williams, a Woodland native and Navy veteran who saved a choking woman while dining with his family in downtown Woodland.

* Military Hero: Alejandro Jauregui, an Army staff sergeant who lost both of his legs after stepping on an improvised explosive device during the last of four tours in Iraq and Afghanistan. He remains active in his hometown of Williams, where he motivates others to persevere.

* Law Enforcement: Maggie Burns, an El Dorado County probation officer who aided a youth who had just attempted suicide at a juvenile treatment center.

— Reach Lauren Keene at or 530-747-8048. Follow her on Twitter at @laurenkeene



Auto Draft

January 24, 2015 |



Auto Draft

January 24, 2015 |



Auto Draft

January 24, 2015 |



Parking lawsuit may be more than meets the eye

January 25, 2015 |

It seems simple enough.

A lawsuit a local and litigious litigator filed against the city disputing the parking requirements of a quiet therapist’s office next door to his house seems straightforward: Did the city allow less than the law requires for disabled access?

Yet, a tumult within part of the community in reaction to the case, a therapist caught in the crossfire and the implication in the legal documents that if the city is able to — as it is accused — skirt zoning rules in one case, it could, in theory, affect other zoning. That would mean the fight over one Americans with Disabilities Act parking space may mean more than it seems.

In any event, whether or not the city wins or loses, the dispute will cost the time and trouble of the city, the litigator and the therapist combined.

The civil lawsuit is in its beginning stages at court. In a few months, briefs may be filed on each side of the debate. At some point a Yolo Superior Court judge will hear them, provided the sides don’t settle before the scheduled legal climax — a turnabout that legal statistics show the vast majority of civil lawsuits engage in regardless of how steadfast the parties may seem to fight each other at the outset.

Michael Harrington is fighting his next-door neighbor at 717 Seventh St. in court, saying the 1,200-square-foot, purple therapist’s office is not a permitted use of the property in a residential neighborhood.

The lawsuit is old news. It was filed last year. The council last week unanimously decided in the space of a few seconds to uphold its staff’s decision to reject one of Harrington’s appeals of a planning commission decision and followed affirmation by the City Council.

The house at issue was converted from a residence to a business providing acupuncture and massage therapy in 2003. According to the city, It had a conditional use permit that expired six months after that business closed in 2011.

In October 2013, the owners of the building applied for a new permit to house a therapist’s office there. In January 2014, the Planning Commission approved the permit by a vote of 5-1. A couple of weeks later, Harrington filed an appeal of the action and in February the council voted to uphold the commission’s decision. Last week’s blink-of-an-eye vote reaffirmed that council action.

Subsequent to that penultimate council action, Harrington filed a lawsuit against the city.




Auto Draft

January 24, 2015 |



Auto Draft

January 24, 2015 |



Parking lawsuit may be more than meets the eye

January 24, 2015 |



Auto Draft

January 24, 2015 |




January 25, 2015 |

Friday’s Enterprise praised the Davis Police Department’s work in discouraging reckless cycling. Cheers indeed.
Twice in as many months I’ve been passed by a high-speed car on the right — the oncoming traffic lane — tonight on Anderson at Covell and a few weeks ago on Sycamore in front of a park. I would like to see people getting tickets a far less noteworthy event.

Scott Fuglei




Letters to the Editor

DT Health and wellness — For health and healthy appearance, there’s just one quick fix

January 24, 2015 |

You probably already know that exercising and eating right are key ways to improve your health. But, you may be overlooking one major health necessity that is as close as your kitchen faucet — water. Water is vital all year long, even during winter months when you might think hydration is less important.

“Staying hydrated is a very important component of staying healthy,” says physician assistant Tricia A. Howard, a faculty member at South University, Savannah College of Health Professions. “Most people know they need to stay hydrated when they are doing vigorous exercise or in very hot weather, but they don’t realize the importance of making sure they are getting enough water every day.”

Why water is important

Sixty percent of your body weight is made up of water. Since water carries nutrients to cells in your body, and flushes toxins from vital organs, Howard says it is important to replace what you lose daily.

“Our bodies are always losing water — even when we breathe we are losing small amounts,” she says. “So, it is important to know how much water you need daily and to make a point of drinking it.”

Your daily intake

Howard says men need three liters, or 13 cups, of water a day. Women should drink 2.2 liters or nine cups daily.

“If you drink water with each meal, and at least one glass between each meal, you will be very close to what you need to drink every day,” Howard says.

And there is good news if you want some variety. Howard says beverages like milk and even coffee can take the place of some of the water that you need to drink daily.

“Drinks that are high in water and low in calories are acceptable substitutions for water,” Howard explains. To reap the benefits without the health risks, Howard suggests skipping high-calorie, sugary drinks.

Beauty benefits

The benefits of staying properly hydrated every day go beyond good health, Howard hints. Staying hydrated also approves the appearance of your skin.

“Drinking a glass of water is one of the easiest things any of us can do,” Howard says. “It is important to how your body works on the inside, and how it looks on the outside. Adding this simple step to your daily routine is well worth the many benefits.”
— Brandpoint
** Add statement from Dr. Noll



Special to The Enterprise

DT Health and Wellness —

January 24, 2015 |

Every year, many of us resolve to change or improve our health and wellness habits. Too often, our January fervor to take control fizzles by February. But with these simple changes in managing your health habits, you can achieve meaningful, lasting change.

Paul Kriegler, assistant program manager of nutrition at Life Time – The Health Way of Life Company, offers these tips to help you make a commitment for the new year and capitalize on the energy surrounding the change in the calendar.

* Make realistic commitments: Aspiring to “lose weight” isn’t an effective resolution. Instead, Kriegler says, focus on a specific course of actions. “Focus on making small, realistic commitments to goals you can achieve along the way,” he says.

Lisa Cotler, owner of Lift Pilates in Davis, agrees — warning people not to make health goals only around losing weight. Instead, she encourages people to have more broad-reaching goals like feeling good about continuing to move and exercise as they grow older or succeeding at higher levels of exercise that will make them feel healthier, rather than focusing on looks or weight.

* Resolve to take daily action: “Most of us bite off more than we can chew and forget about what’s not within our direct control,” Kriegler says. “Life is busy — everyone has demands to meet and responsibilities often prevent us from carrying out our grand intentions of turning our lifestyles on end by working out, sleeping eight hours each night or perfectly portioning our home-prepped meals.” Instead, resolve to string together 365 days of tiny battles won and see what happens. Chances are, if you’re constantly building up small wins each day, you’ll stay motivated and may even find room to do more than you’d first envisioned.

* Expect and accept setbacks: If you keep things simple, an occasional failure shouldn’t curtail your overall plans. In fact, it should seem so easy to get back on the right track that you almost have to laugh at yourself for falling off in the first place. Set behavior goals that appear easy but are effective enough to make progress. Kriegler says that missing one day of sticking to your plan shouldn’t ruin your desire to continue, especially if the miss is an expected part of the process.

* Eat well to live well: The types of food you eat can be as important as — if not more important than — the calories they contain. This year, commit to thinking about the foods you eat, every time you eat. Keep a food journal for a week and write down everything that you eat and drink as well as how much and make a point to note how you feel. Be honest with yourself about those occasions when you may choose to eat or drink something that isn’t in the interest of your health plan. When you do an honest assessment of your eating patterns, you will likely see where moderation can work for you and where it can’t.

* Take others with you on your course of action: If you get down on yourself when you can’t stick to your intentions, Kriegler suggests adding to your support system. “Using a group or partner approach is known to increase adherence to exercise habits and healthier eating, but it also makes the process more enjoyable,” he says. Not only can your resolutions foster better health and happiness in your life, but they can inspire positive energy and change in others’ habits as well.

**Use photo from group run at fleet feet, reinforce group action. “The Golden Valley Harriers meet in front of Fleet Feet Sports in downtown Davis before and after group training. Exercising with a friend or group helps keep you motivated and less likely to skip your activity. Wayne Tilcock/Enterprise file photo”
Use photo from Ken’s Bike & Ski about using the right equipment for your needs and goals “Ken Bradford, of Ken’s Bike-Ski-Board, tests out bicycles with attendants at an event at the Davis Senior Center. Seniors were able to test ride various styles of bicycles, including electric, standard and tricycles. Using the right equipment, no matter your chosen activity, will help you stay active and avoid injury. Wayne Tilcock/Enterprise file photo”
**Waiting on statement from Donna Stephens — keeping motivated
— Brandpoint



Kimberly Yarris

Young women’s quartet to perform

January 24, 2015 |

You won’t want to miss the spectacular, beautiful and talented LoveNotes Quartet! The Sweet Adelines International, 2014 Queens of Harmony will perform at the University Covenant Church, (315 Mace Boulevard, Davis, CA) on Saturday, February 7, at 7:00 PM. Be prepared to be entertained as you watch LoveNotes in a rare local appearance, plus some added flavor of several quartets in a delightful Quartet Parade. Tickets are available at the door, or get your tickets early online: Show tickets are only $15 for Adults and $10 for Youth. (Note: Show time has changed from 7:30 PM to 7:00 PM).

Their story is truly amazing and inspiring. The LoveNotes Quartet, now ages 22-25, have been singing a cappella, four-part barbershop harmony together for over 12 years. When Brittany, Mia, Caitlin and Stephanie started singing at 11- 14 years old, their quartet was called UnderAge. They won the 2005, Young Women in Harmony Competition. In 2007, they auditioned and made it through the third round of America’s Got Talent.

By 2009, they began to compete at the adult level through Sweet Adelines International, and changed their name to a more age appropriate, LoveNotes. They became the Regional Championship Quartet for Pacific Shores Region 12, (Northern California, Nevada, Hawaii and Southern Oregon). Since then, they have competed yearly with the best quartets in the world and ultimately first place in Honolulu, Hawaii in November 2013.
LoveNotes Quartet has released many CD’s, and most recently “From the Heart” was awarded “The 2014 Barbie Award, Album of the Year.” The Album of the Year award goes to the chorus or quartet album deemed most impressive, entertaining and which helps to advance the art of barbershop music.

For more information about the LoveNotes, check out their website:

International Headquarters – PO Box 470168 – Tulsa, OK 74147-0168 – 918/622-1444 – FAX 918/665-0894



Enterprise staff

Yolo Mambo plays at KetMoRee

January 23, 2015 |

Yolo Mambo will play from 6 to 8 p.m. Sunday, Jan. 25, at KetMoRee Thai restaurant and bar, 238 G St. Davis. There is no cover charge.



Think again on euthanasia

January 24, 2015 |

There is an immeasurable difference between an act of intentionally intervening to end human life, and that of giving pain medication that may, as a secondary effect, hasten the onset of death. In the latter case the sole intention is to relieve suffering in the terminally ill, but not death itself as a means to that end. Death is an unsolicited side effect.

Totally different, then, is the deliberate act of destroying life in order to achieve that same goal. This is simply death as means to an end. These are without doubt of course matters of life and death, and the questions they raise are deserving of  serious consideration.  Included among these for us now is the role of doctor as agent of death in assisted suicide, where once more compassion is  given as excuse for enabling a most desperate final act.

So then, does it do the gravity of this matter justice by foreclosing the opportunity of serious debate by immediately thrusting it into the narrow  focus of legislative action?  It seems rather like a likely leap into a confusion of unintended consequences.  In apparent hope  of supporting this precipitous action, however, approving reference is made to the already in place Oregon law permitting assisted suicide.  Commenting on its history, it’s noted that “in 17 years in Oregon there has not been a single lawsuit or prosecution or case or objection to what’s happened.”  More than Interesting, considering what’s been at stake!  But again, how do we know all that has really happened?

Helpful in this regard is the abundance of literature on the subject that is well worth the time to read. One article in particular is “Euthanasia in the Netherlands,” by the Life Resources Charitable Trust.  It comprises a long and detailed discussion of assisted suicide in that country, and among its conclusions states, “Giving doctors the legal power to kill their patients is dangerous public policy,” More to the point is the stark statement;  “The Dutch reports contain abundant evidence that doctors kill more patients without their explicit request than with their explicit request, and that euthanasia is not restricted to the so-called strict ‘medical guidelines’ provided by the Dutch courts.”

The article referenced here is well worth reading and can be found online. And it’s just one among many.  Again, it seems  a matter of this magnitude  should be subjected to careful and informed debate, and not without serious reservations simply entrusted to a legislative agenda.

Teresa Ann Reilly



Letters to the Editor

Auto Draft

January 23, 2015 |



Auto Draft

January 23, 2015 |



Friedman letter

January 24, 2015 |

Letters to the Editor
Davis Enterprise
Davis, CA


Dear Senator McConnell;
Respectfully, the hypocrisy is astounding. Perhaps you think we aren’t paying attention, or aren’t intelligent enough to notice, but now you loudly protest that the recent Congressional election has consequences and that the Republican win reflects the will of the people. When President Obama won the elections of 2008 and 2012 there was no such honoring of his election, and in fact a concerted effort to defeat all of his initiatives, irrespective of general Republican support for those issues in the past. Memorable was your statement that the main Republican goal should be to limit Obama to one term, not to help address the severe economic problems the country was facing nor to help the millions of unemployed, when you could have helped provide solutions. The American people paid the price for your politics.
When this was happening, I was horrified. In my memory this had never happened before; for instance when Reagan convincingly won his election, the Democrats honored the election results by giving his taxation policies a chance, because “elections have consequences”.
Yours was clearly a very astute political approach to the situation, which paid off for the Republicans in the 2014 Congressional elections, as it appeared as though Obama was ineffective, but I urge you to consider the damage you do to democracy. Elections do have consequences, and when the election of Obama was not respected, it disrespected the views of the majority who had voted for him and his policies. It disrespected democracy.
You probably won’t value my views, but although you won politically now, I think the damage you do to democracy will endure and will be your legacy.

Laurie Friedman
2203 Shasta Dr.
Davis, CA 95616



Letters to the Editor

Auto Draft

January 23, 2015 |



Can climate change bring us together?

January 24, 2015 |

By Mark Aulman
Can Climate Change Bring Us Together?
When it comes to the biggest single issue of our time, the news from Washington may be getting better.
I’m talking about climate change, and the need to sharply reduce the emission of greenhouse gasses before we run out of time.
If recent polls are any indication, most of us have, or soon will have, a personal tipping point on this issue. According to The Economist/YouGov, 57 percent of all Americans now believe that the world’s climate is changing because of human activity.
For some, the tipping point may be driven by increasingly dire warnings from the world scientific community, including the NASA, NOAA and university scientists mentioned by President Obama in his State of the Union address.
For some it may be the destruction of the natural world, triggered by melting ice, radically altered precipitation and watershed patterns, ocean acidification and the loss of vital habitats, resulting in species extinctions on a scale unprecedented in human experience.
For some, including U.S. military leaders, it is the threat of global conflicts created by loss of arable land and vital water resources.
For some of us, the tipping point is a matter of social justice — the realization that we are morally responsible for protecting the world into which we were born, for the benefit of generations as yet unborn.
And that bring me back to the positive news coming from Washington. Following the President’s State of the Union speech, the political focus for both parties has shifted to a debate on how to benefit America’s middle class.
Both parties now say they favor bipartisan approaches. And this is especially important to Republicans who are eager show Americans that their newly won Congressional majorities can lead to pragmatic solutions.
What both political parties need, said New York Times columnist David Brooks in his post state of the union analysis on PBS, is a bipartisan issue they can get behind.
One proposal Brooks mentioned is a carbon fee and dividend that would place a levy on carbon fuels. As Brooks noted, this is an idea currently endorsed by many conservative economists.
Last summer, a bipartisan coalition of our nation’s top political and economic leaders including Henry Paulson, treasury secretary under President George W. Bush, issued the Risky Business report, listing the threats that climate change poses for our nation over the 21st century.
Among these was the prediction that if we continue on our current path by 2050 between $66 billion and $106 billion worth of existing coastal property will likely be below sea level in the U.S.
Conservative leaders, including Paulson and Reagan administration Secretary of State George Shultz, support a carbon tax because it would harness the power of the free market to gradually reduce the consumption of fossil fuels, reduce CO2 emissions, and help accelerate technology-based energy solutions.
The other half of the equation is returning all fees collected to the American people on an equal basis. This not only makes such a proposal revenue-neutral, it would also stimulate the economy, as shown in the recent econometric study by Regional Economic Models Inc. (REMI).
The REMI study looks at the impact of a fee starting at $10 per ton of CO2 and rising $10 per ton each year.
After 20 years, according to the report, CO2 emissions are cut in half with 2.8 million jobs added to the economy. The job growth comes primarily from the stimulus created by recycling carbon fee revenue into the pockets of people who are likely to spend the money.
In answer to those who claim any kind of tax is a political non-starter in Washington, Shultz explains simply, “It’s not a tax if the government doesn’t keep the money.”
With all the current talk about bipartisanship in our nation’s capital, we need a Republican and a Democrat in Congress with the political will to co-sponsor a market-based solution to global warming.
The time has come to get the conversation started. Congressman Garamendi, I hope you are listening.
# # #

Mark Aulman is a volunteer member of the Yolo Citizens Climate Lobby (, a non-profit, grassroots advocacy organization focused on national policies to address climate change.



Special to The Enterprise

Flyway Nights 2/5

January 24, 2015 |

Contact person: Michael Herrera, 530-758-1018

Event Date: Thursday, February 5, 2015 at 7pm

For immediate and repeated release until February 4, 2015

Flyway Nights Speaker Series, Feb. 5

Yolo Basin Foundation invites the public to Flyway Nights on Thursday, February 5 at 7pm. Rob and Dale Floerke will share their recent Cuba experience through photographs of their travels to three distinctly different regions of the island nation nicknamed the “Gem of the Caribbean”.

Beginning in Old Havana they will share the rich heritage of the city with cobblestone streets, tree-filled plazas, grand mansions, Hemingway’s home, art studios, and wonderfully maintained old cars. Moving out into the countryside, they will share stories and images of charming colonial towns of Cienfuegos and Trinidad de Cuba which just celebrated its 500th anniversary of its founding. They will also describe and show images from one of the most remarkable wetlands of the Caribbean, the Zapata Peninsula. Wrapping up the presentation they will describe their experiences in the rural countryside of the westernmost province called Pinar del Rio and the Vinales Valley.

The Yolo Basin Foundation offers Flyway Nights at 7pm the first Thursday of the month from November to April. The talks are held at the Yolo Bypass Wildlife Area Headquarters at 45211 Chiles Road (also called County Road 32B). A $5 donation to support the Foundation’s wetland education programs is suggested, and Yolo Basin members are free. Call the Yolo Basin Foundation at 530-758-1018 for more information, and check for future programs.

Photo caption: A Cuban Screech Owl peeks out from its roost atop an old tree.

Photo credit: Rob Floerke



Enterprise staff

Still time to purchase tickets for DHS Cabaret

January 24, 2015 |

The deadline to purchase tickets has been extended for the 26th annual Jazz Choir Cabaret, “Lights Up,” Saturday, Feb. 7, and Sunday, Feb. 8, at 6pm at Emerson Junior High School, 2121 Calaveras Ave. in Davis.
The event features musical and dance numbers by the Jazz Choir accompanied by the Jazz Combo, as well as an auction, raffle and a meal catered by Cracchiolo’s.
Tickets are $40 for adults and $20 for students. Table seating is assigned on a first-come, first served basis. Final reservations close on Tuesday, February 3.
Ticket order forms, a preview of auction items and further information can be found at .
Can’t make it to Cabaret Dinner Show? Enjoy the music and dance of the cabaret at a special concert Tuesday, Feb. 10, at 6:30 p.m. at the Brunelle Performance Hall, 315 W. 14th St. Concert tickets, available at the website and at the door, are $10 for adults and $5 for students and seniors.
For more information email
Contact for press releases: Sheila Allen,, 530-400-3471



Enterprise staff

Auto Draft

January 23, 2015 |



Auto Draft

January 22, 2015 |



Beeler letter

January 23, 2015 |

Krugman, in his article, equates spending on American infrastructure with spending on the Keystone XL pipeline. He doesn’t point out that infrastructure costs are covered by government funds (our taxpayer money) while XL investment capital comes from the private sector. Big difference! After reading Krugman’s writings for some years, I continually wonder how he ever won a Nobel prize.



Letters to the Editor

Auto Draft

January 22, 2015 |



Thomas George Byrne

January 23, 2015 |

May 9, 1930 — Jan. 11, 2015

Thomas George Byrne died Sunday Jan. 11, 2015. He died peacefully with his family by his side.

Tom was born the seventh child to Agnes and Walter Byrne in Pasadena. He was an active member of the Boy Scouts and attended St. Josephs High School in Alameda.

Tom met his wife, Betsy, at the Berkeley Newman Club while they were studying at UC Berkeley. Soon after they met he joined the Air Force. Tom was proud to serve his country as a pilot in Korea transporting the wounded to Japan where he was stationed. During his time in service. Tom and Betsy were married in 1954 and were stationed in Charleston, S.C., and then moved to Los Angeles. During this time they started their family and he completed his master’s degree in environmental horticulture at UCLA.

Tom’s professional life was spent as an AES Specialist in the Department of Environmental Horticulture at UC Davis. During his time there he was a co-author of numerous papers and traveled to Egypt. After Tom retired, he continued to participate in research as an emeritus faculty member.

Since retiring Tom lived a full life in Davis, traveling extensively with his wife. More recently he and his wife were active in helping to facilitate a local cancer support group.

He is survived by his wife, Betsy Byrne, his sisters Bobbie Maixner, Betty Lebbert, and Pat Byrne, his children Thomas Byrne and partner Cait McWhir, Kathleen Byrne, Susan Byrne, Paul Byrne, Evelyn Byrne and husband Martin Taggart, and Andrew Byrne and wife Lora Lee Byrne, and his grandchildren Robert Long III, Jennifer Long, Madison Taggart, and Aaron Byrne.

For information on Memorial Service email



Special to The Enterprise

Auto Draft

January 22, 2015 |



Elizabeth Case

Olive expert joins St. James event

January 23, 2015 |

Thank you, UCD Olive Center and Dan Flynn, director. What a wonderful resource for all things related to olives. As a result, St. James Church will have Orietta Gianjorio, a member of the Tasting Panel presenting mini educational information about olive oil and also tasting of various olive oils at the Annual Wine Tasting Event, Saturday, Jan. 31. The event will be held in the Memorial Center that is used for many different purposes, including the recent Cold Weather Shelter. The event committee is very grateful to Dan and to the Center.

Vernette Marsh,
Committee member
St. James Church



Letters to the Editor

Auto Draft

January 22, 2015 |



Elizabeth Case

Gen Events MASTER

August 16, 2012 |

Thursday, Jan. 29

Human performance expert, John Underwood, will speak to parents and athletes at 6:30 p.m. in the Davis High School north gym. Underwood’s “Life of an Athlete” program underscores four topics as they pertain to athletics and performance: chemical abuse, recovery, sleep and character. The event is co-sponsored by Davis High School Athletics and the Davis Junior Blue Devils. All high school and youth athletes are encouraged to attend with a parent or guardian. The event will be free of charge.

Saturday, Jan. 31

The red-carpet finale of Davis Idol 2015 gets underway at 7 p.m. in the Brunelle Performance Hall, 315 W. 14th St. Tickets are $10 in advance, $12 at the door and may be purchased from any Davis High Advanced Treble Choir member or at Watermelon Music, 207 E St. Davis Idol features local high school students competing for the title of Davis’ best singer.

Tuesday, Feb. 3

Join school district staff for the third annual parent engagement night from 6 to 9 p.m. in the Harper Junior High School multipurpose room, 4000 E. Covell Blvd. Parents and guardians, teachers, principals and other district administrators will discuss issues on the minds of community members, tools to help students learn at home and ways to be involved at school sites. The event is open to K-12 district parents, teachers and staff members. Child care and interpreters will be available.

Feb. 7-8

The Davis High School Jazz Choir’s annual cabaret dinners take place on Saturday and Sunday with doors opening at 5:30 p.m. Both evenings feature dinner, a performance and auction at Emerson Junior High School, 2121 Calaveras Ave. Tickets are $40 for adults and $20 for students and can be purchased online at

Tuesday, Feb. 10

Join the Davis High School Jazz Choir for a performance beginning at 6:30 p.m. in the Brunelle Performance Hall at DHS, 315 W. 14th St.

Thursday, Feb. 26

Parents and community members are invited to a Local Control Accountability Plan forum from 6 to 8 p.m. at King High School, 635 B St. Participants will receive an update on the implementation of LCAP and will have an opportunity to provide feedback to school district staff.

Saturday, March 14

Enjoy an evening of dinner, dessert and dancing at the annual Father-Daughter Dance Benefiting the Leukemia/Lymphoma Society from 6 to 10 p.m. at the El Macero Country Club. Tickets are $35 per person before March 1, $45 per person after that, and will go on sale on Feb. 2 at Avid Reader Active, 605 Second St., and the El Macero Country Club, 44571 Clubhouse Drive.



Anne Ternus-Bellamy

Auto Draft

January 22, 2015 |



Student of the month January

January 21, 2015 |

The Sunrise Rotary Club of Davis recently honored XX Davis, Da Vinci and King high school students as Students of the Month for January. They are:

Darrell Pemberton, nominated by King High School Principal Antonia Slagle, who wrote, “Darrell exemplifies King’s student learning outcomes. He has shown responsibility, taking on his own learning and future. Second, he is an active learner. Since he came to King High, he has become increasingly self-directed in math.

“Third, he is prepared. He has already enrolled in college classes, and is preparing for a career in physical therapy. Finally, he is always a helpful and positive presence on campus. King High staff and students will miss him when he graduates.”

* Georgia Sullivan, nominated by Da Vinci High School internship specialist Susan Kirby, who writes, “I always know that a student has had a positive internship experience when they’re asked to come back for another semester. Georgia Sullivan is one of those students and is beginning her second semester at the Valley Oak special ed preschool just across the blacktop from the Da Vinci campus.

“She knew that having a successful preschool experience can help a child develop a love for school. She felt it was her responsibility to provide a fun, exciting atmosphere where kids feel safe, free to express themselves imaginatively, make friends and adjust to being away from their parents. She learned early on that this was harder than it looked. She decided to sprinkle in some patience, passion, creativity and, most important, a love for children. And it worked!

“Georgia is an important part of our Da Vinci community in many ways. She writes for the Vitruvian, our DV paper. Our publications teacher gave her high praise for her hard work and steady spirit in all she does in this class. We’re grateful for students like Georgia and are glad she’ll be around for another year.”

* Zoei Nijjar, nominated by Da Vinci teaching Vice Principal Scott Stephen Bell, who wrote, “Zoei jumped into her Da Vinci experience with both feet, acting as a leader both in and out of the classroom. She has led her teams to great success, as well as led the student body; this is her second year in our school’s Student Leadership course. She is this year’s communications specialist and is responsible for reaching out to the student body and community at large, keeping them up to date with the goings-on at Da Vinci.

“Zoei has also taken on the duties of being Da Vinci’s first official historian. She works each day cataloguing all aspects of Da Vinci life. She records important events, and is creating a database showcasing all of the parts of project-based learning, in order that others can study it from our video library. We are incredibly proud of our Zoei.”


There are three Rotary clubs in Davis, which meet at noon Mondays, 5:30 p.m. Wednesdays and 7 a.m. Fridays. Members provide service to their community and internationally. For more information about Rotary, contact Dennis Lindsay of the Sunrise club at, Samer Alassaad of the noon club at or Steve Boschken of the Sunset club at



Enterprise staff

Meyer letter

January 23, 2015 |

From: Trent L. Meyer []
Sent: Thursday, January 22, 2015 9:40 AM
To: ‘ddavis@davisenterprise.nett’
Subject: End-of-life Senator Wolk

Dear Editor Davis:

Senator Wolk’s article: “THE END OF LIFE OPTIONS” in the Davis Enterprise, January 21, 2015 could mean Dr. Kevorkian will not have died in vain.

I have first-hand experience of close friends jumping off bridges, hanging and shoot themselves as well as countless injections of morphine till death. Family and friends suffer as well, be it emotionally, financially or lifelong guilt as we’re left powerless to help as are our health care providers.

Your “bill” is a long time coming, but feel your language is taking away the rights of those who are not able to speak for themselves. Its language might even be considered discriminatory in nature as you’re only giving the right to the MENTALLY COMPETENT!

For those who have “no voice”, the Advance Health Care Directive gives one the legal right to appoint an “AGENT”, someone you have put trust into make your health care decisions which you’ve excluded in your bill and that is shameful.

Senator Wolk and Senator Monning should reconsider the restrictive and short sighted language in this bill.

You can be “MENTALLY INCOMPETENT” and suffer just as much, possibly more and for longer periods of time just because you have no voice or skills to communicate.

Trent L. Meyer
720 B Street
Davis, CA 95616



Letters to the Editor

Children’s Hospital Toy Drive

January 23, 2015 |

We would like to send a big thank you to all those amazing families who donated to the 4th Annual UC Davis Children’s Hospital Toy Drive during the holidays. With your generous support we were able to donate over 130 new toys to the UCD Children’s Hospital Child Life Program for distribution to kids who were in the hospital during the holidays. We could not have been so successful with out all of your support. It really shines a light on how generous and giving our Davis community is. Your donation brought a lot of smiles to the children in the hospital.
We would personally like to thank the following families for their contribution and support:
-Lana and Jason Magness
-Sherri and Paul Guttenberg
-P.T. and Abby Koenig
-Carol and Roy Abbanat
-Debbie and Kevin Schelp
-Tricia and Eric Chapman
-Christine Cogsdell
-Tricia and Sean Neal
-Brianne and Scott Agatep
-Lisa and Aaron Wright
-The Madsen Family
-Karen and Eric Jacobson
-Mike and Natalie Lindquist
-The Lovell Family
-Jeff and Melanie Meis
-Ron and Pam Meis
-The Schouten Family
-Maria Jaoudi
-our wonderful neighbor Sheri
-and to those that donated anonymously
We thank you all for your generous support!

The Abbanat Family
– Jennifer, Brian, Megan, Ty and Sarah



Letters to the Editor

Is China the answer to America’s infrastructure woes?

January 23, 2015 |

Is China the Answer to America’s Infrastructure Woes?

By Alex Coblin

While seemingly patent today, the Interstate Highway System was a novel system upon its inception and played an important role in the US economy’s primacy throughout the latter half of the 20th Century. The reason is simple: a well-developed infrastructure system has long-term economic benefits. However, the US infrastructure system may now be stagnant both in terms of innovation and funding. To revitalize America’s infrastructure system, the US should consider new creative methods, such as lowering barriers to entry into the infrastructure market; opening the market will entice cost-effective and experienced innovators, from home or abroad.

According to the US Department of Transportation’s 2013 report on the status of America’s highway system, total government spending for highway improvements in 2010, the latest year for which data is available, was just over $100 billion. While seemingly large, that $100 billion was spent on numerous activities, such as new highway construction, reconstruction, resurfacing, rehabilitation, restoration, for all of America’s 4 million miles of road. Furthermore, in comparison to past spending, this amount is shrinking. According to data from the Bureau of Economic Analysis, since 1960 government spending on highways has dropped by nearly 50 percent in proportion to total government expenditures.

Prolonged under-investment in the US infrastructure system could have serious domestic economic consequences, and may lead to more spending down the line. A crumbling road network will result in decreased productivity for businesses and individuals alike – the more time spent on congested roads, the less time at work and the more money spent on car maintenance and related expenses. The American Society of Civil Engineers, a group that examines the conditions of infrastructure in the US, estimates that American households and businesses lost an estimated $130 billion in 2010 due to infrastructure deficiencies, and projects that America’s deteriorating infrastructure will cost the economy nearly $1 trillion by 2020. Even if the cost is much lower, there will be a negative impact on most Americans.

Decreased infrastructure quality also has consequences for America’s global competitiveness. In a speech delivered this month, Christine Lagarde, the managing director of the International Monetary Fund, argued that 2015 must be the “year of action” when policymakers show leadership on infrastructure investment for all nations. Lagarde reasoned that well-developed and maintained infrastructure systems allow for increased global trade, and that the United States must refurbish its languished infrastructure system in order to avoid reduced trade and decreased competitiveness in the international market.

Will the United States heed the admonitions of economic advisers and business leaders? Seeing that increased government funding is still under debate, other solutions to America’s infrastructure woes may be necessary. One method is to reduce barriers to entry in the infrastructure market. Opening up the market would bolster American infrastructure by creating more opportunity for experienced and cost-efficient foreign investors and contractors, thereby increasing competition for projects and reducing project costs.

China invests in and builds the most infrastructure globally. Over the past ten years, the American Enterprise Institute and Heritage Foundation’s China Global Investment Tracker (CGIT) has recorded almost 1,400 investment and engineering transactions of $100 million or more. Chinese companies have increased spending around the world at a steady pace over this time period with total business, both investment and contracts, nearing $1 trillion.

For investment, the US is a prime target. Beginning with Lenovo’s acquisition of IBM’s ThinkPad business, initial Chinese investment in the US was slow as both nations waited to see how Lenovo performed in the US market. The CGIT currently estimates a total of 24 transactions amounting to almost $17 billion of Chinese investment in the US in 2014, the third annual increase in a row. In total, the US has received nearly $78 billion of Chinese investment since 2005, making America the largest recipient country in the world.

In sharp contrast, Chinese engineering and construction in the US is barely visible. Despite demands for infrastructure maintenance and improvement, the US has only outsourced five road and bridge projects worth more than $100 million to Chinese firms, and the total cost for these five projects is less than $1 billion. In comparison to the rest of the world, by CGIT estimates, the United States does not rank in the top 30 countries for transportation contracts and has received less than 1 percent of China’s total outbound engineering contracts.

Awarding construction contracts to Chinese firms may sound outlandish, but it certainly is not seen that way elsewhere. In 2005, China’s global infrastructure construction of all types – road, rail, ports, and aviation – was over $4 billion. In 2014, the amount exceeded $30 billion. Chinese global infrastructure construction has occurred, or is currently in development, in over 70 countries and totals over $125 billion.

The increase in Chinese construction globally demonstrates China’s growing expertise and capacity to develop safe, reliable and cost-effective transportation systems. A few US states have already found this appealing. China Construction America, Inc., a subsidiary of China’s State Construction Engineering, rehabilitated the Alexander Hamilton Bridge in New York City and the Pulaski Skyway in New Jersey. These projects should be viewed by other states as an experiment – how well did the companies do their jobs? If the projects are completed in a safe, timely, and cost-effective manner, other states should follow suit and seek out Chinese construction companies such as Sinomach for bids.

The CGIT data show that, in terms of Chinese firms, a disconnect exists between the access to American investment and construction markets. The American infrastructure market affords an untapped opportunity, which Chinese companies are more than capable, and likely willing, to fill. How much infrastructure work the US needs is a matter of debate. That it is worthwhile to reduce barriers to entry into the US infrastructure market, an area where Chinese firms are able to contribute, should not be.

— Alex Coblin is a researcher in international political economy at the American Enterprise Institute.



Special to The Enterprise

Auto Draft

January 22, 2015 |



Auto Draft

January 22, 2015 |



Tuleyome Tales: The McNab cypress of Walker Ridge

January 22, 2015 |

By Michael Kauffmann

Walker Ridge has been on my plant exploration list for many years. I had repeatedly heard about the rare plants, serpentine landscape, and epic wildflower displays that could be found along the ridge and in the adjacent Bear Valley. I was excited to finally explore this place and to locate what has been called the largest stand of McNab Cypress in the world. What I found was something entirely different.

The California endemic McNab cypress (Cupressus macnabiana) favors the arid lowlands of the inner Coast Ranges, Sierran foothill woodlands and chaparral abutting the Central Valley. In this limited distribution, populations are often composed of only a few trees.

Most California cypresses are believed to have once had a more far-reaching range, but now survive in only fringe habitat. By finding refuge on “edaphic islands,” refined adaptations ensure that this habitat — which most other more common plant species find inhospitable — coupled with frequent fire return intervals, promote an environment where seedling recruitment is possible, generation after generation.

It is estimated that there are as few as 30 groves of McNab Cypress in 12 counties throughout California (Lanner, 1999). What these populations have in common is that they always grow on serpentine soil.

Along with typical chaparral associates like manzanita and ceanothus, McNab Cypress sometimes associates with other conifers, including Sargent Cypress. In fact, McNab and Sargent cypress are the only California cypresses whose ranges overlap. A good place to see these two together is in the Frenzel Creek Research Natural Area just to the east of Walker Ridge in Colusa County. The extensive serpentine soils found along Walker Ridge have nurtured a once-vast, now recovering, population of this rare conifer for many thousands of years.

What I was able to find on my first visit to Walker Ridge was once the largest stand of McNab Cypress I would have ever seen. The vast forest, as recently as spring 2008, would have spread its dwarfed-cypress-wings for several square miles across the southeast flanks of the ridgeline. What I saw were many square miles of burned chaparral with only a few small relic patches of “old-growth” McNab Cypress.

The shift occurred in June, 2008 when an off-road enthusiast ignited a fire via metal on serpentine. The amazing result was a “temporary” consummation of this once-vast stand of trees. Six years later this once-largest stand has been reduced to 10-inch tall saplings in a race for space with other fire-dependent chaparral species like manzanita and chamise; this vegetation shift from McNab Cypress to Chamise occurred in mere months.

Stand-replacing events such as this are testament to the ecosystem dynamics that can be observed throughout almost all of California’s landscapes and one of the major reasons this is a world biodiversity hotspot.

The questions I had as I drove back to Highway 20 on my way home to Humboldt County was where is the largest stand of McNab Cypress now and how many years will it take Walker Ridge’s cypresses to reclaim the title?

Tuleyome Tales is a monthly publication of Tuleyome, a nonprofit conservation organization based in Woodland. For more information about Tuleyome, visit Michael Kauffmann is an author and educator who lives in Humboldt County. He has written two books about conifers: “Conifer Country” and “Conifers of the Pacific Slope”. Copies of these books and other can be ordered from Kauffmann also is the author of the blog: Conifer Country (



Special to The Enterprise

Author Garth Stein is coming to town

January 21, 2015 |

Meet New York Times best-selling author Garth Stein at the Avid Reader, 612 Second St., Davis, on March 7 at 7:30 p.m. He will read from and sign copies of his new book, “A Sudden Light.” Six years ago, Garth Stein captured the hearts of readers across the globe with a charming story told by a lovable dog named Enzo. The “Art of Racing in the Rain” became an international sensation, and has sold over four million copies across 35 languages. Stein’s long-awaited new novel, “A Sudden Light,” a mutli-generational family saga, has already amassed numerous literary accolades, such as inclusion on The New York Times Bestseller list.



Special to The Enterprise

Auto Draft

January 21, 2015 |



Auto Draft

January 21, 2015 |



McNab cypress photos

January 22, 2015 |

A small patch of unburned “old-growth” McNab cypress. Courtesy photo

A McNab cypress sapling grows in serpentine soil. Courtesy photo

Serotinous cones open with fire, releasing the next generation of seeds to pioneer the cleared soil and compete with other fire-dependent chaparral shrubs. Courtesy photo



Special to The Enterprise

Auto Draft

January 21, 2015 |



Kimberly Yarris

January 21, 2015 |

Gallery 1855 Presents
Ellie Ivanova “Archive of Abandoned Dreams”
Exhibition: February 1-March 1, 2015
Opening Reception: February 8th 1:00-4:00pm
For the month of February, Gallery 1855 at Davis Cemetery (820 Pole Line Rd, Davis) will feature “Archive of Abandoned Dream” from Bulgarian born artist Ellie Ivanova. A special free opening reception will be held February 8, 2015 from 1-4:00pm. Ivanova is best known for her luminous dreamlike studies characterized by their exquisite use of light and composition. Ivanova’s pictures engage the sense of wonder almost as much as the sense of sight. The mystical series is homage to the worldview her grandmother instilled in her with her dark but alluring fairy tales and warnings. In this series she seeks to capture the elusive familiar figures and entities from those cautionary tales and personal life stories of triumph. This series also draws inspiration from the poetry and symbolism of 20th century Bulgarian poet Dimcho Debelyanov.

“The ideas and approach to life of symbolists are relevant in a world built on facebook mirages through which we create ourselves and relish in (mis)communicating false representations of their lives and dreams that seem more compelling when ambiguous and words are transformed into image.”

Originally from Bulgaria, Ellie Ivanova is a fine art photographer based in Texas. Ellie works in both traditional and experimental photography formats to produce photographic objects that allow the image to evolve and shift beyond its capture by the lens, using processes such as mordancage, embedded photograms, stitching, ripping and printed surface deformation. She uses old Eastern European medium format low-end cameras like Perfekta, Certo-Phot and Lyubitel that were popular in Bulgaria until 20 years ago to honor a vision of the world that came through the camera lenses of my parents and grandparents whose dreams received a radical amendment 25 years ago. Their goal is to reflect the uncanny worldview of anxiety and hope that gave shape to the Bulgarian experience of the 20th century.



Auto Draft

January 21, 2015 |



Auto Draft

January 21, 2015 |



Auto Draft

January 21, 2015 |



Auto Draft

January 21, 2015 |



Auto Draft

January 21, 2015 |



Auto Draft

January 20, 2015 |



Evan Ream

Evan Ream graduated with a B.A. in journalism from Southern Oregon in Ashland, Ore. He loves soccer more than any person rationally should. "Some people think football is a matter of life and death. I am very disappointed with that attitude. I can assure them it is much more serious than that." - Bill Shankly

How do you solve a problem like handling a sick bat? UCD’s Make-a-thon

January 21, 2015 |

By Holly Ober

The UC Davis student chapter of the Biomedical Engineering Society came up with a unique way to give students hands-on experience implementing a solution to a real world problem: Make it a competition and make it fun!

Make-a-thon, a competition between multiple student teams to learn the design process, took only 30 hours.

“It’s the design process on steroids,” said Anthony Passerini, associate professor of biomedical engineering, and the director of the senior design program. “The teams were doing over two days what they normally do over two quarters. They were highly constrained by time, materials and manufacturing techniques. It was a great learning experience and a lot of fun for everyone.”
“We are so thankful for the support of ASUCD, our College and Department, the national BMES organization, and Genentech,” Rose Hong Truong, President of UC Davis BMES, noted. “The event would not have been possible without them and the TEAM Design, Prototyping, and Fabrication Facilities.”

Over the weekend, teams worked on a problem that was a tightly guarded secret for weeks prior to the event. The bigger the problem, the more fun, right? Is asking the students to come up with a device that could help scientists save bats from extinction and, along with them, our agricultural economy, big enough?

White-nose syndrome, caused by Pseudogymnoascus destructans, is a recently recognized fungal killer of hibernating bats that is spreading rapidly across North America. Several once abundant bat species may now be placed on the endangered species list. White-nose syndrome has wiped out up to 90% of some bat colonies and up to 80% of the entire population of bats that hibernate in caves in the northeastern US.

Bats are among the most important consumers of insects that plague agricultural crops. The economic losses due to the reduction in insect suppression are estimated to be anywhere from $4 to $50 billion.

Finding a way to alleviate or treat white-nose syndrome is critical to the population health of at least seven species of bats.

Dr. Kevin Keel, a board-certified veterinary pathologist, and Dr. Barbara Shock, a wildlife disease ecologist, at the UC Davis School of Veterinary Medicine, first approached Steven Lucero, TEAM Facilities manager, to develop a skin biopsy tool, which became the focus of the Make-a-thon. “Our research is an attempt to find ways to mitigate the mortality of bats in affected caves. Using tissue explants as a model of infection is a powerful tool that enables us to mimic the infection on bats to better understand how we might be able to limit its growth on the skin. Any tool that makes this more efficient could help us
find better ways to help bats,” said Dr. Keel.

The sixty participants of the Make-a-thon were asked to design a single tool that would minimize handling of the bat, while being highly portable and easy for one person to use. The tool needs to cut the tiny piece of skin while adhering it to a support so that it is stretched for histological purposes. A single field tool that can be used by one person and does not require a cutting board will be both simpler for biologists and faster and easier for bats.

Faculty and industry judges evaluated each design and advanced four of the most feasible projects, two from UC Davis and two from the University of Southern California (USC), to the prototyping phase of the competition. These projects had full assistance from the UC Davis TEAM Design, Prototyping, and Fabrication Facilities to produce working prototypes of their designs. After testing the designs, Aaron Kho, E. Aaron Cohen, Lucas Murray, Natalya A. Shelby, and Shonit Sharma of UC Davis were the Overall Winners. Their device was inspired by a piercing gun. When tested, the prototype successfully cut through a bat wing in the laboratory. Awards for Most Potential and Most Creative went to teams from UC Davis and San Jose State University, respectively.

“It was truly remarkable seeing the diversity of designs,” says Dr. Jennifer Choi, Teaching Assistant Professor in Biomedical Engineering, and one of the faculty judges for the event. “When I spoke to the participants, they were all very excited in being able to play a significant role in further understanding this critical syndrome.”

Dr. Jerry C. Hu, Assistant Director of the TEAM Facilities, commented, “By bringing out the passion and creativity from students, hands-on design experiences like these are critical in inspiring them to learn. We had one team consisting only of freshmen and sophomores who learned to CAD overnight! The Make-a-thon is illustrative of TEAM’s mission to benefit education, research, and the community at large. We are excited to start manufacturing the winning prototype for researchers to use across the US before the bats come out of hibernation!”

The event occurred January 17-18, 2015, and took place in the TEAM Design, Prototyping, and Fabrication Facilities, in the Genome and Biomedical Sciences Facility, at UC Davis.

— UC Davis News



Special to The Enterprise

College corner: Have wanderlust? Go overseas for college


January 29, 2015 |

‏Many of you have probably read about the growing number of international students attaining degrees from U.S. colleges. What you may not be aware of is that there is a similar, albeit smaller, trend flowing in the opposite direction.

Increasingly when I work with students to develop their college lists, we have some international schools in the mix. And the countries that are most popular are — no surprise — English-speaking countries. So why are more Americans choosing this route, and what are the pros and cons?

Who applies and why?
Just how many people are we talking about here? The most recent data I found — from the Institute of International Education, — shows that about 46,500 U.S. students pursued a full degree outside the U.S. in 2011-2012, which was an increase of 5 percent over the previous year. Compared to the 289,408 that do study-abroad programs every year it is a small but growing amount.

I’ve identified the five main reasons American students are heading overseas.

‏1. Broaden horizons. Many students are drawn to new cultural experiences and want to expose themselves to different perspectives. (Perhaps it is even more enticing to students from small towns?) What better way than to live abroad with a built-in community of peers? Additionally, students realize that to be competitive in today’s job market, having an international degree may give them an edge.

‏2. Prestige
For students driven to achieve a degree from an uber-competitive university, applying to certain international universities is the gold standard. Take a look at the Times Higher Education World Reputation Rankings at Graduating from a program at Cambridge (ranked fourth) or Oxford (ranked fifth) programs connotes success and is certainly unique. Big disclaimer: always take rankings with a huge grain of salt. There are many factors to evaluate when deciding on which college is right for you.

‏3. Programs of interest. Don’t feel like you have a good chance to get in to the program you want in the U.S.? Why not go overseas where they may have top-notch programs in your area of interest that may be less challenging for admission for U.S. students?

‏4. Ready for more challenge. In some respects going to college abroad may feel like graduate school. Certain colleges — Oxford, Cambridge, King’s College — are three-year programs rather than four-year programs. Students can hit the ground running and delve right into their fields of interest, plus be on their way to the next step sooner.

‏5. Bargain shopping. Believe it or not, the tuition at many overseas universities can be less than stateside private school tuition. According to US News, in the United Kingdom and Canada average per-year tuition is $21,365 and $16,746, respectively. Not too shabby compared to the average per-year tuition at American private colleges of $29,056, with many private colleges costing upwards of $40,000 per year. It is also helpful that the US dollar is strong these days.

‏Why not apply?
‏Of course there are trade-offs to consider. First, assess the emotional and social fit. Is the student really ready to live so far away from home and family? Obviously, this is not an option for students who wish to come home frequently. Also, overseas universities tend to be less user-friendly than American universities. There is not the same level of advising, tutoring and social support.

Second, think about academic concerns such as whether the student is able to handle the condensed timeframe and the different format of classes. It is not uncommon for grades to be based solely on one final exam. Also, this would not be a good plan for students who are unsure of what they want to study since there is less room for exploration in the schedule.

Next, look into what are the prospects after college. Will this degree have name recognition back in the U.S.? How will a student’s transcript be evaluated for those who plan to attend American graduate school?

‏Finally, do the numbers. Plane tickets are not cheap. Plus, if financial aid is needed to make college affordable make sure aid is transferable. Check out this website to see if the international school participates in the federal student loan program.

How to apply
Regretfully, nothing is consistent when applying to foreign universities. Each will have its own application process with its own requirements and deadlines which are often earlier than in the U.S.

In general, though, these applications are similar to the Common Application for American private colleges with the biggest difference being that essays need to be much more focused on specific academic goals and letters of recommendation need to make specific mention of test scores and predicted aptitude. The good news is that almost all overseas universities accept the SAT or ACT, and documents can be uploaded electronically.

‏Until next time
‏Before I bid adieu, remember that there are as many different choices when it comes to life after high school as there are different people; so figure out what is the right fit for you and enjoy!

— Jennifer Borenstein is an independent college adviser in Davis and owner of The Right College For You. Her column is published monthly. She lives in Davis with her family. Reach her at, or visit

Overseas universities popular with Davis students
‏* King’s College London,
‏* Trinity College Dublin
‏* University of British Columbia
‏* University of Melbourne
‏* University of Oxford
‏* University of Waterloo, Canada



Jennifer Borenstein

David Brooks: Support our students

January 21, 2015 |

Commentary: Support Our Students

c.2015 New York Times News Service

All college commencements are happy, but community college commencements are the happiest of all. Many of the graduates are the first in their extended family to have earned degrees. When their name is read, big cheering sections erupt with horns and roars from the stands. Many students are older; you’ll see 50- or 60-year-old women grasping their diplomas awash in happy tears. The graduates often know exactly where they’re going to work; they walk with an extra sense of security as they head off campus.

These bright days serve as evidence that America can live up to its dream of social mobility, that there is hope at a time when the ladder upward seems creaky and inadequate.

So when President Barack Obama unveils his community college plan in the State of the Union address Tuesday night, it represents an opportunity — an opportunity to create days like that for more students.

Obama’s headline idea is to make community college free. It would reduce two years of tuition costs to zero for students with decent grades and who graduate within three years.

The evidence from a similar program in Tennessee suggests that the simple free label has an important psychological effect. Enrollment there surged when high school students learned that they could go to community college for nothing.

The problem is that getting students to enroll is neither hard nor important. The important task is to help students graduate. Community college dropout rates now hover somewhere between 66 and 80 percent.

Spending $60 billion over 10 years to make community college free will do little to reduce that. In the first place, community college is already free for most poor and working-class students who qualify for Pell grants and other aid. In 2012, 38 percent of community college students had their tuition covered entirely by grant aid, and an additional 33 percent had fees of less than $1,000.

The Obama plan would largely be a subsidy for the middle- and upper-middle-class students who are now paying tuition and who could afford to pay it in the years ahead.

The smart thing to do would be to scrap the Obama tuition plan. Students who go to community college free now have tragically high dropout rates. The $60 billion could then be spent on things that are mentioned in Obama’s proposal — but not prioritized or fleshed out — which would actually increase graduation rates.

First, you’d focus on living expenses. Tuition represents only a fifth of the costs of community college life. The bulk is textbooks, housing, transportation and so on. Students often have to take on full-time or near-full-time jobs to cover the costs, and, once they do that, they’re much more likely to lose touch with college.

You’d subsidize guidance counselors and mentors. Community colleges are not sticky places. Many students don’t have intimate relationships with anyone who can guide them through the maze of registration, who might help bond them to campus.

You’d figure out the remedial education mess. Half of all community college students arrive unprepared for college work. Remedial courses are supposed to bring them up to speed, but it’s not clear they work, so some states are dropping remediation, which could leave even more students at sea.

You’d focus on child care. A quarter of college students nationwide have dependent children. Even more students at community colleges do. Less than half of community colleges now have any day care facilities. Many students drop out because something happens at home and there’s no one to take care of the kids.

In short, you wouldn’t write government checks for tuition. You’d strengthen structures around the schools. You’d focus on the lived environment of actual students and create relationships and cushions to help them thrive.

We’ve had two generations of human capital policies. Human Capital 1.0 was designed to give people access to schools and other facilities. It was based on the 1970s liberal orthodoxy that poor people just need more money, that the government could write checks and mobility will improve.

Human Capital 2.0 is designed to help people not just enroll but to complete school and thrive. It’s based on a much more sophisticated understanding of how people actually live, on the importance of social capital, on the difficulty of living in disorganized circumstances. The new research emphasizes noncognitive skills — motivation, grit and attachment — and how to use policy levers to boost these things.

The tuition piece of the Obama proposal is Human Capital 1.0. It is locked in 1970s liberal orthodoxy. Congress should take the proposal, scrap it and rededicate the money toward programs that will actually boost completion, that will surround colleges, students and their families with supporting structures. We don’t need another program that will lure students into colleges only to have them struggle and drop out.

Copyright The New York Times News Service.



Auto Draft

January 20, 2015 |



Kimberly Yarris

Sandy Holman feature

January 21, 2015 |

Sandy Holman continues the fight against social injustice

To commemorate Martin Luther King, Jr. Sandy Holman, director of the Culture C.O-O.P. (Caring, Optimistic, Open-minded, People) and United in Unity (a non-profit organization), spoke at the Davis United Methodist Church about Race and Violence last Sunday.

Holman, a fellow UC Davis Aggie, graduated in ’87 with a B.A. in Psychology and furthered her education at California State University, Sacramento where she received an M.S. in School Counseling with a focus on Education.

After quickly learning that she wasn’t willing to commit to the heavy workouts that go along with becoming an Olympic volleyball player, she chose to pursue a different dream—social justice. She used her gifts of writing, public speaking, love, and passion to try to make the world a better place. “I knew I wanted to do something that brought people together and to help people understand each other more. A lot of people operate from fear and misunderstanding and stereotypes and it hinders their ability to be effective with the people they’re serving,” Holman said.

Holman is now an award-winning author of three children’s books We All Have A Heritage, Grandma Says Our Hair Has Flair, and Grandpa, Is Everything Black Bad?, has been working in social justice for more than twenty-five years and founded the Culture C.O.-O.P. in 1991. The Culture C.O.-O.P.’s mission is to promote understanding and respect for diversity/equity, cultural competency, literacy and a quality education for all.

For those that did not know of Holman and her accomplishments before the presentation, it wasn’t that the woman in the vibrant purple outfit is not only loved widely but also respected deeply. Before the presentation began, Holman was never alone as people were constantly vying for the opportunity to share with her their praise and the excitement they felt to hear her speak again.

Holman began with asking the audience to stand up and introduce themselves to someone they did not know and ask them why they came to the presentation.

The woman that introduced herself to me was Clara Robison. She had heard Holman speak before and expressed her deep admiration for Holman and all of her work of promoting diversity in Davis and across the country. Robison said race and violence “is not just about color, it is a global struggle.” To take a moment to recognize the Rev. and to take a step closer to end race induced violence is what inspired her to see Holman speak again.

Holman proceeded to take her audience on an emotional ride as she showed images of the violence and horrors motivated by racial discrimination that have taken place in the United States throughout history all the way until the recent events of 2014. “Part of the challenge of learning our heritage, is to remember it,” Holman said during the presentation.

Holman stressed in her presentation that racism and racial inequities do not only occur in the police force, as many would believe due to the of recent media coverage on the subject of race related crimes.

“Racial inequity occurs in all institutions,” Holman said.

Racial inequity, Holman believes, stems from the need to maintain the status quo, fear, and the lack of knowledge. “When you have those components, the perfect storm comes together. It can create some really horrible dynamics and it has,” Holman said. In order to override that metaphorical storm, one must make a commitment to become culturally competent

She describes cultural competency to be the ability to interact efficiently and comfortably with people of different cultures, ethnicities, socio-economic, and disabilities. People must attain four key components before being considered culturally competent—knowledge, awareness, skills and abilities, and action.

The MLK holiday celebrates a man who fought for the freedom of colored people. The Rev. had a famous dream, a dream that has not yet been completely fulfilled.

“On [Monday], I hope people didn’t take a day off, but used it as a day to engage in a way to make a difference in their community. I also challenge communities, especially those lacking in diversity, to venture out into other communities of color since we are still essentially so segregated as a society,” Holman said.

Whether it was in honor of Martin Luther King, Jr. for just one day or the daily the fight for his dream, Holman is, “calling people to action. If you are a singer, and that is your skill, then use it to sing about what needs to happen. If you are a politician, use your power to help come up with laws and policies and get rid of things that are still in the books that are damaging to major groups of people.”

After more than twenty-five years of action, Holman is still pushing forward and continues to spread her knowledge and passion across mediums. During the presentation, four of Holman’s twenty-five interns talked of only one of Holman’s latest projects entitled “The Cost of Darkness.”

“The Cost of Darkness” is a documentary tackling seven major institutions in which people with dark colored skin are paying a high cost even today: Economics, Education, Health-Care, the Criminal-Justice System, Politics, and the Media. The documentary is going to be an hour long and has a tentative release date of 2016.

Holman is also currently working on a book titled The Elders Speak and plans for it to also have an audiobook version. Holman wants to spread the knowledge of these social justice activists to future activists. “I am so proud of young people. Young people are why I do what I do—they give me hope for the future. I just want to make sure that they are equipped with the right information, skills, and tactics, “ Holman said. Knowing this information would hinder them from making the same mistakes made in the past.

Another way Holman reaches out to children and young adults is by visiting assemblies across the country. Instilling morals of equality and cultural competency, Holman believes, needs to start early so people have that foundation of “we’re here to serve each other, to make sure everyone has the right of freedom, justice, and the opportunity to succeed in their calling.”

While it is important to start teaching the importance of diversity at a young age, it is also never to late to learn. “I just have a commitment in giving back to youth and so I work with the internship office [at UCD] and I want to do anything that helps get students prepared for the real world,” Holman said. Through working with the twenty-five interns she takes on every year, she has realized that a lot of students only have theoretical experience rather than practical experience. Since this realization, she has connected with the UCD Internship & Career Center (ICC) and accepts applications yearlong.

After speaking with two of her interns, Akira Olivia Kumamoto and student Michelle Ngo, they both declared that Holman was their favorite part of their internship. As both are graduating this year, they are sad to end their internship with Holman but plan to use the knowledge and experience they have acquired the past two years of working with Holman in relation to their line of work.

Kumamoto, third year UCD student, Team Lead of “The Cost of Darkenss” and current arts editor of the California Aggie, plans to graduate this spring as an English major and pursue journalism with a cultural lens. Ngo, fourth year UCD student and public relations intern, is also planning on graduating this spring but with a double major of Communications and International Relations with an emphasis of peace and security in Latin America.

In 2015, Holman has many goals in addition to making progress on her upcoming books and documentary. She plans on staying on track and to not let herself become overwhelmed or distracted by life itself. She is also working on the “We All Have A Heritage” campaign, which recently launched in New York and will also kick off in Sacramento on February 28 at Barnes & Noble. You can also catch Holman, The Culture C.O.-O.P. and United in Unity on May 30 at the Cupcakes for Equality fundraiser. For more information about these events and many more, you can visit The Culture C.O.-O.P. Facebook page and website.

However, most importantly, Holman’s goal for 2015 is to spread as much love as possible and to continue to educate.

“Never give up hope. You can make a difference. Go make a difference.”

For more information about upcoming events or making a donation, you can visit The Culture C.O.-O.P. Facebook page and website.

Daniella Tutino



Auto Draft

January 19, 2015 |



Wendy Weitzel

Wendy Weitzel

Wendy Weitzel is a longtime journalist and Davis resident. She is a former managing editor of The Davis Enterprise, working there from 1998-2008. She has written her Comings & Goings business column since 2001. Today, she does freelance writing, editing, marketing and design.

Auto Draft

January 19, 2015 |



Auto Draft

January 19, 2015 |



Auto Draft

January 19, 2015 |



elias 2/6 Latinos are key

January 20, 2015 |



For the last 20 years – ever since passage in 1994 of California’s abortive anti-illegal immigrant Proposition 187 – Democrats here and around the nation have increasingly depended on Latino votes.

Election results last fall showed what happens to Democrats when they somehow disconnect with Hispanics or take them for granted: they lose, or narrowly avert defeat.

Barack Obama knew he risked alienating this ever-more vital
voting bloc last fall, when he delayed his executive order exempting about 5 million undocumented immigrants from possible deportation until after the election. But several Democratic senators who knew they’d have close races in swing states had implored him to wait.

So he did and they all lost anyway. Meanwhile, Latinos, feeling they’d been betrayed and taken for granted, stayed home. There is some uncertainty whether Democratic incumbents would have done better or worse in states like Colorado and North Carolina, both places that Latino votes helped put in the Obama column in 2012, had he acted sooner. But no one also can be sure whether an earlier immigration order would have pushed even more non-Latinos to vote Republican.

But there is no doubt Latino voters stayed home in droves last year, not only in those states but also in California.

Democrats didn’t lose any congressional seats here last year, as they did in states like Nevada and Florida, both of which saw Latino turnout fall far below 2012 levels. But they came very close in several California districts with large Hispanic populations. Had Latinos turned out in larger numbers, people like Jim Costa, Scott Peters, Julia Brownley and Ami Bera never would have been threatened. As it was, they had to wait weeks after the election to learn they’d narrowly survived.

The lesson for Democrats was plain: They must do all they can to keep Latino enthusiasm for them high.

This means they must keep moving on immigration or at least force Republicans to take stands against giving illegals a pathway to citizenship, something Obama could not do on his own. Why? Because reliable polling shows about 65 percent of Latino registered voters (all of them U.S. citizens) say they know someone who is undocumented, an increase of 10 percent from three years ago. And because 40 percent of those same voters say they know someone who either now faces deportation or did before Obama’s order.

So Democrats are acting. They’re sponsoring comprehensive immigration reform bills in both houses of Congress even though they know nothing like that will pass. Doing this has already put Republicans on the record against change.

Democrats also named New Mexico Rep. Ben Ray Lujan as the head of their overall 2016 congressional campaign. Lujan, son of a New Mexico state House speaker and cousin to both a current New Mexico congresswoman and the eponymous onetime New Mexico congressman and secretary of the Interior, was reelected last year mostly because he carried a huge majority of the Latino vote in his district.

That’s a necessity for Democrats who want to avoid losses or a post-election month of nail biting. Only about 8 percent of the national electorate was Latino last fall, the worst showing for the ethnic group in 14 years and the first time in a generation its percentage of the vote has dropped. Latinos made up 10 percent of the national electorate in 2012, and about 14 percent in California.

There was no presidential race last year and voting turnout for all groups invariably drops in midterm elections, but this was still a remarkably low vote.

So Democrats next year will target Hispanic-oriented districts they lost this time, meaning Central Valley Republicans Jeff Denham and David Valadao can once again expect to be targeted. It hasn’t worked before, and neither voted for the House GOP’s bill aiming to kill Obama’s immigration order. Both know the growing Latino presence in their districts could endanger them.

But much depends on who draws the major party nominations for president. If Republicans tab former Florida Gov. Jeb Bush, a fluent Spanish speaker with a Latina wife and no anti-immigration rhetoric, the Democratic task gets tougher. But a Rand Paul or a Ted Cruz atop the GOP might be suicidal in an era when Latino votes have the influence displayed last year.

Elias is author of the current book “The Burzynski Breakthrough: The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” now available in an updated third edition. His email address is



elias 2/3 criminal investigation for utility regulators?

January 20, 2015 |



Memo to United States Attorneys in Los Angeles, San Francisco and San Diego: It’s high time you investigate the former president and some current members and officials of the California Public Utilities Commission for things like conspiracy to commit mail fraud and wire fraud.

Evidence against current commissioners and former commission President Michael Peevey has mounted steadily over the last six months, but there has been no action against anyone.

State rules forbid utility regulators from communicating individually with executives of the companies they regulate. Any letters, texts or emails must go to all five commissioners, as a means of preventing secret deals favoring the companies over their business and residential customers.

Yet, emails have shown that Peevey for years communicated privately and had understandings with executives of both Pacific Gas & Electric Co. and the Southern California Edison Co., of which he was formerly president. He even hosted at least one high PG&E official at his country home in Sea Ranch, north of San Francisco.

He also communicated privately with Edison execs, setting up a dinner in London with one, and in one case reported by the U-T San Diego newspaper agreeing to delay a PUC action that would limit the percentage of Edison’s executive bonuses it could bill to ratepayers until after that year’s bonuses had been paid under old rules.

Current Commissioner Mike Florio has recused himself from some votes affecting PG&E because of his role in a “judge-shopping” attempt. Emails showed Florio helped the utility choose a sympathetic commission administrative law judge to preside over a key case.

And there was the recently-disclosed 2012 phone call between Edison’s external relations director and the administrative law judge presiding over a case to determine how Edison and its customers would split the cost of retiring the disabled San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station. Edison says that call covered only technicalities.

All this led Michael Picker, the new commission president, in a public meeting, to call the emails “troubling and very painful to read.” Yet, in the year he served on the commission with Peevey, Picker never voted against him in any major case.

One bottom line in all this is that customers of California’s big regulated utilities – PG&E, Edison and San Diego Gas & Electric – pay power rates averaging almost twice as much as consumers served by the municipal utilities in Los Angeles, Anaheim, Riverside, Sacramento and Anaheim. Power rates have consistently risen, while consumption has remained steady. Details are contained in this report about San Onofre generated by former San Diego City Attorney Mike Aguirre:

No, utility profits are not supposed to lead to doubly high energy bills. That, in fact, is what the PUC was set up to prevent.

This column has frequently documented PUC favoritism of the big companies over their rate payers, labeling Peevey a “fox guarding the chicken house” as early as 2005. But the emails released in recent months provide a smoking gun pointing toward possible criminal conspiracy. If so, it could be charged as mail fraud and/or wire fraud because excessively high rates set via conspiracy would have been billed by mail or email.

Aguirre suggests the U.S. attorneys convene special grand juries like the one that indicted PG&E for its conduct surrounding the fatal 2010 San Bruno gas pipeline explosion.

“We need to investigate how utility rates got so high,” Aguirre said. “It’s been a swamp of dishonesty.”

Aguirre suggests investigating, for example, what happened to money collected by the big companies to ensure utility safety. “Edison was paid money for defective San Onofre steam generators. PG&E was paid money (since the 1950s) to fix (gas lines), but failed to do so,” his report said. Similarly, he said, defective SDG&E equipment caused a huge 2007 San Diego County fire.

“In each case, the PUC blocked its (staff’s) investigations into utility executive wrongdoing,” Aguirre charges. No one knows what happened to billions of maintenance dollars paid by customers.

Efforts to ask Picker about these charges and any plans to improve PUC practices were rebuffed.

The bottom line: The pattern of utility regulators’ favoritism of the companies they oversee, even possible collusion with them, has been plain for decades. But the email and telephone call evidence emerged only lately.

That evidence is so strong it would be dereliction of duty for prosecutors to ignore it.

Email Thomas Elias at His book, “The Burzynski Breakthrough: The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” is now available in a soft cover fourth edition. For more Elias columns, go to



Auto Draft

January 19, 2015 |



Goss letter

January 20, 2015 |

To the Editor of the Davis Enterprise
Muslim scholars distinguish two types of revelation in the Qu’ran: those Mohammed received at Mecca and those at Medina. The ones from Mecca are considered general truths that are applicable at all times; those from Medina are considered applicable only to the specific situation of Medina that was in the midst of a war. The citations given in recent letters to the Enterprise where harsh, violent treatment of enemies are cited come from the revelations at Medina not Mecca. They do not represent the normal tolerance of others found in the Mecca revelations. If people cite texts from the Qu’ran, the Bible or any religious text out of context, they can prove anything they wish about another religion’s beliefs, although usually at the cost of atrocious distortions. More than ever we need to get past uninformed stereotypes and begin to seek honest understanding of each other.

James Goss, Professor Emeritus, Religious Studies, California State University, Northridge.
Davis resident at 1025 Ohlone Street. 530-753-5956



Letters to the Editor

Auto Draft

January 19, 2015 |



Auto Draft

January 19, 2015 |



Auto Draft

January 19, 2015 |



Auto repair

January 20, 2015 |

Letter to the Editor

Years ago, I used to do all my own automotive repair work. That was back in the day when looking under the hood was not as mysterious as it is now. Today, if you are anything like me, auto repair has become nearly impossible for the backyard mechanic.

Fortunately, in Davis we have Center City Automotive, locally owned and operated by a longtime Davis family. Doug and Jim run a professional shop with excellent staff. They are intelligent, experienced and honest. What more could you ask for? Located just behind Home Trends, another locally owned business on Fifth Street, Center City is on Madson Place. For service or repair, I recommend Center City Automotive.

Bob Cordrey




Letters to the Editor

Thank you Davis Odd Fellows Lodge

January 20, 2015 |

Thank you Davis Odd Fellows Lodge!

Boy did we find out how fun professional Bingo is! Every month, the Davis Odd Fellows Lodge selects a different charity to support through its monthly Bingo event. In January, the Lodge selected Team Davis – our local all-volunteer organization that provides children and adults that have intellectual and physical disabilities with sports, social and educational activities. Several of our participants and their families came to play last Sunday afternoon. We were proud that more Bingo players came than had ever come before – approximately 125 total from Team Davis and otherwise. And, the players brought in more money for charity than had ever been brought in previously – over $1,500! On behalf of the nearly 150 participants, family members and 90+ volunteers, we extend our appreciation to Davis Odd Fellows Lodge and its regular and new Bingo players! For more information about Team Davis or to contact us, please visit us at

Robin Dewey
President, Team Davis Board of Directors



Letters to the Editor

Auto Draft

January 19, 2015 |



Student Seeks Help

January 17, 2015 |

Dear people from the Golden State,

My name is Jermaine Green. I am doing a state report on California this year. I need some help on my report. If you could send me some items to help me with my report I would really love that.

Things I would like are like maps,even facts about California and anything about California. So please if you can help me I would love that a lot. I really don’t need a lot of stuff, I just want stuff to help on my report.

Thank you so much for taking time to read my letter. I appreciate any help you can give on my report on California.


Jermaine Green
Conway School
Mrs. LaRocque’s Class
19710 SR 534
Mount Vernon, WA 98274



Letters to the Editor

The place where food grows on water

January 14, 2015 |

The Butterfly Effects……
“The Place Where Food Grows on Water”

“I don’t know what to say about it,
When all your ears have turned away,
But now’s the time to look and look again at what you see,
Is that the way it ought to stay?”
”That’s the Way” by Jimmy Page and Robert Plant

By Debra Chase
A chill wind hits his face. Forging ahead in his canoe he travels the way his ancestors came before him, long pole in hand he pulls the rice stalks over into the canoe and with the pole hits the rice until he can see the fine grains fall into the bottom of the canoe. Looking around him he sees his brothers and sisters in their canoes doing as he has done, as his ancestors have done for many hundreds of years. Soon the harvest will be complete and the ancient ceremony of thanksgiving can begin.

It is said, over one thousand years ago the Anishinaabe People traveled from their home on the west coast of Turtle Island (North America) to the “place where food grows on water”. The great lakes region became their home and the native wild rice became more than just their food. It is used in their daily lives, ceremonies, and feasts of thanksgiving. The native peoples of America new the benefits of the rice, the cycle of life that the rice grass supported. The ecological importance of this native grass goes beyond providing habitat for a myriad of species; it is the power of water, patience and ultimately, oneness.

A warmer planet may mean less rice for the native peoples of the great lake region and ultimately for the rest of the world. It is showing us that what we do here and there affects the lives of the people there and here. It is reminding us of the great responsibility we have as individuals, as a community, as a people, to care for our great Mother Earth.

Before you go to bed tonight, take about ½ cup of wild rice, and place it in a large mason jar with 4 cups of water. Cover it with a sprouters’ lid or piece of cheesecloth held with a rubber band and let it sit overnight. Next morning, drain off the water into your potted plants or garden. Add clean water to the rice, cover, and let sit all day in a cool spot on your kitchen counter. In the morning and evening drain, rinse and add fresh water again. Do this for two to three more days. Every day as the rice soaks up the water you will watch the process of “blooming”, the rice will open its “petals” and a beautiful pale center will be exposed. After the petals have bloomed drain and rinse one last time. Notice throughout this process how much water you had to use to sprout this small amount of rice. Now think of the vast fields of rice grown here in America and around the world and the amount of water needed for those fields of rice to sprout and grow.

Place the rice in your most beautiful bowl add a dash of olive oil a little apple cider vinegar mixed with some raw honey a diced apple and some thin slices of red onion. Make it your own by adding grated ginger, garlic or chopped fresh herbs. As you enjoy your rice petal salad, reflect on the many generations that have come before you that preserved the rice and kept it safe for you to enjoy today and for many more years to come.

Should a butterfly flap its wings
The wind of worlds will swim and sing

BIO Short-
Debra Chase is a self-taught traditional chef with over three decades of professional experience. Originally from Tennessee she shares her culinary heritage, traditions and devotion to the planet through cooking classes and demonstrations. Once honored by the California State Legislature as a “Woman Dedicated to Saving the Planet” she weaves environmentalism and vegetarianism in a gentle fashion to assist individuals and families to be more mindful of the way their food choices affect the planet. She currently resides in Colusa County on a small farm.
Comments to be sent to

Photo Credits
Colusa County Rice Field Full and Fallow by Debra Chase
Women Harvesting – By S. Eastman [Public domain], via Wikimedia Commons



Special to The Enterprise

elias 1/30: Tail wags dog again in presidential race

January 13, 2015 |



Almost exactly one year from today – Jan. 26, 2016 – voters in New Hampshire will don parkas and trek through snowdrifts to tell the rest of America who should be running for president and who should not.

That vote will come eight days after the Iowa caucuses draw a few tens of thousands of die-hard activists from both major parties to give their version of the same thing.

Within less than three weeks, Nevada and South Carolina will follow, ensuring yet another four-year electoral cycle where the tail wags the dog. Candidates will have to know all about ethanol subsidies to compete in Iowa, but because California votes on June 7 next year, no candidate will have to know much about this state’s high speed rail project or the “twin tunnels” water development sought by Gov. Jerry Brown.

Once again, California won’t matter as the Podunk states of America decide the future of this country and much of the world’s future as well. California won’t even be a factor in the general election, as the Democrats’ heavy voter registration advantage here pretty much assures its 55 electoral votes to the Democratic nominee, no matter who that may be.

It didn’t have to be this way, and it doesn’t necessarily have to be that way in 2020 and beyond.

One big reason California won’t count for much next year is that state legislators made no effort to set an early date for the state’s primary. They figured that every time they tried that – the state has voted in early February in several recent election cycles – it still hasn’t mattered much.

This was because whenever California moved up its primary, other states governed by an “anywhere but California” mindset moved theirs up even earlier, with things getting so absurb that in 2008 and 2012, Iowans caucused just three days after the New Year’s celebrations.

California lawmakers also have their own reasons for disliking early primaries, the main one being that early votes accelerate filing deadlines, which normally fall about three months before primary day. This forces them to speed up their decision-making process, eroding their comfort levels. An early primary also means early fund-raising, forcing many officials to get on the phone with donors just a couple of months after taking office.

But no one can say accurately that moving California’s primary up doesn’t increase its influence. The hard-fought 2008 Democratic contest between Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton is probably Example A of this. Obama dominated much of the initial going, but when California voted in early February, Clinton emerged about even with the eventual president. So California alone assured that the Democratic race extended well into April and all the way to Pennsylvania before Clinton finally conceded.

It also meant that both candidates trekked around the state, it meant millions of advertising dollars for California media, plenty of revenue and extra jobs for services like caterers and charter bus lines.

The only reason California didn’t decide the Democratic race for Clinton was the national party rule demanding proportionate representation. Obama lost in most California congressional districts, but got plenty of national convention delegates anyhow. The result would have been very different under the Republicans’ more decisive winner-take-all rules.

So anyone who says California didn’t matter when it voted earlier is only partially correct. And anyone who says the calendar can’t still be altered is also not completely correct.

If California legislators and Gov. Brown want to increase this state’s influence, they can do it right now, even though there would be a bit of a price. If California moved up into January, Republican Party rules would deprive it of about 70 percent of its convention delegates.

The Democrats might also assess a delegate penalty, but it’s not automatic, and there’s some doubt they would, since they want to keep California solidly in their column.

All of which means California will be irrelevant-land during the next presidential season, unless politicians here are willing to defy the national parties. But they won’t, and most likely will find new excuses to avoid moving up the vote in future election seasons, just because staying put in June is easier for them despite the fact it disenfranchises their tens of millions of constituents.

Email Thomas Elias at His book, “The Burzynski Breakthrough: The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” is now available in a soft cover fourth edition. For more Elias columns, go to



elias 1/27: Red light camera plague abating a bit

January 13, 2015 |



For many California drivers, there have been few worse plagues than the red light cameras that once operated in more than 70 cities across the state.

At their peak, red light cameras featured tickets costing upwards of $450 for “offenses” like stopping for a red light, but with the front bumper a foot over a painted restraining line, or stopping before making a right turn, but having the camera “see” it as not a stop. Judges never allowed cross-examination of camera operators to be certain their machines were not running faster than life speed.

But things are getting steadily more sane on the red light camera front, where only about 50 California cities still run such systems, operated by outfits like Redflex Traffic Systems and American Traffic Solutions, both based in Arizona.

Over the last few years, more than 40 cities around this state have given up on photo-tickets, from Belmont and Cupertino in the San Francisco Bay Area to Los Angeles and Poway in Southern California, plus Fresno in the Central Valley. Also, voters in Anaheim, Murietta and Newport Beach all nixed red light cameras when the question appeared on their ballots. Results were the same from votes in 24 other cities. There may be few law enforcement tactics more widely detested than red light cameras.

But cities like Beverly Hills, San Francisco and Culver City still have them.

Now the crucial, related issue of how long yellow lights should stay on has been resolved in favor of motorists.

Relatively short yellow- or amber-light intervals at intersections can amount to traps for unsuspecting drivers if they are traveling too fast to stop when a light turns yellow, but not so fast they can make it across the intersection before the light goes red.

For many years, yellow lights have been set to correspond with speed limits, but prevailing traffic speeds in many places are higher than the posted limits.

So Caltrans, spurred in part by legislation introduced last year by Democratic state Assemblyman Adrin Nazarian, from the San Fernando Valley area of Los Angeles, has changed the rules, demanding that from now on all yellows must be set according to the prevailing speeds of traffic, not the speed limits.

This may amount to a change of less than half a second, but it’s enough to make an enormous difference in the number of tickets issued. For example, reported the Safer Streets Los Angeles organization, when the city of West Hollywood increased its yellow-light interval by just three-tenths of a second, violations at its red light cameras dropped by at least 40 percent. In Fremont, Safer Streets said, when Caltrans increased yellow signal time by seven-tenths of a second, violations fell by 76 percent. A full second more yellow time in Loma Linda brought a 92 percent reduction in tickets.

There are also the questions of whether red light cameras make streets safer or even make much money for the cities than authorize them. In Oakland last year, city officials claimed to have netted just $280,000, while Redflex said the city got just over $1 million. Either way, the take was so paltry, Oakland doesn’t bother anymore.

As for safety, there are claims – never substantiated – that because red light cameras can inspire to drivers to slam on their brakes while traveling at fairly high speed, they lead to more rear-end collisions. Longer yellows should reduce that danger as well as the peril of getting a ticket that can cost well over $500, when all expenses are done.

None of this, of course, speaks to the serious constitutional issue of whether any legal proceeding can be valid when defendants can’t cross-examine the people responsible for maintaining the red light cameras.

The bottom line: All signs point to the eventual expulsion of red light cameras from this state. They’ve been demonstrably unfair for years, which has led to their phenomenal unpopularity. Add that to the questions about reliability and increased safety, and you have a program that probably won’t last many more years.

Email Thomas Elias at His book, “The Burzynski Breakthrough: The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” is now available in a soft cover fourth edition. For more Elias columns, go to



David Lacy

January 13, 2015 |

David Lacy will wed Tawny Thuytien Do on Sunday, May 17, 2015. The couple will hold a traditional Vietnamese tea ceremony in the morning at the home of the bride’s family and a traditional western ceremony and reception at the University Club at UC Irvine in the evening. Lacy, a 1998 graduate of Davis High School and 2006 graduate of UC Davis is a college lecturer and consultant. Do, a 2012 graduate of California State University, Long Beach, is currently a 2L at the UC Irvine School of Law. Lacy and Do, who spend most of their downtime with their energetic two dogs (a husky and a lab,) recently purchased a condo together in Lake Forest, CA.



Enterprise staff

Arboretum events 1/31

December 20, 2014 |

Winter Event Schedule (January-March 2015)

Fridays, January 2, 16 & 30; February 13 & 27; March 13
Folk Music Jam Session
12–1 p.m., Wyatt Deck, Arboretum Drive, UC Davis campus

Folk musicians are invited to play together informally during this acoustic jam session at the Wyatt Deck, located on Arboretum Drive (formerly Old Davis Road) next to the redwood grove in the UC Davis Arboretum. Pull out your fiddles, guitars, mandolins, penny whistles, pipes, flutes, squeezeboxes (you name it) and join your fellow musicians for a little bluegrass, old-time, blues, Celtic, klezmer, and world music over the lunch hour. All skill levels welcome. Listeners welcome! The event is free; parking is available for $9 in Visitor Lot 5, at Old Davis Road and Arboretum Drive. Click here for a map of the location. For more information, please call (530) 752-4880 or visit


Past Folk Music Jam Sessions

You are welcome to download any of these photos for promotional use. For more download assistance, information, or captions, please contact Katie Hetrick, Director of Marketing and Communications, UC Davis Arboretum and Public Garden, at or (530) 754-4134.



Saturday, January 31
The Birds and the Trees: Stories in Natural History
3 p.m., UC Davis Arboretum Terrace Garden (next to Whole Foods Market Davis)
Rain/cold/wind location: Whole Foods Market Annex

Join us for an hour of captivating storytelling by naturalist Steve Daubert who will read original stories that explore the lives of birds and the natural histories of redwood trees. Light refreshments will be served. Appropriate for adults and older children. Co-sponsored by Whole Foods Market. The event is free; free 3-hour parking is available in the Davis Commons Shopping Center parking lot behind Whole Foods at First and D Streets. Click here for a map of the location. For more information, please call (530) 752-4880 or visit

Sunday, February 8
Winter Birds in Davis: Slide Show and Tour
10:30 a.m., Environmental Horticulture 146

Curious about birds? Learn about birds that winter in Davis during a one-hour slide show and talk. Then take a guided walking tour to see birds in the Arboretum with docent Lois Richter (weather permitting). The event is free; parking is free on weekends in Visitor Lot 5, at Old Davis Road and Arboretum Drive. Click here for a map of the location. For more information, please call (530) 752-4880 or visit

Sunday, February 8
Storytime Through the Seasons: Expedition to Africa
1-3 p.m., Arboretum Headquarters, Valley Oak Cottage (TB-32)
(Rain location: 146 Environmental Horticulture)

Take a safari to Africa at this outdoor reading program for children and families. Explore the stores and nature of Africa in the Acacia Grove. All ages are welcome. Sponsored by the Arboretum Ambassadors. The event is free; free parking is available across the street from the Arboretum Headquarters. Click here for a map of the location. For more information and directions, please call (530) 752-4880 or visit


Storytime Through the Seasons

You are welcome to download any of these photos for promotional use. For more download assistance, information, or captions, please contact Katie Hetrick, Director of Marketing and Communications, UC Davis Arboretum and Public Garden, at or (530) 754-4134.

Wednesday, February 11
Walk with Warren: West-end Gardens
12-1 p.m., UC Davis Arboretum Gazebo, UC Davis campus

Join Warren Roberts, the Superintendent Emeritus of the Arboretum, famous storyteller, and punster for an always-engaging noontime exploration of winter at the UC Davis Arboretum’s west-end gardens. The event is free; limited, free one-hour parking is available along Garrod Drive near the Gazebo or in nearby Visitor Parking Lot 55 where parking can be paid by meter or by purchase of a $9 daily pass. For more information and directions, please call (530) 752-4880 or visit


Walks with Warren

You are welcome to download any of these photos for promotional use. For more download assistance, information, or captions, please contact Katie Hetrick, Director of Marketing and Communications, UC Davis Arboretum and Public Garden, at or (530) 754-4134.

Sunday, February 22
Native Californian Elderberry Flute-making Workshop
1-3 p.m., 146 Environmental Horticulture

People of all ages will learn how to make and play a Native Californian elderberry flute. East Bay Regional Parks docent Antonio Flores will talk about the culture of flute making and also about the endangered elderberry beetle. All materials will be supplied. Please bring a sharpened pocket knife if you have one. Adults will need to supervise their young children. All ages welcome. Sponsored by the Arboretum Ambassadors. The event is free; free parking is available in nearby Visitor Parking Lot 5. Click here for a map of the location. For more information and directions, please call (530) 752-4880 or visit


Native Californian Elderberry Flute-making Workshop

You are welcome to download any of these photos for promotional use. For more download assistance, information, or captions, please contact Katie Hetrick, Director of Marketing and Communications, UC Davis Arboretum and Public Garden, at or (530) 754-4134.

Saturday, February 28
All Things Acacia
2 p.m., Putah Creek Lodge

The late winter display of yellow blossoms in the Eric E. Conn Acacia Grove is spectacular! It’s a must-see event featuring over 50 different acacias from around the world. The event is free; parking is free on weekends in Putah Creek Lodge Visitor Parking Lot off Garrod Drive. Click here for a map of the location. For more information, please call (530) 752-4880 or visit


Eric E. Conn Acacia Grove

You are welcome to download any of these photos for promotional use. For more download assistance, information, or captions, please contact Katie Hetrick, Director of Marketing and Communications, UC Davis Arboretum and Public Garden, at or (530) 754-4134.

Sunday, March 1
Storytime Through the Seasons: Climbing up the Ginkgo Tree
1-3 p.m., Wyatt Deck
(Rain location: 146 Environmental Horticulture)

Celebrate the Chinese New Year in the Arboretum as we explore the cultural and natural world of Asia. Experience Asian culture in a whole new light with stories, activities, and experiences in our East Asian Collection. All ages welcome. Sponsored by the Arboretum Ambassadors. The event is free; free parking is available across the street from the Arboretum Headquarters. Click here for a map of the location. For more information and directions, please call (530) 752-4880 or visit


Storytime Through the Seasons

You are welcome to download any of these photos for promotional use. For more download assistance, information, or captions, please contact Katie Hetrick, Director of Marketing and Communications, UC Davis Arboretum and Public Garden, at or (530) 754-4134.

Saturday, March 7
to Support the Friends of the UC Davis Arboretum and Public Garden
9 a.m. – 1 p.m., UC Davis Arboretum Teaching Nursery
(Garrod Drive near La Rue Road, across from Vet Med), UC Davis campus

NEW FRONT YARD: We know that many homeowners out there are in the process of developing their “New Front Yard” by replacing high-water use plants with low-water alternatives. That’s why you are going to find just what you need and get the best selection at our first plant sale of the spring season. We are going to have the area’s largest selection of attractive, drought-tolerant, easy-care, region-appropriate plants including loads of grasses, California natives and Arboretum All-Stars.

Not a member? Call ahead or join at the door! All members receive 10% off their purchases and at this sale members receive a $10 off member appreciation gift; new members receive an additional $10 off as a thank you for joining. The benefits of membership far outweigh your cost! For more information on the benefits of membership visit:

The event is free; parking is free and available in nearby. For more information and directions, visit or call (530) 752-4880.

Member Appreciation Plant Sale (Spring 2013)
Public Plant Sale (Spring 2012)

You are welcome to download any of these photos for promotional use. For more download assistance, information, or captions, please contact Katie Hetrick, Director of Marketing and Communications, UC Davis Arboretum and Public Garden, at or (530) 754-4134.

Saturday, April 11, April 25, and May 16 (clearance sale).

Wednesday, March 11
Walk with Warren: Warren G. Roberts Redbud Collection
12-1 p.m., UC Davis Arboretum Headquarters, Valley Oak Cottage, TB-32

Join Warren Roberts, the Superintendent Emeritus of the Arboretum and famous storyteller and punster for an always-engaging noontime exploration of winter in the UC Davis Arboretum’s Warren G. Roberts Redbud Collection. Explore and learn more about our redbuds that burst with color in their transition from winter into spring. The event is free; parking is available in nearby Visitor Parking Lot 47 where parking can be paid by purchase of a $9 daily pass. For more information and directions, please call (530) 752-4880 or visit


Walks with Warren

You are welcome to download any of these photos for promotional use. For more download assistance, information, or captions, please contact Katie Hetrick, Director of Marketing and Communications, UC Davis Arboretum and Public Garden, at or (530) 754-4134.

Saturday, March 14
Delights from Down Under
11 a.m., Arboretum GATEway Garden (meet at the Shovel Gateway Sculpture)

Plants from “down under” show off their flowers during the rainy season. Tour the Australian and New Zealand collections and have a blooming good time learning about plants from far-away lands. The event is free; free parking is available in the Davis Commons Shopping Center. Click here for a map of the location. For more information and directions, please call (530) 752-4880 or visit

Sunday, March 15
Yoga in the Arboretum
1-2:30 p.m., Environmental Horticulture Courtyard

Join us for 90 minutes of yoga appropriate for all skill levels led by certified instructor Loshan Ostrava. Dress comfortably. Please bring a towel and/or yoga mat and water bottle. Sponsored by the Arboretum Ambassadors. The event is free; free parking is available in nearby Visitor Parking Lot 5. Click here for a map of the location. For more information and directions, please call (530) 752-4880 or visit

Saturday, March 28
Spring Surprises in the Storer Garden
11 a.m., UC Davis Arboretum Gazebo, UC Davis Campus

Our valley-wise demonstration garden, the Ruth Risdon Storer Garden, is beautiful year round, but especially in spring. Just in time for our first public plant sale of the spring season on April 11, you can come get great ideas for your own water-thrifty garden. The event is free; parking is available along Garrod Drive near the Gazebo or in nearby Visitor Parking Lot 55. For more information and directions, please call (530) 752-4880 or visit


Ruth Risdon Storer Garden

You are welcome to download any of these photos for promotional use. For more download assistance, information, or captions, please contact Katie Hetrick, Director of Marketing and Communications, UC Davis Arboretum and Public Garden, at or (530) 754-4134.

Katie F. Hetrick
Director, Marketing and Communications
UC Davis Arboretum and Public Garden

Desk: 530.754.4134
Cell/Text: 916.752.9366
Web: UC Davis Arboretum



Enterprise staff

Stop creating terrorism

January 11, 2015 |

Dear Editor:
Please consider this timely perspective (below and attached) from the emerging discipline of Conflict Transformation by a rising young scholar, Dr. Patrick Hiller. He uses the research and analysis that suggest game-changing adaptations to our tragic cycle of violence. Kindly let me know if you choose to use it. For PeaceVoice, thank you,
Tom Hastings

Fight terror again, and again, and again. Or end it by refusing to participate in its creation.

By Patrick T. Hiller

800 words

The cycle of violence. When will it be interrupted? The attack on Charlie Hebdo was another incident of “Terror in [fill in the blank]… attackers part of [fill in name of terror network]”. It was an incident of home-grown terror, since the attackers were French-born second-generation immigrants. It is time to shift away from ineffective, reactive tactics and strategies of dealing with this kind of terror toward conflict transformation, by transforming the structures leading to terrorism.

Let’s be clear. The assassins in Paris did not avenge the Prophet and their horrific violence cannot be reconciled with Islam. They were not noble, holy warriors, they were violent criminals. They killed 12 people and in addition to those lives, the lives of their families were destroyed. Their attacks opened space for further destructive cycles of conflict, support for security crackdowns, and virtually endless military campaigns as we still are seeing in the post 9/11/01 global war on terror. If we continue on this path we “condemn the global community to ongoing terror”, as political scientist Lindsay Heger argues in her piece Redrawing our Strategy on Terror.

Here’s the usual:

At the height of conflict several things take place. First, we tend to see generalizations as we hear in the “clash of civilizations”, “us versus them”, or the “battle between Islam and freedom of speech.” Second, there is stereotyping, as we can see in the generalizations and assumptions about all members of a group. In this case a group as large and diverse as the 1.6 billion Muslims in the world. Third, there are knee-jerk reactions like calls for “collective detention” or “nuke them” by many so-called internet trolls. These often come with dehumanization of the other group. Fourth, tit-for-tat tactics are used as we can see in the attacks on Mosques in France. Fifth, the issues are changed deliberatively as we can see in US mainstream media commentators using the attack to promote torture or criticize New York City’s Mayor de Blasio’s politics. Sixth, emotions are exploited, fear is installed, and drastic measures are advocated as we see in far-right National Front political party leader Marine Le Pen’s call for a referendum on reinstating the death penalty. All these are destructive, but very commonly used approaches of dealing with conflict. All these are ways of us participating in the cycle of continuing terror.

Here are some immediate better ways:

First and foremost, national and international law enforcement and judicial processes for individuals and groups involved in acts of terror.

Second, a call for unity from the international community, political, cultural and religious leaders condemning all forms of violent extremism.

Third, a societal response of answering hatred with love and compassion, as we have seen in Norway’s dignified response to the mass murder by islamophobic Anders Breivik.

Here are some long-term responses addressing broader, structural changes:

First, terrorism is a political problem. The colonial history and the current violent western presence in the Middle East as well as the arbitrary support for some dictators are key to providing terrorists with a support base without which they would not be able to operate and even exist. As we see this support base now goes far beyond the Middle East and has reached the suburbs of Paris and inspires other unconnected lone-wolf terrorists. Lindsay Heger argues correctly that we need to create creative governance solutions aimed at de-linking terrorists from societies. This applies just as much to groups like Boko Haram in Nigeria as it applies to the Muslim immigrant population in France.

Second, terrorism is a social problem. The gunmen were French-born descendants of Algerian immigrants. It is nothing new that there are tensions between the predominantly white, Christian, French society and mainly Muslim first and second generation immigrant populations of African origin. The majority of immigrants belong to the economic lower class of society. Poverty, unemployment and crime are common issues the young, male immigrants are facing.

Third, terrorism is a cultural problem. Muslim immigrant populations in Europe need to be able to freely develop and express their sense of self and sense of belonging. The politics of integration must allow for diversity and co-existence without imposed assimilation and inequality.

Some might argue that these suggestions have flaws, that they are not perfect, that they will never work, and so on. Yes, they have flaws, they are not perfect, and sometimes we do not know the outcome. What we know for sure is that more militarized security, sacrificing our rights, and more military campaigns makes us participants in terror. And they definitely do not work unless our intent is to recruit more terrorists.

Terrorists will be part of us as long as we don’t address the root causes and as long as we participate in it. Terror ends when we stop creating terrorists and when we stop participating in it.


Patrick. T. Hiller, Ph.D., Hood River, OR, syndicated by PeaceVoice, is a Conflict Transformation scholar, professor, on the Governing Council of the International Peace Research Association, and Director of the War Prevention Initiative of the Jubitz Family Foundation.




Special to The Enterprise

Red Cross Heroes 1/23

January 10, 2015 |

Red Cross to Honor Local Heroes of Sacramento and Yolo Counties
Celebrating everyday individuals performing extraordinary acts of courage

SACRAMENTO, Calif., Friday, January 2, 2015 – On Friday, January 23, the American Red Cross will honor community members from Sacramento and Yolo Counties who have performed extraordinary acts of courage. These outstanding individuals will be recognized at the 14th Annual Heroes Luncheon at the Woodland Community Center in Woodland, beginning at 11:00am.

This annual event pays special tribute to local everyday heroes who have gone above and beyond, performing heroic acts and rising to the occasion to help those in need. This year’s honorees were nominated by members of the community for such selfless deeds as saving lives, performing First Aid/CPR, providing support to military veterans, and much more.

Tickets to this inspiring event are available and may be purchased online at

As a community leader in emergency preparedness, prevention, and response, the Red Cross of Sierra-Delta is proud to honor the following Heroes of Sacramento and Yolo Counties, who have taken action in a time of crisis to help others and show extraordinary human compassion:

Animal Rescue Hero
· Renee Lancaster – President of Rotts and Friends Animal Rescue, in August, Renee took in 11 Rottweiler dogs which had been confiscated from another facility and were in severe stages of neglect. Renee worked tirelessly to nurse the dogs back to health.
Good Samaritan Hero (Adult)
· Donna Cameron – In April, performed lifesaving CPR when her husband, Dan, collapsed of a heart attack in their home.
Good Samaritan Hero (Senior)
· Judy Vera – Judy has made many personal sacrifices in order to care for and support her four grandchildren and help others in need. She goes above and beyond to put the needs of others ahead of her own.
Good Samaritan Hero (Youth)
· Skylar Berry – At a Summer pool party, a young boy was pulled unresponsive from the bottom of the pool. Skylar checked for a pulse and immediately began hands-only CPR. The boy regained consciousness and ultimately recovered from the incident. Skylar has since started a club called “Staying Alive”, teaching others how to perform hands-only CPR.
Law Enforcemen Hero
· Maggie Burns – An officer of the El Dorado County Probation Dept., Ofc Burns was on duty at the Juvenile Treatment Center notice a youth acting strangely. She engaged the quiet youth and attempted conversation. He revealed he had just tried to commit suicide. Ofc Burns remained with the boy until additional help arrived, ensuring that he would not harm himself.
Military Veteran Hero
· Christopher Williams – While dining with family in downtown Woodland, a woman at another table began to choke. Christopher responded by successfully performing the Hemlich maneuver and saving the woman’s life. Chris is a Woodland native and served two tours of duty as a Navy Corpsman in Iraq.
Workplace Hero
· Chris Lundin – In March, as an employee at the Davis Athletic Club, Chris heard screaming out by the pool. A two year old boy had fallen into the pool and was not breathing. Chris immediately began performing chest compressions and rescue breaths. The boy regained consciousness and spit up water. He has since made a full recovery. Chris has been trained in CPR since he was 16 years old.
Spirit of the Red Cross
· Alena Anberg – A Red Cross volunteer, Alena is a hero to her community. Alena provides assistance to many people struggling with poverty, delivering care packages filled with basic household supplies such as soap, toilet paper, and laundry detergent to families once a month.
Hero of the Year
· Sean Tatum – In April, California Highway Patrol Officer Tatum came upon a multi-vehicle accident in which one vehicle was on fire with a passenger trapped inside. Officer Tatum attempted to break in through a window. When that didn’t work, he partially entered the burning vehicle and pulled the woman to safety. When she was safe, he continued to protect others by attempting to suppress the fire with an extinguisher and directing the other vehicle involved out of harm’s way until additional emergency responders arrived.

Proceeds from the luncheon will support the critical disaster relief services provided by the American Red Cross Gold Country Region as well as critical Red Cross training programs which help prepare our community members to respond in times of emergency.

14th Annual Red Cross Heroes Luncheon

Woodland Community Center
2001 East Street
Woodland, CA 95776

Friday, January 23, 2014
11:00 a.m. – 1:30 p.m.

Tickets available at

About the American Red Cross:
The American Red Cross shelters, feeds and counsels victims of disasters; provides nearly half of the nation’s blood supply; teaches lifesaving skills; and supports military members and their families. The Red Cross is a charitable organization – not a government agency – and depends on volunteers and the generosity of the American public to perform its humanitarian mission. The Sierra-Delta Chapter – part of the Red Cross Gold Country Region – serves an eleven-county region including Alpine, Amador, Calaveras, El Dorado, eastern Nevada, Placer, Sacramento, San Joaquin, Stanislaus, Tuolumne and Yolo counties. For more information, please visit or follow us on Twitter at


Jordan Scott, Regional Communications Director
American Red Cross Gold Country Region
p: 916-993-7084 | c: 916-206-8604



Enterprise staff

Thomas Friedman: Time for a pause

January 08, 2015 |

Commentary: Time for a Pause

c.2015 New York Times News Service

You could easily write a book, or, better yet, make a movie about the drama that engulfed Sony Pictures and “The Interview,” Sony’s own movie about the fictionalized assassination of North Korea’s real-life dictator. The whole saga reflects so many of the changes that are roiling and reshaping today’s world before we’ve learned to adjust to them.

Think about this: In November 2013, hackers stole 40 million credit and debit card numbers from Target’s point-of-sale systems. Beginning in late August 2014, nude photos believed to have been stored by celebrities on Apple’s iCloud were spilled onto the sidewalk. Thanksgiving brought us the Sony hack, when, as The Times reported: “Everything and anything had been taken. Contracts. Salary lists. Film budgets. Medical records. Social Security numbers. Personal emails. Five entire movies.” And, on Christmas, gaming networks for both the Sony PlayStation and the Microsoft Xbox were shut down by hackers. But rising cybercrime is only part of the story. Every day, a public figure is apologizing for something crazy or foul that he or she muttered, uttered, tweeted or shouted that went viral — including the rantings of an NBA owner in his girlfriend’s living room.

What’s going on? We’re in the midst of a Gutenberg-scale change in how information is generated, stored, shared, protected and turned into products and services. We are seeing individuals become superempowered to challenge governments and corporations. And we are seeing the rise of apps that are putting strangers into intimate proximity in one another’s homes (think Airbnb) and into one another’s cars (think Uber) and into one another’s heads (think Facebook, Twitter and Instagram). Thanks to the integration of networks, smartphones, banks and markets, the world has never been more tightly wired. As they say: “Lost there, felt here.” Whispered there, heard here. And it’s now hit a tipping point.

“The world is not just rapidly changing; it is being dramatically reshaped,” Dov Seidman, author of the book “How” and CEO of LRN, which advises global businesses on ethics and leadership, argued to me in a recent conversation. “It operates differently. It’s not just interconnected; it’s interdependent. More than ever before, we rise and fall together. So few can now so easily and so profoundly affect so many so far away.”

But, he added, “it’s all happened faster than we’ve reshaped ourselves and developed the necessary norms, behaviors, laws and institutions to adapt.”

The implications for leading and operating are enormous. For starters, our privacy walls are proving no match for the new technologies. “Now, we’re not only getting X-ray vision into the behavior of others,” Seidman said. “We’re getting fine-grained MRIs into the inner workings of palaces, boardrooms and organizations and into the mindsets of those who lead them.”

So how does anyone adapt? Just disconnect? “Trying to disconnect to avoid exposure in a connected world is a misguided strategy,” Seidman argued. “If you do that, how will you create value and get anything done?” The right strategy is “to deepen and strengthen all these connections.”

But how? “If we’re in an interdependent world, then the only strategy for countries, companies and individuals is to build healthy interdependencies so we rise, and not fall, together,” Seidman added. “This comes down to behavior. It means being guided by sustainable values like humility, integrity and respect in how we work with others: values that build healthy interdependencies.” It means shunning “situational ‘values,’ just doing whatever the situation allows.”

The American-Canadian relationship is a healthy interdependency. The relationship between police forces and black youths today is an unhealthy interdependency. The relationship between Mayor Bill de Blasio of New York and his police force is an unhealthy interdependency.

But there is another critical part. It’s how we learn to respond to all the secrets being revealed: the CEO’s email that not only makes him or her look foolish, but also reveals that women are being paid less than men in the same jobs; the video of a suspect being killed by police; the elevator footage of a football player knocking out his fiancée; and private photos of movie stars. They all have different moral and societal significance. We need to deal with them differently.

“We need to pause more to make sense of all the MRIs we’re being exposed to,” Seidman argued. In the pause, “we reflect and imagine a better way.” In some cases, that could mean showing empathy for the fact that humans are imperfect. In others, it could mean “taking principled stands” toward those whose behaviors “make this interdependent world unsafe, unstable or unfree.”

In short, there’s never been a time when we need more people living by the Golden Rule: Do unto others as you would have them do unto you. Because, in today’s world, more people can see into you and do unto you than ever before. Otherwise, we’re going to end up with a “gotcha” society, lurching from outrage to outrage, where in order to survive you’ll either have to disconnect or constantly censor yourself because every careless act or utterance could ruin your life. Who wants to live that way?

Copyright The New York Times News Service.



Thomas Friedman

Frank Bruni: Are two dynasties our destiny?

January 06, 2015 |

Commentary: Are Two Dynasties Our Destiny?

c.2015 New York Times News Service

Jeb and Hillary. Hillary and Jeb. It’s getting to the point where a mention of one yields a reference to the other, where they’re semantically inseparable, presidentially conjoined. Should we just go the extra step, save ourselves some syllables and keystrokes? The 2016 matchup as envisioned by many: Jebary. Or, more economically still, Heb.

The fascination with this pair as possible rivals for the White House makes perfect sense, because it defies belief. We’re talking about tomorrow while trafficking in yesterday. We’re saying we need to turn the page by going back to a previous chapter.

We’re a country of self-invention (that’s the myth, at least) in thrall to legacies and in the grip of dynasties, riveted by the mightiest surname in modern Democratic politics and its Republican analogue, imagining not just a clash of the titans but a scrum of the successors.

It would be a replay of the 1992 race, but with the wife of the victor against a son of the loser. It would also call to mind the 2000 race, when that victor’s heir apparent, Al Gore, squared off against another of that loser’s sons, George W. Bush. That too was a Clinton-Bush contest, because Bush campaigned against the incumbent president, repeatedly suggesting that his conduct with a White House intern had brought dishonor to the office.

And then, years later, they all somehow got chummy. In an interview with C-SPAN that aired last January, Barbara Bush revealed that Bill Clinton had developed the habit of dropping by her family’s Kennebunkport, Maine, compound every summer for a visit.

“I love Bill Clinton,” she said, explaining that he and her husband, the 42nd and 41st presidents, had formed a special bond. “Bill’s father wasn’t around, and I think that he thinks of George a little bit like the father he didn’t have.”

If he’s an adopted son of sorts, then Jebary would be incestuous in addition to operatic.

How irresistible.

But how unlikely, despite all the current speculation following Jeb Bush’s maneuvers to prime a candidacy: the release of emails from his years as governor of Florida; the announcement last week that he’d resigned his positions on the boards of corporations and nonprofit organizations.

There’s no doubt that he and Hillary Clinton enjoy enormous structural advantages — in terms of name recognition, fundraising and ready-made support networks — over other potential aspirants for their parties’ nominations.

But they also have significant external problems and internal flaws, and there are serious open questions about each. Factor those in and it’s a reach, as a sheer matter of probability, that they wind up as the final two.

One of them? Sure. Both? Too much could go wrong.

A successful campaign isn’t just coffers and endorsements, though those matter. It’s narrative and emotion. It’s a speech-by-speech, handshake-by-handshake seduction, and on this score it’s unclear that Clinton and Bush are especially well positioned or masters of the game. They’re formidable candidates, yes. But are they good ones?

What I’ve previously noted about her is true as well of him: They’re not fresh and unfamiliar enough for all that many voters to discover them, the way they did Barack Obama in 2008 and to some extent George W. Bush in 2000, and develop that kind of political crush.

They’re not naturals on the stump. Clinton came into the 2008 campaign with extensive experience in the spotlight; still she struggled to warm up to audiences (and vice versa) and find the looseness and air of intimacy that many voters crave. Her “Hard Choices” book tour last year was rocky, with awkward moments that she created or should have been able to avoid.

And it’s impossible to predict how Bush would fare on the trail, because he hasn’t waged a campaign since his re-election as governor of Florida in 2002. That’s significant, and it’s getting less attention than it should.

His bid for the Republican nomination, if he formalizes it, would be his first. And while his brother succeeded on his maiden voyage, the subsequent two nominees, John McCain and Mitt Romney, were making second tries. Practice helps.

Even Bush’s most ardent admirers don’t sell him as a rousing orator. Last April I happened to hear him give an education reform speech, at an event where Chris Christie had been the headliner the previous year, and the contrast was stark. Christie had come across as impassioned, unscripted. He filled and held the room. Bush was a phlegmatic blur. Afterward his supporters talked about and fretted over it.

Both he and Hillary may be too awash in money. More so than other Democrats and Republicans who’ve signaled interest in the presidency, they’ve existed for many years now at a financial altitude far, far above that of ordinary Americans.

And reporters digging into their affairs would provide voters with constant reminders of that, revisiting the Clintons’ speaking fees and examining Jeb’s adventures in private equity, which a Bloomberg Politics story from December described under this headline: “Jeb Bush Has a Mitt Romney Problem.”

It’s hard to fathom that at this of all junctures, when there’s growing concern about income inequality and the attainability of the American dream, voters in both parties would choose nominees of such economically regal bearing.

Clinton would at least hold the promise of history in the making — a first female president — and her candidacy would wring excitement from that. But to seal the deal, she’d probably have to tamp down excessive talk of inevitability, forge a less combative relationship with the news media and find a nimbleness that has often eluded her.

As Peter Beinart observed in a National Journal appraisal last year, “She’s terrific at developing and executing a well-defined plan. She’s less adept at realizing that a well-defined plan is not working and improvising something new.” He was previewing a Clinton presidency, but his assessment is equally germane to a Clinton candidacy.

And Clinton and Bush together have more baggage than the cargo hold of a 747. That’s the flip side of all of those family tentacles, all that political history, all those privileged inside glimpses of the process. They make you putty in the hands of the right opposition researcher.

We’re nearly two years away from November 2016. So are Clinton and Bush. They remain abstractions.

But they won’t get to campaign that way, and we won’t know some of the most important stuff about them until they’re actually in the arena, showing us their fettle and whether it fits the mood of the moment.

Maybe Jebary really is who we are and where we’re headed. I suspect a different destination.

Copyright The New York Times News Service.



New York Times News Service

Paul Krugman: Presidents and the economy

January 06, 2015 |

Commentary: Presidents and the Economy

c.2015 New York Times News Service

Suddenly, or so it seems, the U.S. economy is looking better. Things have been looking up for a while, but at this point the signs of improvement — job gains, rapidly growing GDP, rising public confidence — are unmistakable.

The improving economy is surely one factor in President Barack Obama’s rising approval rating. And there’s a palpable sense of panic among Republicans, despite their victory in the midterms. They expected to run in 2016 against a record of failure; what do they do if the economy is looking pretty good?

Well, that’s their problem. What I want to ask instead is whether any of this makes sense. How much influence does the occupant of the White House have on the economy, anyway? The standard answer among economists, at least when they aren’t being political hacks, is: not much. But is this time different?

To understand why economists usually downplay the economic role of presidents, let’s revisit a much-mythologized episode in U.S. economic history: the recession and recovery of the 1980s.

On the right, of course, the 1980s are remembered as an age of miracles wrought by the blessed Reagan, who cut taxes, conjured up the magic of the marketplace and led the nation to job gains never matched before or since. In reality, the 16 million jobs America added during the Reagan years were only slightly more than the 14 million added over the previous eight years. And a later president — Bill something-or-other — presided over the creation of 22 million jobs. But who’s counting?

In any case, however, serious analyses of the Reagan-era business cycle place very little weight on Reagan, and emphasize instead the role of the Federal Reserve, which sets monetary policy and is largely independent of the political process. At the beginning of the 1980s, the Fed, under the leadership of Paul Volcker, was determined to bring inflation down, even at a heavy price; it tightened policy, sending interest rates sky high, with mortgage rates going above 18 percent. What followed was a severe recession that drove unemployment to double digits but also broke the wage-price spiral.

Then the Fed decided that America had suffered enough. It loosened the reins, sending interest rates plummeting and housing starts soaring. And the economy bounced back. Reagan got the political credit for “morning in America,” but Volcker was actually responsible for both the slump and the boom.

The point is that normally the Fed, not the White House, rules the economy. Should we apply the same rule to the Obama years?

Not quite.

For one thing, the Fed has had a hard time gaining traction in the wake of the 2008 financial crisis, because the aftermath of a huge housing and mortgage bubble has left private spending relatively unresponsive to interest rates. This time around, monetary policy really needed help from a temporary increase in government spending, which meant that the president could have made a big difference. And he did, for a while; politically, the Obama stimulus may have been a failure, but an overwhelming majority of economists believe that it helped mitigate the slump.

Since then, however, scorched-earth Republican opposition has more than reversed that initial effort. In fact, federal spending adjusted for inflation and population growth is lower now than it was when Obama took office; at the same point in the Reagan years, it was up more than 20 percent. So much, then, for fiscal policy.

There is, however, another sense in which Obama has arguably made a big difference. The Fed has had a hard time getting traction, but it has at least made an effort to boost the economy — and it has done so despite ferocious attacks from conservatives, who have accused it again and again of “debasing the dollar” and setting the stage for runaway inflation. Without Obama to shield its independence, the Fed might well have been bullied into raising interest rates, which would have been disastrous. So the president has indirectly aided the economy by helping to fend off the hard-money mob.

Last but not least, even if you think Obama deserves little or no credit for good economic news, the fact is his opponents have spent years claiming that his bad attitude — he has been known to suggest, now and then, that some bankers have behaved badly — is somehow responsible for the economy’s weakness. Now that he’s presiding over unexpected economic strength, they can’t just turn around and assert his irrelevance.

So is the president responsible for the accelerating recovery? No. Can we nonetheless say that we’re doing better than we would be if the other party held the White House? Yes. Do those who were blaming Obama for all our economic ills now look like knaves and fools? Yes, they do. And that’s because they are.



Universal Studios photos

January 06, 2015 |

Orendor 1: The Water World heronie/stuntwoman uses a zipline to escape a villian, who took a 30-foot fall into the water below. The stunt show features water stunts and explosions. Kim Orendor/Courtesy photo

Orendor 2: The calm outpost of the Water World stunt show explodes with numerous pyrotechnics during its finale. Kim Orendor/Courtesy photo

Orendor 3: Guests emerge from the dark after an 80-foot final drop on the Jurassic Park water ride. Kim Orendor/Courtesy photo

Orendor 4: Kim Orendor, Shea Nairn, Aurora Aisenbrey and Jen Graves poise in front of the iconic Universal Studios globe at the theme park’s entrance. Kim Orendor/Courtesy photo

Orendor 5: A beagle shows off his training by leaping an audience volunteer during the Animal Actors show. Kim Orendor/Courtesy photo

Orendor 6: The Studio Tour tram takes guests behind the scenes of movie making, including how to make a flash flood during a drought. Kim Orendor/Courtesy photo

Orendor 7: The Studio Tour tram goes underground and experiences a major earthquake that blows up a gas truck, derails a metro and floods the tunnel. Thanks to quick thinking the tram escapes unharmed. Kim Orendor/Courtesy photo



Special to The Enterprise

Universal sidebar

January 06, 2015 |

By Kim Orendor
Special to The Enterprise
UNIVERSAL CITY – There are few things worse than standing in line at a theme park, with the exception of seeing others zoom passed you in separate queue.
First thoughts are “What line did they get in?” and “Are they famous?” Followed by “They don’t look famous” and “How do I get in that line?”
Been there, thought that.
But no longer. When I attended Universal Studios Hollywood with three friends on a “not too busy Saturday,” according to a park employee, we were issued Front of the Line Passes ($149/person), which includes one-day park admission.
The pass turned us into rock stars for the day. OK, not really, but we – and a few hundred others – were ushered to reserved seats at shows and were guided to the, well, the front of the line.
“If possible, get a front-of-the-line pass,” said Shea Nairn, who was on his third visit to the park. “It’s only a little more expensive than the regular day pass, but it allows you to save a lot time waiting in line, allowing you to get through everything in the park well before they close.”
The posted wait time for Despicable Me Minion Mayhem and The Simpsons Ride was 15 minutes. We walked right up to the turnstile. Transformers: The Ride-3D and Jurassic Park–The Ride both had a 25-minute wait. Again straight to the front. There was a posted 30-minute wait for Revenge of the Mummy–The Ride. We passed a snaking line of guests and were shown directly to our car.
We saved the Studio Tour for last. At approximately 4:30 p.m., the line for the tram ride – which also features King Kong 360 3-D – was an hour. Once again, we flashed our passes and were shown to a separate line. In slightly more than five minutes, we had our 3-D glasses and were sitting on the tram.
“The front-of-line pass is huge, enabling you to see every ride and show and still have time for a nice lunch at City Walk and do some shopping,” said first-time visitor Aurora Aisenbrey. “It was so much more enjoyable, without rushing around or waiting for an hour in line.”
In addition, the passes allow for special behind-the-scenes sessions for the Water World stunt show, Animal Actors performance and Special Effects show. The special shows are marked with, appropriately, a star.
There is a catch. The pass is good for just one front-of-line trip per ride. Guests may ride Transformers multiple times but may only use the special access pass once – it’s scanned when entering the line.
The bigger catch is it doesn’t work outside of the park. No matter how many time I flashed it at the grocery store, no one opened a new check-out stand.



Universal Studios

January 06, 2015 |

Lights, camera, action
What: Universal Studios Hollywood
Where: 100 Universal City Plaza, Universal City

By Kim Orendor
Special to The Enterprise

UNIVERSAL CITY – Universal Studios Hollywood is to family vacations what Baby Bear’s bed was to Goldilocks: just right.

The theme park has a mix of high-intensity thrill rides and family-friendly attractions. There are also various film-industry themed shows throughout the day that allow visitors to set their own pace.

The Los Angeles area has its fill of theme parks but Universal Studios Hollywood is the one that pulls back the curtain and allows guests to peek into the world of film and television. The park highlights stunts, special effects and animal training, along with its famous tram tour that meanders through soundstages and the back lot.

Universal Studios Hollywood does a great job of designing rides and shows around films that appeal to most generations. There’s “Transformers,” “Revenge of the Mummy,” “Jurassic Park,” “Despicable Me” and “The Simpsons.”

The chance to become part of the movie experience is what draws many people to Universal Studios Hollywood. Where else can a person help the Autobots save the world from the Decepticons and get a “well done” from Optimus Prime? Or plunge down an 80-foot waterfall in a “raft” while fleeing dinosaurs on the rampage?

“My favorite ride was Jurassic Park,” said Aurora Aisenbrey, who was visiting the park for the first time. “It is the perfect movie to make into a ride because the movie itself is about an amusement park. You really feel drawn into the story right off the bat, plus there are some awesome roller-coaster drops and dinosaurs on the loose.”

First-time visitor Jen Graves was eager to ride “Despicable Me” Minion Mayhem, where guests are (spoiler alert) transformed into minions for a time.

“I love the little minions they are so adorable,” Graves said. “Yes, it was a lot fun to become a minion. I also liked that they had minions walking around and if you wanted you can wait in line and take a picture with them.”

Since opening 50 years ago, the park has undergone many changes, including a major expansion in 1991 that created a lower lot. The next big steps are Springfield (spring 2015), which takes guests into the land of the Simpsons; Fast & Furious—Supercharged (summer 2015), a hydraulic-motion ride that will take guests inside the world of underground car racing; and The Wizarding World of Harry Potter (2016), an “immersive land” for the whole family to explore.

Currently the lower lot houses the Transformer, Mummy and Jurassic Park rides, along with the NBCUniversal Experience that features props, wardrobe and more from various Universal productions. There is also a play area for children.

The Revenge of the Mummy (an indoor roller-coaster), Jurassic Park (a high-intensity water ride) and Transformers (part roller-coaster, part flight simulator, all awesome) rides all come with height restrictions and may not be suitable for children who actually are tall enough.

Universal Studios slick solution for families is the Child Switch area (no, you are not able to trade with other families). The Child Switch area near a ride exit allows one member of the group to stay with the child while the others members ride, then they switch places so the other adult may ride. In the upper lot, Despicable Me and The Simpsons offer the same option.

The park’s shows, Super Silly Fun Land (a water play area for children) and Studio Tour tram are all accessible in the upper lot. Show schedules are available at the main gate and LED signs are throughout the park reminding guests of show times and wait times for rides.

Shows include Water World stunt show, the Special Effects Stage and Universal’s Animal Actors. (Shrek was closed the day of our tour.) Shows run from 10:30 a.m. to 8:10 p.m.

The stunt show runs 20 minutes and features high-flying acrobatics, explosions and lots and lots of water. The special effects show is a 25-minute behind-the-scenes look into various “tricks” of the trade.

The animal training show runs 20 minutes and generates lots of “ooohs” and “awwws.” (Note: The show’s finale features animals moving at a high rate of speed over the audience. If any members of your party are easily startled, sit to the middle or back of the amphitheater.)

“I enjoyed the animal show because I’m an animal lover,” said Shea Nairn, who last visited the park 10 years ago. “I think it’s amazing that they can train so many types of animals, including pigs, birds, and even cats. I always thought cats were too stubborn to be trained. I (also) enjoyed seeing owls in person, closer than I’ve ever seen them in nature.”

While the park has added and removed attraction over the years, the tram ride is still there. However, it has had some overhauls and changes as well. It no longer drives through parted waters or nearly falls off a collapsing bridge or tangles with a giant yeti.

The current tram ride features a traditional guide and added video clips with Jimmy Fallon. Riders experience a major earthquake, an epic 3-D battle between King Kong and a couple Tyrannosaurus-rexes, a near munching by “Bruce” in Amityville, a flash flood, a harrowing chase by Norman Bates, and more, all while weaving through sound stages and back-lot neighborhoods.

“I enjoyed the tram ride because I like seeing behind-the-scenes sets and activities,” said Nairn, an instructor at Cal State Long Beach. “For instance, I watch ‘About a Boy’ and we were able to see the actual set that’s used in the backyard scenes. I also enjoy watching ‘Parenthood,’ and we were able to drive past the sound stage where the show is filmed.”

Aisenbrey had a similar reaction: “I was looking forward to the studio tour, and it was one of my favorite attractions. It’s always interesting to see some of what goes on behind the scenes. We even saw sets for some of our favorite shows that are airing right now.”

The park is easy to navigate with directional signs and staff strategically located at walking intersections. There are several places to eat inside the park or guests may exit the park (make sure to get a re-entry stamp) and explore Universal City Walk, which has shops and restaurants.

After successfully navigating the park on her first visit, what advice would Graves give to others?

“Be prepared to have lots of fun,” the Southern California transplant said. “Make sure to get to the shows early so you can get a good seat, and make sure you leave time for the (tram) tour and City Walk.”

Follow that advice, and your day should be “just right.”



Grover C. Crow Jr. — not final version yet

January 01, 2015 |

d. Dec. 27, 2014

Grover C. Crow Jr. — wonderfully loving and kind husband, dad, granddad, great granddad and friend — went to be with his Lord on Dec. 27, 2014.

He was married more than 65 years to Eva M. Crow (Box).

He is survived by wife of 65-plus years, Eva; children, Martha Crawford (Larry), Travis Crow (Bonnie), Rick Crow and Deb Walser (Glen); many grandchildren and great-grandchildren; brothers, Cleo Crow, Glen Crow, Louis Crow and Clyde Crow; sisters Lorene Parris and Loreda Low; many sisters- and brothers-in-law, nieces, nephews and best friend Perry Looney.

He was preceded in death by his grandson Nick Walser; brothers, Shelby Crow, Wenzil Crow, Denzil Crow, Paul Crow, Kenneth Crow and Robert Crow; and sister, Nettie Fralick.

He grew up on the farm in Missouri, and after high school he took a break and went into the U.S. Marines. After serving his country, he worked for Standard Oil and married Eva, and then tried farming in Missouri for five years. After having kids, the family moved back to California where he worked for Standard Oil and later retired from the state of California State Lands Commission as a gas and petroleum production inspector and engineer.

Grover had many happy retirement years camping, traveling and enjoying his family and extended family.

He was very active in church and was a Master Mason and past master twice and was active for more than 50 years. He will be greatly missed by all who knew him and loved him. Never could you find a finer husband, father and friend.

Services are pending.



Special to The Enterprise

Comics: Wednesday, December 31, 2014

December 30, 2014 |



Comics: Wednesday, December 31, 2014

December 30, 2014 |



End of year copy

December 30, 2014 |


The City Council capped off a few years of acrimonious debate in September about a new water system and how to pay for it, by approving new water rates.

The council approved the results of a Proposition 218 protest public hearing for new water rates with only 35 protests registered out of 16,650 possible. The new rates — which went into effect in October — favor a month-by-month reading of water use, with 87 percent of the monthly charge tied to how much water a customer uses. The remainder is a fixed rate that doesn’t change from month to month.

Davis’ share of the $228 million surface water project — which will siphon water from the Sacramento River, treat it and pipe it to Woodland, Davis and UC Davis — was $106 million. The city figures to save about $11 million off that total as a result of UC Davis joining the project, along with another $36.5 million over 30 years as a result of a low-interest state loan for the water project.

The interest rate that likely will translate into lower per-month water costs for Davis water users. The city also has a pending application for an additional $35 million loan that could bring the total savings for ratepayers to about $51.5 million over 30 years.


City workers put most of the final touches on the so-called “road diet” on Fifth Street, the culmination of perhaps 11-18 years of debate, narrowing four vehicle lanes to one in each direction and adding bike lanes with green coloring. A significant portion of the community predicted a traffic disaster that for the most part never materialized, even when UC Davis students came back to classes in the fall.

Bike advocates crunched police data on collisions along the stretch, showing it was one of the worst places in town for bicyclists to move along. The data convinced skeptical city leaders of yore that the changes were needed for safety purposes, and that motor traffic times would not be much affected by the change. It took years for federal grants to propel the work for the $1.57 million project.

In the end, safety won out over concerns about increased traffic. The city did some post-implementation tweaking with the timing of traffic signals and plans to add striping to better inform motorists coming into the stretch that it narrows.

Road etiquette was a major concern for many in town, although the rules of the road dealing with bike lanes hadn’t changed. Many people openly questioned the wisdom of conflict zones where motorists would have to turn right into the path of bicyclists, even though that’s what’s normally done for bike lanes. Green coloring of the bike lanes seemed to throw many off.


The majority of the Davis City Council voted in late October on a process to send the former Davis mine-resistant, ambush-protected vehicle back to the federal government’s military surplus program to do with as they saw fit.

The council also wanted to begin a conversation about buying a civilian armored vehicle that would look less ready to battle Taliban insurgents and more ready to combat local crime.

The Woodland City Council, on the other hand, voted to acquire the vehicle on Nov. 18, to be used in “live fire” incidents. It took Davis police three years to acquire the vehicle after requesting it. An MRAP in West Sacramento is still tied to the Davis SWAT team.


The city received a formal proposal in October for the Mace Innovation Center from Ramco Enterprises, the Buzz Oates Group of Companies and Barbara Bruner for 229 acres of land at Mace Boulevard and Interstate 80, just north and east of Ikeda’s produce stand.

The proposal would create 1.5 million square feet of space for innovation businesses, not including 884,000 square feet for manufacturing, 160,000 square feet of hotel space and 100,000 square feet of retail establishments like restaurants. A proposal for the Davis Innovation Center followed later in October. The Davis Innovation Center is proposed by Hines and SKK Developments for a T-shaped 207-acre site abutting Sutter Davis Hospital in West Davis.

The two large projects would seek to accommodate both expanding tech businesses like Shilling Robotics and smaller operations, while injecting millions in desperately-needed tax revenue to city coffers.






elias 1/16: Chiang record unique as top Dems ready to move up

December 30, 2014 |



Weeks, perhaps months, before taking their oaths of office for statewide posts like lieutenant governor, secretary of state, treasurer, attorney general and insurance commissioner, the five Democrats in those jobs plainly were thinking of their impending runs for higher office.

For the first time in more than 20 years, there’s a strong likelihood that both California seats in the U.S. Senate will open up within the next four years. There is certainty that Jerry Brown will leave the governor’s office after a record four terms.

No one doubts that Lt. Gov. Gavin Newsom and Atty. Gen. Kamala Harris will go for higher office soon. If you’re a significant Democratic campaign contributor, your phone may already have rung. Newsom tried for governor once before, but was thwarted by Brown. And it’s been a given for years that Harris, a former San Francisco district attorney, has higher ambitions. They share a campaign manager, so probably will seek different offices.

New Secretary of State Alex Padilla may wait another cycle or two before trying to move up; he won by only about 560,000 votes last fall, the second-lowest margin for any constitutional officer.

Insurance Commissioner Dave Jones will also likely move on when his new term ends, but his relatively low profile might make him more likely to seek another secondary statewide office like attorney general before trying to move farther up. At 53, he’s probably young enough to wait a little while.

There’s also the ever-ambitious former mayor of Los Angeles and Assembly speaker, Antonio Villaraigosa.

Perhaps the least known and most accomplished of the corps of likely Democratic candidates is John Chiang, the newly elected treasurer who served eight years on the state Board of Equalization and eight more as state controller. He has sometimes clashed with legislative leaders and ex-Gov. Arnold Schwarzenegger.

Chiang, 52, was a high school classmate of Jones in Chicago. He has a reputation as more of a technocrat than a politician, and that’s the way he likes it.

“In government, when we make decisions, ideally 90 percent of what goes into it should be based on expert knowledge,” he said in an interview in his 48th floor Los Angeles office. “That’s how we’ve tried to do it in the controller’s office and how we’ll do it as treasurer. But in politics, decisions are often 90 percent political and just 10 percent based on expertise. I don’t like that.”

Chiang tangled with Schwarzenegger several times during the movie muscleman’s seven-plus years as governor, most notably when he defied a 2008 Schwarzenegger order to cut the pay of more than 200,000 state workers to the federal minimum wage of $6.55 an hour during a state budget standoff. Chiang continued paying workers their regular salaries. A year later, he issued IOUs to pay state bills during another budget deadlock.

Two years later, acting like a non-partisan, he invoked a law just passed via a ballot initiative and suspended legislative salaries when the lawmakers didn’t pass a budget by the legal deadline.

Yes, Newsom while San Francisco mayor was the first public official to sanction gay marriage and Harris is one of the two highest-ranking African-American officials in California history. But neither has taken the kinds of political risks Chiang did.

One of just five Asian-Americans ever elected to statewide office here, Chiang does not deny he’s interested in the jobs likely to open up, but he’s unsure if or when he might move on them. This son of Taiwanese immigrants sounds almost as if he’s coining a new Confucian paradox when he notes that “There are lost opportunities if you don’t move early, but speed kills.”

He will likely move, but deliberately. “Any of these jobs would be a phenomenal opportunity. I think about the issues all the time,” he says. “When we talk about financial issues and trade, the Senate looks good, but you have the drawback of needing to chase 50 other votes. The governor, meanwhile, leads the largest state in an invaluable country, so you have the chance to shape the future more than in any office except president.”

Yes, his wife Terry sometimes has said she’d like him to leave politics for a higher-paying private job. He’s demurred.

The bottom line: Although Newsom and Harris and Villaraigosa are sure to generate more hype and make more noise as they pursue their next jobs, it would be foolish to ignore John Chiang.

Elias is author of the current book “The Burzynski Breakthrough: The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” now available in an updated third edition. His email address is



Beyond Sony: Stopping hack attacks on you

December 24, 2014 |

By Javier Ortiz

When will the nightmare end for Sony Pictures Entertainment? It seems that nearly every day some new detail surfaces as part of the massive cyber-attack the company has recently suffered. Nothing is safe: executives’ emails, employees’ personal information, details on upcoming projects and even films themselves have all been released by hackers whose true identities remain unknown.

The cyber-criminals, incongruously calling themselves the “Guardians of Peace,” even threatened theaters planning to screen Sony’s film The Interview and the threats have worked – Sony cancelled the film’s planned release on Christmas Day after many theaters refused to show it. Because The Interview deals with the fictitious assassination of a real-life dictator – North Korea’s Kim Jong-un – that hermit nation has been named by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) as the top suspect in the attacks.

So raw is the damage that it is probably too early to speculate on the total costs of the incursion, but one expert wrote in The Hollywood Reporter that those “will run into tens or perhaps hundreds of millions of dollars.”

Of course, while the Sony hack – and the inner workings of Tinseltown it has revealed – may make for riveting news items, the impacts of cybercrime extend much farther. In fact, recent polling suggests it has hit home for almost half of us. According to The Wall Street Journal and NBC News, about 45 percent of Americans reported that either they themselves or someone in their household had been told they were a victim of a data breach. The notification that their personal information had been compromised could have come from their financial institution, their credit card company or a retail store where they recently shopped.

This data shows just how pervasive these attacks have become. Retail stores and financial institutions have been hit with recent high-profile breaches. Hack attacks at Target and Home Depot affected 40 and 56 million customers, respectively. Even more staggering was the hit on J.P. Morgan Chase, which compromised information on some 83 million personal and small business accounts.

It doesn’t have to be this way. There are ways security can be improved and customer information protected. The stakes are even higher during the holiday shopping season. A truly collaborative approach is needed to protect all Americans while they engage in the commerce that powers our country’s economic engine.

No particular tactic will be able to stop any and all cyber-attacks, but communication between all stakeholders will be key. Merchants, banks and card companies – as well as the government – all have a role to play in maintaining a safe electronic payment environment for consumers. The companies in the private sector certainly realize that keeping their customer data safe is in everyone’s best interest. The government wants to ensure safety for its citizens against cyber-threats, whether they come foreign belligerents like North Korea or from within the United States.

Mutual trust and open lines of communication will help all sides work toward this common goal. Companies should set aside concerns about interacting with their competitors or with the government and commit to a multidirectional flow of information, intelligence and best practices.

This approach is a likely path to concrete initiatives that will step up security across the board. For example, the federal government plans next year to switch over to using payment cards which contain an embedded microchip and require the use of a personal identification number (PIN) – reportedly a more secure type of card. These new cards will be in increased use in the private sector as well, hopefully cutting down on data breaches.

If all sides commit to fighting cybercrime – and outright cyber-warfare – as part of a team effort, we can work to stop hackers from ruining future holiday seasons.

— Javier Ortiz is a principal at Crane & Crane Consulting, an adviser on public policy and regulations for a Washington, D.C.-based global law firm and an investor in cybersecurity technologies and services. He recently spoke on the Cybersecurity Landscape panel hosted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.



Special to The Enterprise

December 22, 2014 |

Longtime Davis schools administrator Floyd Fenocchio has a wife of 52 years, two grown offspring and two baseball-player grandsons.

He is all about family, especially during the past 13 years as he’s enjoyed his retirement.

But now Fenocchio’s other family — former colleagues, Davis High School graduates and community members — have voiced their love and support for the 73-year-old former schools superintendent.

Fenocchio will enter the DHS Blue & White Foundation Hall of Fame as part of the fifth class to be inducted on Saturday, Sept. 15, at Freeborn Hall on the UC Davis campus.

Fenocchio joins four other Davis High notables in the 2012 class: sports legend Marc Hicks, world-famous clarinetist Eric Hoeprich, former coach and teacher Dewey Halden and Davis Enterprise columnist Bob Dunning.

“He went far beyond his professional duties by dedicating himself to the activities of young people,” said one of Fenocchio’s many nominating supporters. “He is one of those citizens who is respected and loved by teachers, administrators, parents and community members at large.”

Fenocchio, raised in West Sacramento, attended Clarksburg High before going to Sacramento State, where he earned various degrees, enabling him to launch his career in education as a teacher in Rio Linda.

Fenocchio moved on to an appointment as principal at a grade school in Winters before coming to Davis as principal of Birch Lane Elementary in the late 1960s.

“It was kind of interesting,” Fenocchio recalls. “At the time, a demonstration school was emerging.”

The game plan, at the urging of a UCD faculty member, was to immerse student teachers and tutors in Birch Lane with normal staffing, present an “experimental” curriculum and allow for things like independent study and self-teaching.

Fenocchio says the program was “ready to go” when the UCD catalyst left the school and the “whole thing looked like it was going to fall apart.”

Teachers hired for the program were worried about their jobs, and parents didn’t like the word “experimental” and were concerned about whether their kids would learn, Fenocchio explained.

“We didn’t vacate the idea; we kept it together,” the administrator went on. “It provided a great opportunity to try some new things. Once we got that started it was a great, great experience.”

For six years, the reputation at Birch Lane grew before Fenocchio moved to what was then West Davis Intermediate School (now Willett Elementary).

Wherever Fenocchio went, there seemed to be harmony, learning and accomplishment. Superintendent Dean Lobaugh saw that Fenocchio’s touch was both nurturing and cutting-edge, and he brought him into the district office as an associate superintendent during the rugged 1970s.

Fenocchio was a key ingredient in the new collective-bargaining world. He worked diligently to keep after-school programs afloat after the passage of Proposition 13.

Over the years, he would be in charge of curriculum, twice interim superintendent and, finally, the schools’ chief for three years until his retirement in 1998.

Fenocchio has stayed connected to Davis schools — regularly attending plays, concerts, sporting events and being called upon to provide his expertise voluntarily.

So, how have local schools changed over the years?

“The more things are different, the more they are the same,” he says, half-laughing. “Some of the issues we deal with today are some of the issues we dealt with (earlier): finance — how do you fund our public schools? How do you provide the best educational program for the kids you serve? (That) has always been an issue in our community.”

Fenocchio says the tradition of providing solid public education in Davis is embraced by its residents and he believes having a university in town was certainly the major reason for that.

But even as Davis grows, bringing a more diverse population to town, he says UCD’s role is just as significant as he saw it almost 40 years ago.

“The university has always driven the town,” Fenocchio points out. “Maybe more so before than now, but (UCD) has always had an enormous influence on the nature of the community.”

The demand for nothing less than excellence for all students has been a crown jewel of that influence, according to Fenocchio.

After spending parts of four decades with his adopted Davis schools family, Fenocchio has invested these past 13 years doting on his immediate family with his wife Sandy. He feels the love daily from Sandy, son Dan, daughter Dianna and grandsons Daniel and Jonah.

Fenocchio tapes most of his grandson’s games, Sandy and Floyd are there after school for the pair (although that is often late for Daniel, thanks to practices).

The Fenocchios have a travel trailer and truck that accommodates a crowd and the big tow. Outings to places like Monterey, Bodega Bay and wherever the kids are playing seem to regularly be on the agenda — although Sandy still works for H&R Block and isn’t as “available” as her husband.

An accomplished athlete in his youth, Fenocchio has been delighted to lend a hand to his grandson Daniel’s club baseball team, the Crush. Coached by son-in-law Mark Henrickson, the Crush’s first-base coach provides a wealth of advice for the youngsters.

Ya, know… Fenocchio’s right: “The more things change, the more they remain the same.”

— Reach Bruce Gallaudet at



elias 1/6 voters succeed, create a de facto third party

December 23, 2014 |



The two major parties will be arrayed as usual when Gov. Jerry Brown looks out from the podium of the state Assembly chamber as he delivers his combination inaugural and state of the state speech, Democrats on one side and Republicans on the other.

But that will be slightly misleading. For voters have succeeded in one of the aims that was often stated when they created the top two primary election system via the 2010 Proposition 14: The California Legislature now includes Republicans, standard Democrats and a de facto third party that might best be called “business Democrats.”

All that’s needed to be sure this is true is to watch the votes of members of this new quasi-party and check out where they got their campaign money.

Yes, the business Democrats are still consistently colored blue on issues like immigration, same-sex marriage, gun-control and abortion. But when it comes to things that matter greatly to business, like industrial regulations, land development and minimum wage increases, these folks will often vote with Republicans.

This came about because in 2012, business interests like the state Chamber of Commerce began to understand that primary elections in many districts across California will for many years most likely produce same-party contests in November runoff elections for legislative and congressional offices.

Where that happens – mostly in districts whose voter registration is dominated by Democrats – business clearly understands it won’t work for them to fund Republicans in the primary. Instead, they now donate to some Democrats in primaries that are all but certain to produce a two-Democrat runoff.

Last fall, this produced major results for the business lobby. In seven out of 10 same-party races where a business-funded Democrat faced a more traditional liberal, the business-funded Democrat won.

One independent business group called Californians for Jobs and a Strong Economy spent about $1.1 million on such races. That group now figures Democrats in the Assembly will be about evenly split between folks it calls “moderates” and others more likely to back the party’s more traditional tough-on-business positions.

Few legislators themselves are willing to discuss the new configuration, but new Democratic Assembly Speaker Toni Atkins of San Diego did tell one reporter that the combination of top two and term limits has created “wholehearted change in how the Legislature is structured and comes together.”

A typical race occurred in 2012, when former Santa Monica Mayor Richard Bloom, backed by business funding, beat the labor-backed former Assemblywoman Betsy Butler after her previous district was decimated by reapportionment.

Another occurred in the Sacramento area last November, when business-backed Richard Pan defeated Roger Dickinson for a Senate seat in a faceoff between two Democratic assemblymen. Dickinson later told a reporter, “I think what it does is that it places a premium on being willing to align with business interests.”

Not that Pan and others didn’t also get some union funding. For labor often aligns with big business when it believes the measures business wants will create union jobs.

Many business Democrats prefer to call themselves moderates, and they didn’t all win, by any means. One loser was Steve Glazer, an Orinda city councilman and a former top adviser to Brown, who alienated labor by doing work for the chamber. He lost a bitter, expensive primary in the East Bay area; as a result, the seat eventually went to a moderate Republican.

All of which means voters have pretty much gotten what they wanted when they passed top two, at least in the Legislature. Many voters told pollsters then they wanted more moderation and compromise in government, less gridlock. They now have just that; there have been no notable legislative deadlocks over the last two years-plus.

No one can be quite certain how this will play out in the long term: A moderate wing for America’s most liberal state Democratic Party? A three-party system where moderate Democrats combine with moderate Republicans in a centrist party?

These are the kinds of non-automatic, unpredictable questions that should make following politics fun for years to come.

Email Thomas Elias at His book, “The Burzynski Breakthrough: The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” is now available in a soft cover fourth edition. For more Elias columns, go to



Criminal Injustice

December 13, 2014 |

Although our criminal justice system gets many cases right, serious racial bias in in our criminal justice system has been repeatedly documented. The Sentencing Project’s 2013 report to the United Nations Human Rights Committee cites many studies showing that people of color are more likely than whites to be arrested, convicted, and severely sentenced. These disparities are not attributable solely to differences in crime rates, offense severity, or criminal history. For example, from 1980 to 2010 drug arrest rates for black youth were double that of white youth despite studies showing that drug use among black and white youth was similar. Recent Department of Justice data show that among police stops, black drivers are three times more likely to be searched and twice as likely to experience the use or threat of violent force by police than white drivers. Among homicide convictions, black defendants are much more likely to receive the death penalty than white defendants even when controlling for the severity of the case. The Sentencing Project report states, “If current trends continue, one of every three black American males born today can expect to go to prison in his lifetime, as can one of every six Latino males – compared to one of every seventeen white males.”

While the Civil Rights Movement made significant strides in terms of racial equality and justice, some have argued mass incarceration of non-whites during recent decades has significantly reversed this progress. The US incarcerates more of its ethnic minorities than any other county in the world – even higher than apartheid-era South Africa. These realities should help us understand the great mistrust that people of color have toward law enforcement and the criminal justice system. This distrust, of course, has deep historical roots. Within three years of the Emancipation Proclamation, the Ku Klux Klan began lynching blacks in South. For decades, African Americans implored the federal government to outlaw and stop lynchings, but no anti-lynching legislation has ever outlawed these barbaric crimes. Indeed, law enforcement officers often stood by and did nothing to stop lynchings; some even participated. In light of this history, we can understand the public outcry against the grand jury decisions in the cases of Michael Brown and Eric Garner –unarmed black men killed by white police officers.

Then the specifics of the cases cause more outrage. Robert McCulloch, the Ferguson prosecutor, should have recused himself given that his father, a police officer, was killed by a black man. Furthermore, the prosecutor conducted the grand jury in such an unconventional way that the real truth will probably never be known. Grand juries have job of deciding if there is enough evidence, or “probable cause,” to indict a criminal suspect. Normally the criminal suspect (in this case, Officer Wilson) is not questioned during the proceedings. In this case, McCulloch not only questioned Wilson but provided him with extensive time to defend himself. He also cross-examined witnesses with an intensity that Wilson was spared. In the case of Eric Garner, this unarmed black man was aggressively restrained by a police officer for the minor crime of selling loose cigarettes without paying taxes to do so. There is no plausible justification for the use of such extreme force in this instance.

What can be done to address persistent racial injustice and inequality in U.S. society? To begin with, we should more seriously investigate cases in which police officers kill civilians. The Sacramento Bee convincingly argues that grand jury prosecutors should come from different geographic regions than police officer defendants to avoid bias stemming from ties to local law enforcement. We also need to systematically collect data on civilians killed by law enforcement officers. This information could help assess the presence of racial bias in such deaths (and their judicial outcomes) and also track changes in these statistics that might occur as a result of interventions to reduce racial bias. The Department of Justice took a positive stop this year by announcing plans to collect data on stops, searches, and arrests by race in five U.S. cities in an effort to measure and reduce racial profiling. More cities should be included in such efforts.

Many have argued that strained relationships between law enforcement and the communities of color that they serve are a major cause of incidents like the one in Ferguson. We should support efforts to create more positive interactions between police and the community. The Summer Night Lights program in South Sacramento is an excellent example. During summer evenings last year, community members were invited to play sports, dance, create art, and eat free food in a safe community setting where police officers participated in the fun and showed they care. I have been told that crime rates dropped significantly last summer in South Sacramento, as they have in other California communities with similar programs.

I am Latina but am often mistaken for non-Hispanic white, so I will never know how it feels to be targeted by law enforcement. I will never have to tell my children that they have a high likelihood of being blamed for a crime they never committed like Dr. Murray Garcia has had to do (Davis Enterprise 11/30/14, Parallel Play and Race in America). If we can effectively address the racial bias in our criminal justice system, then maybe someday no one will have to communicate such a heart-breaking message of injustice to their child.

Lisa Baumeister




Special to The Enterprise

The vanishing male worker: How America fell behind

December 14, 2014 |

ANNAPOLIS, Md. — Frank Walsh still pays dues to the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers, but more than four years have passed since his name was called at the union hall where the few available jobs are distributed. Mr. Walsh, his wife and two children live on her part-time income and a small inheritance from his mother, which is running out.

Sitting in the food court at a mall near his Maryland home, he sees that some of the restaurants are hiring. He says he can’t wait much longer to find a job. But he’s not ready yet.

“I’d work for them, but they’re only willing to pay $10 an hour,” he said, pointing at a Chick-fil-A that probably pays most of its workers less than that. “I’m 49 with two kids — $10 just isn’t going to cut it.”

Continue reading the main story

Nonemployed: Our Series on the Decline of Work: An IntroductionDEC. 11, 2014
document Nonemployed Poll ResultsDEC. 12, 2014
Nonemployed: The Rise of Men Who Don’t Work, and What They Do InsteadDEC. 11, 2014
video Paycheck to PaycheckDEC. 3, 2014
Nonemployed: Methodology of the Poll on NonworkDEC. 11, 2014
Working, in America, is in decline. The share of prime-age men — those 25 to 54 years old — who are not working has more than tripled since the late 1960s, to 16 percent. More recently, since the turn of the century, the share of women without paying jobs has been rising, too. The United States, which had one of the highest employment rates among developed nations as recently as 2000, has fallen toward the bottom of the list.

Continue reading the main story
Articles in this series will examine the decline of work in the United States and its consequences, for individuals and society.
As the economy slowly recovers from the Great Recession, many of those men and women are eager to find work and willing to make large sacrifices to do so. Many others, however, are choosing not to work, according to a New York Times/CBS News/Kaiser Family Foundation poll that provides a detailed look at the lives of the 30 million Americans 25 to 54 who are without jobs.

Many men, in particular, have decided that low-wage work will not improve their lives, in part because deep changes in American society have made it easier for them to live without working. These changes include the availability of federal disability benefits; the decline of marriage, which means fewer men provide for children; and the rise of the Internet, which has reduced the isolation of unemployment.

At the same time, it has become harder for men to find higher-paying jobs. Foreign competition and technological advances have eliminated many of the jobs in which high school graduates like Mr. Walsh once could earn $40 an hour, or more. The poll found that 85 percent of prime-age men without jobs do not have bachelor’s degrees. And 34 percent said they had criminal records, making it hard to find any work.

The resulting absence of millions of potential workers has serious consequences not just for the men and their families but for the nation as a whole. A smaller work force is likely to lead to a slower-growing economy, and will leave a smaller share of the population to cover the cost of government, even as a larger share seeks help.

“They’re not working, because it’s not paying them enough to work,” said Alan B. Krueger, a leading labor economist and a professor at Princeton. “And that means the economy is going to be smaller than it otherwise would be.”

High Costs

The trend was pushed to new heights by the last recession, with 20 percent of prime-age men not working in 2009 before partly receding. But the recovery is unlikely to be complete. Like turtles flipped onto their backs, many people who stop working struggle to get back on their feet. Some people take years to return to the work force, and others never do. And a growing body of research finds that their children, in turn, are less likely to prosper.

Continue reading the main story
“The long-run effects of this are very high,” said Lawrence F. Katz, a professor of economics at Harvard. “We could be losing the next generation of kids.”

For most unemployed men, life without work is not easy. In follow-up interviews, about two dozen men described days spent mostly at home, chewing through dwindling resources, relying on friends, strangers and the federal government. The poll found that 30 percent had used food stamps, while 33 percent said they had taken food from a nonprofit or religious group.

They are unhappy to be out of work and eager to find new jobs. They are struggling both with the loss of income and a loss of dignity. Their mental and physical health is suffering.

Yet 44 percent of men in the survey said there were jobs in their area they could get but were not willing to take.

José Flores, 45, who lives in St. Paul, said that after losing a job as a translator for the University of Minnesota’s public health department in 2011, he struck a deal with his landlord to pay $200 a month instead of $580, in exchange for doing odd jobs. He has a cellphone that costs $34 a month and an old car he tries not to drive, and “if I really need clothes or shoes, I go to the thrift store.” He picks up occasional work translating at hospitals, but he has not looked for a regular job since August.

“If for some reason I cannot live in the apartment where I live anymore, then that will be basically a wake-up call for me to wake up and say for sure I need a full-time job,” Mr. Flores said. He added, “If I start working full time the rent will increase” — because he would no longer be available for odd jobs.

A Changing Society

Men today may feel less pressure to find jobs because they are less likely than previous generations to be providing for others. Only 28 percent of men without jobs — compared with 58 percent of women — said a child under 18 lived with them.

Continue reading the main story
What Nonworking Men Say
Among every 100 men ages 25 to 54 who do not work:

64 Want a job
45 Have looked for a job in the last year
25 Have looked for a job, and would be willing to take one that pays minimum wage
44 Think there are local jobs they could obtain, but they are not willing to take
34 Have been convicted of a crime
17 Say their physical health is poor
43 Say not working has been bad for their mental health
48 Say health problems or disability is a major reason they are not working
19 Say family responsbilities are a major reason
35 Say a lack of good jobs available is a major reason
30 Receive food stamps
4 Receive unemployment benefits
22 Get money from a spouse or other employed person in their house
20 Get income from temporary work or odd jobs
90 Have ever had a full-time job
25 Have had a full-time job, and earned more than $40k in their last job
22 Have missed a rent or mortgage payment because they stopped working
13 Have had utilities turned off because they stopped working
45 Say they are financially secure
25 Are mostly happy about not working
30 Think it’s very likely they will be working in 1 year
42 Think it’s very likely they will be working in 5 years
Source: The New York Times, CBS News and Kaiser Family Foundation poll, conducted Nov. 11 to 25, with 363 nonworking men (and 639 nonworking women, not shown) ages 25 to 54.
A study published in October by scholars at the American Enterprise Institute and the Institute for Family Studies estimated that 37 percent of the decline in male employment since 1979 could be explained by this retreat from marriage and fatherhood.

“When the legal, entry-level economy isn’t providing a wage that allows someone a convincing and realistic option to become an adult — to go out and get married and form a household — it demoralizes them and shunts them into illegal economies,” said Philippe Bourgois, an anthropologist at the University of Pennsylvania who has studied the lives of young men in urban areas. “It’s not a choice that has made them happy. They would much rather be adults in a respectful job that pays them and promises them benefits.”

There is also evidence that working has become more expensive. A recent analysis by the Brookings Institution found that prices since 1990 had climbed most quickly for labor-intensive services like child care, health care and education, increasing what might be described as the cost of working: getting a degree, staying healthy, hiring someone to watch the children. Meanwhile, the price of food, clothing, computers and other goods has climbed more slowly.

Continue reading the main story
And technology has made unemployment less lonely. Tyler Cowen, an economist at George Mason University, argues that the Internet allows men to entertain themselves and find friends and sexual partners at a much lower cost than did previous generations.

Mr. Katz, the Harvard economist, said, however, that some men might choose to describe themselves as unwilling to take low-wage jobs when in fact they cannot find any jobs. There are about 10 million prime-age men who are not working, but there are only 4.8 million job openings for men and women of all ages, according to the most recent federal data.

Millions of men are trying to find work. And among the 45 percent of men who said they had looked in the last year, large majorities said that to get a job they would be willing to work nights and weekends, start over in a new field, return to school or move to a new city.

Adewole Badmus, 29, moved to Houston in August to look for work in the oil industry and, in the evenings, to study for a master’s degree in subsea engineering at the University of Houston. He left his wife in Indianapolis, where she works as a FedEx security officer, until he finds work.

“I hope it will not take much longer,” he said. “I cannot move forward. I cannot move backward. So I just have to keep pushing.”

As an improving economy drives up hiring and wages, some of those on the sidelines also are likely to return to the labor market. Almost half of those who did not seek work in the last year said they wanted to work.

Yet many who have lost jobs will find it difficult to return.

David Muszynski, 51, crushed two nerves in his right leg in 2003 while breaking up a fight at a Black Sabbath concert outside Buffalo, ending his career as a concert technician. He worked eight more years as the manager of a sports bar in Tonawanda, N.Y., until that also became too much of a physical strain. In November, he went on federal disability benefits, replacing 60 percent of his income. Mr. Muszynski lives in a duplex he inherited from his mother, renting out the other unit.

He said he planned to take a night course to learn how to use a computer in the hope of finding a job that will place fewer demands on his body.

“I would rather be working,” he said. “Then I wouldn’t be so bored.”

But few people who qualify for disability return to the work force. Even if they can find work, they are afraid of losing their benefits and then losing their new job.

The decline of work is divisible into three related trends.

Continue reading the main story
Where Men Aren’t Working
Across the country, 16 percent of prime-age men are not working. Examine non-employment rates for every Census tract.

Continue reading the main story

Jennifer 59 minutes ago
What IS the matter with boys these days? We are.GOOD GRIEF! Your suggesting this is because of “laziness and porn?” Give our men some…
John Miller 4 hours ago
Well, if you’re getting free money from American taxpayers though disability, why would you even want to go back to work? There’s zero…
Tony B 4 hours ago
Good thing Mr. Walsh doesn’t jump on every passing fad like email.
Young men are spending more years in school, delaying their entry into the work force but potentially improving their eventual economic prospects.

Michael Cervone, 25, took shelter in school during the bleakest years of the post-recession recovery. He signed up for a triple major at Youngstown State University in Ohio, in early-childhood education, special education and psychology, “just to better my chances of getting a job because I knew how competitive it was.”

But with the job market improving, Mr. Cervone decided to hurry up and graduate this weekend with a degree in early-childhood education.

Continue reading the main storyContinue reading the main storyContinue reading the main story
“It feels like there’s a lot more jobs opening up, at least in my field,” he said. “I felt like it was the right time for me to start on the path that I chose.”

At the other end of the 25-to-54 spectrum, many older men who lost jobs have fallen back on disability benefits or started to draw on retirement savings. For some of those men who worked in manufacturing or construction, and now can find only service work, the obstacle is not just the difference in pay; it is also the humiliation of being on public display.

William Scott Jordan, 54, retired from the Army National Guard last December after a decade of full-time duty. He gets a partial disability benefit of $230 a month and a pension when he turns 60. He would like a job until then, but he doesn’t feel able to return to construction work.

Mr. Jordan, who lives in Sumter, S.C., checks for new job listings every day and has filled out “15 to 20” applications over the last year — at places as varied as paint stores and private detective agencies — but has been invited to only a single interview. He helps take care of his grandchildren. He cleans the house. He tried taking classes.

Mr. Jordan and his wife, who works with the families of deployed soldiers, are now living on $25,000 a year rather than $75,000, and he figures they can get by for another year before they start drawing on savings, “or I guess I go find me a job washing dishes.”

After a moment, Mr. Jordan adds, “I haven’t gotten that low yet.”

Trading Down

In the third group are men like Mr. Walsh, too young to retire but often ill-equipped to find new work. Like many sharing his plight, Mr. Walsh did not move directly from employment to the sidelines. He lost a job, and then another, and one more.

After waiting two years for work as an electrician, Mr. Walsh took a job in April 2012 at a Home Depot. He was fired a few months later, he said, after he failed to greet a “secret shopper” paid by the company to evaluate employees.

He drew unemployment benefits for another year before finding a warehouse job loading groceries for the Peapod delivery service. This time he was fired on Dec. 13 — like many who have lost jobs, he remembers the date immediately and precisely — after he asked for a vacation day, he said, to care for his dying mother.

Along the way, Mr. Walsh said he had drained the $15,000 in his union retirement account and run up about $20,000 in credit card debt. “We were constantly fighting because it’s fear,” he said of the toll on his marriage. “You don’t have the $50 you need for the lights and you don’t have the $300 you need for something else, and it gets kind of personal.”

He keeps paying union dues to preserve his shot at a pension, but that also means he can’t get nonunion work as an electrician. He says he would like a desk job instead. He used email for the first time last month, and he plans to return to community college in the spring to learn computer skills.

He says he is determined that his own children will attend college so their prospects will be better than his own.

“I lost my sense of worth, you know what I mean?” Mr. Walsh said. “Somebody asks you ‘What do you do?’ and I would say, ‘I’m an electrician.’”

“But now I say nothing. I’m not an electrician anymore.”

Correction: December 11, 2014
An earlier version of a picture caption with this article misstated the age of David Muszynski. He is 51, not 52.

Robert Gebeloff contributed reporting.

What Nonworking Men Say
Among every 100 men ages 25 to 54 who do not work:

64 Want a job
45 Have looked for a job in the last year
25 Have looked for a job, and would be willing to take one that pays minimum wage
44 Think there are local jobs they could obtain, but they are not willing to take
34 Have been convicted of a crime
17 Say their physical health is poor
43 Say not working has been bad for their mental health
48 Say health problems or disability is a major reason they are not working
19 Say family responsbilities are a major reason
35 Say a lack of good jobs available is a major reason
30 Receive food stamps
4 Receive unemployment benefits
22 Get money from a spouse or other employed person in their house
20 Get income from temporary work or odd jobs
90 Have ever had a full-time job
25 Have had a full-time job, and earned more than $40k in their last job
22 Have missed a rent or mortgage payment because they stopped working
13 Have had utilities turned off because they stopped working
45 Say they are financially secure
25 Are mostly happy about not working
30 Think it’s very likely they will be working in 1 year
42 Think it’s very likely they will be working in 5 years
Source: The New York Times, CBS News and Kaiser Family Foundation poll, conducted Nov. 11 to 25, with 363 nonworking men (and 639 nonworking women, not shown) ages 25 to 54.



New York Times News Service

Roomiest Subaru Legacy debuts for 2015

From page B3 | December 12, 2014 |

The Associated Press

Redesigned for 2015, the Subaru Legacy is a sensible and more refined family sedan that has the best fuel economy for the lowest starting retail price among America’s all-wheel drive sedans.

Traction-improving all-wheel drive comes standard on the mid-size Legacy, which has a starting retail price of $22,490.

Many other cars with all-wheel drive are from luxury brands such as Audi and BMW and carry much higher price tags. Even the mid-sized, 2015 Ford Fusion sedan with all-wheel drive has a starting retail price that’s thousands of dollars more than the Legacy’s.

2015 Subaru Legacy 2.5i Premium

Base price: $21,695 for base 2.5i; $23,495 for 2.5i Premium

Price as tested: $27,180

Type: Front-engine, all-wheel drive, five-passenger, mid-size sedan

Engine: 2.5-liter, double overhead cam, four-cylinder boxer

Mileage: 26 mpg (city), 36 mpg (highway)

Length: 188.8 inches

Wheelbase: 108.3 inches

Curb weight: 3,455 pounds

Built at: Lafayette, Ind.

Options: Moonroof package plus navigation, EyeSight, blind spot detection and rear cross-traffic alert $2,890

Destination charge: $795

The Legacy’s top fuel economy rating of 24 mpg in city driving and 32 mpg on highways, for an average of 27 mpg, is at the top of gasoline-only, all-wheel drive sedans, according to the federal government. In comparison, the all-wheel drive 2015 Fusion is rated by the government at 22/31 mpg.

The new Legacy, which has a roomier and quieter interior than its predecessor, is a recommended buy of Consumer Reports magazine. Predicted reliability is better than average, according to Consumer Reports.

Best of all, the 2015 Legacy earned the top, five out of five stars across the board in federal government frontal and side crash testing and its rollover score.

The four-door Legacy now comes with eight standard air bags, including new front-seat-cushion air bags that help keep front-seat occupants properly positioned during a crash.

The price for a base Legacy is up nearly 7 percent from the 2014 model, because the base Legacy with manual transmission has been dropped.

All 2015 Legacy models come with a fuel-conscious continuously variable transmission (CVT) that a driver operates as if it were an automatic.

Starting manufacturer’s suggested retail price, including destination charge, for a base, 2015 Legacy 2.5i is $22,490 with all-wheel drive and base, 175-horsepower, naturally aspirated, four-cylinder engine. Note that the Legacy comes with steering wheel paddle shifters, too, so a driver can use the CVT in a programmed six-speed manual mode if he or she wants.

The starting MSRP, including destination charge, for a 2015 Ford Fusion with all-wheel drive, 240-horsepower, turbocharged four cylinder and automatic transmission is $29,150.

The top-selling mid-size family sedan, the Toyota Camry, is not offered with all-wheel drive. But the starting retail price of $23,795 for a front-wheel drive, 2015 Camry LE with 178-horsepower four cylinder and automatic transmission is higher than that for the base 2015 Legacy with all-wheel drive.

For 2015, Subaru restyled the Legacy inside and out. The exterior lost some of the Subaru quirkiness in the redesign and the car now looks quite mainstream. It’s a pleasant look, but not distinctive. The tester, which was a mid-level 2.5i Premium, blended into other cars in parking lots and never received a second look from passersby.

One intriguing item, though, is that while the new Legacy is the same basic size as its predecessor, it’s larger inside. Passenger volume is 104.6 cubic feet now, up from last year’s 103 cubic feet. This is more than the 102.7 cubic feet in the 2015 Camry.

Rear-seat legroom now is a competitive 38.1 inches, which is similar to that in the back seat of the Fusion.

Trunk size in the Legacy has increased, too, to 15 cubic feet, and the cargo room expands when the 60/40 split rear seatbacks fold down. The Camry has a slightly larger, 15.4 cubic-foot-trunk.

The interior of the 2015 Legacy is more appealing than that of earlier Legacy cars. Materials, including plastics, in the test car looked attractive, not cheap. The redesign puts recognizable controls in logical places and within easy reach of drivers.

The audio system, in particular, is easier to use, and a touchscreen display that accommodates swipe and scroll motions is standard in all models. Just watch that large fingers don’t accidentally change the radio station while using the volume knob just below the touchscreen. The screen in the tester was extremely sensitive to touch.

Additionally, in the test car, the trunk lid started to stick at its seal and required a bit of effort to lift.

Subaru engineers upped the horsepower just a smidge from 174 to 175 in the base Legacy engine, which is a 2.5-liter, double overhead cam, horizontally opposed four cylinder. Peak torque remains the same at 174 foot-pounds, but it comes on now at 4,000 rpm, instead of at 4,100 rpm.

The test Legacy didn’t feel particularly sporty, but improvements in the CVT definitely made the car feel responsive and lessened the droning sounds that had been evident in the predecessor.

The Legacy got up to requested speeds in a steady, capable fashion, and the car was easy and comfortable to drive. All-wheel drive provided surefooted traction in the rain.

On highways, there were more droning sounds during merging and passing maneuvers. But the quieter interior kept the sounds from being obtrusive.

The test car, with a majority of city driving and a good amount of demanding acceleration maneuvers, averaged a decent 24.9 miles per gallon. This translated into a driving range of 460 miles. At today’s average price for regular gasoline, filling up the 18.5-gallon tank cost just under $50.

For 2015, an “active grille shutter” that improves aerodynamics at the front of the car to maximize fuel economy is standard on all Legacy models.

The Legacy rode pleasantly, with most road bumps and many road vibrations kept away from passengers. There was some road noise conveyed to the passenger compartment, but these came primarily on the roughest road surfaces.

Subaru also offers a 256-horsepower, Boxer six-cylinder in the Legacy. Starting retail price is $30,390.




Hard choices ahead for U.S. electronic surveillance

December 11, 2014 |

Hard Choices Ahead for US Electronic Surveillance
Theodore H. Moran
US government “legal intercept” regulations in force today require US and non-US IT firms to permit US agencies to penetrate their operations and conduct surveillance against unsuspecting US citizens and others.
These regulations threaten to balkanize international telecommunications markets, as countries around the world try to protect themselves and their citizens from minute-by-minute American surveillance.
What is the exact nature of these US surveillance laws and regulations? To whom do they apply? What can be done to prevent them from tearing apart global telecommunications markets?
Under the authority of the Patriot Act – passed after 9/11 – a special court in Washington DC issues secret warrants for records, documents, library searches, email, and internet browsing histories of American citizens and other individuals in the United States. While surveillance is subject to judicial process, the FBI or NSA need not show probable cause that the persons targeted have committed any crime whatsoever; the records need only to be “relevant” to an investigation of terrorism. Since the warrants are classified, the targets have no way of knowing that they are under investigation, or that their emails and other records are being scrutinized continuously by US government agencies. Nor do they have any way of responding to, much less rebutting, allegations about possible links to criminal activity.

Other complementary US regulations require all IT companies operating in the US to build backdoors into their equipment and software to permit the FBI and NSA to conduct this round-the-clock surveillance. These regulations force companies to turn over to the US government any encryption keys customers think are protecting them.

These legal directives imposed on all IT operators in the United States do indeed apply to every IT provider, including European, Japanese, South Korean, and Chinese IT companies that supply goods and services to the US market.

US court orders for surveillance and US mandates that require penetration of IT systems do not stop at the border. American regulations, upheld by American courts, require IT companies with operations in the United States to permit extraterritorial access to emails and documents stored outside of the United States. Today these requirements of American origin are being challenged as violating the Privacy Directive of the European Union.

Indeed, the surveillance regime that the US government asserts is necessary to fight terrorism and global crime – all the more needed now that ISIS has joined Al Qaeda in threatening the United States and its allies — is nonetheless threatening to segment international telecommunications markets. To avoid backdoors that permit US government surveillance, Brazil is already excluding all US companies from participating as it lays a new IT cable to Portugal. German companies are warning Microsoft that they will stop all purchases from the company if Microsoft complies with a US Justice Department order to provide access to the data of a German citizen stored on a server in Ireland. IBM says it is spending more than $1B to build storage facilities in overseas markets to prevent US government snooping, but it is not clear that IBM’s offshore cloud strategy will be able to accomplish this objective.

To prevent such discrimination against themselves, US IT companies and suppliers are arguing for creation of a transparent multilateral framework, across jurisdictions, to govern lawful requests for secret surveillance. Without such a framework, the worldwide telecommunications market will likely continue to fragment as governments and private buyers around the globe attempt to avoid US surveillance measures. Such a multilateral agreement would have to allow other governments to follow the same procedures as are now allowed by US regulations, or else would have to require US regulations to be restricted to conform to new international norms.
Are we ready to accept as legitimate that other countries – from Germany, the United Kingdom, France, Japan and South Korea, to Russia, India, and China – set up mirror-image surveillance regimes like our own? Will Congress ratify an international protocol that allows the Chinese government to snoop on Chinese dissidents via Facebook’s operations in China, and to collect data on democracy activists stored on China Telecom servers in Atlanta, Georgia?  Is Congress likely to be more persuaded to join up if Chinese surveillance agencies claim to have a secret warrant from a special court in Beijing? Will sober-minded Germans legitimately concerned about jihadists coming and going in their midst permit the Federal Republic to sign on to an international surveillance regime that Stasi could only have dreamed of?
Or will US surveillance regulations have to be scaled back – despite ongoing threats of international terrorism — and become subject to verifiable limitations?
Hard choices await.

Theodore H. Moran is professor of international business and finance at Georgetown University.
Professor Moran will present his new research, “US Government Surveillance Regulations for IT Company Networks” at the American Enterprise Institute on December 10. 



Special to The Enterprise

Thomas Friedman: The gift that keeps giving

December 04, 2014 |

Commentary: The Gift That Keeps Giving

c.2014 New York Times News Service

Flying into New York the other day, I got my first good look at the Freedom Tower, now known as 1 World Trade Center, the skyscraper that sits atop 9/11’s ground zero. It does, indeed, scrape the sky, topping out at a patriotic 1,776 feet. Thirteen years after 9/11, I appreciate the nationalist pride that, while terrorists can knock down our buildings, we can just build them right back up. Take that, Osama bin Laden.

If only the story ended there. Alas, bin Laden really did mess us up, and continues to do so. We’ve erased the ruins of the World Trade Center, but the foreign policy of fear that 9/11 instilled is still very much inside us — too much so. It remains the subtext of so much that we do in the world today, which is why it’s the subtitle of a new book by David Rothkopf, “National Insecurity: American Leadership in an Age of Fear.”

Much of the book is an inside look at how foreign policy was made under the two presidents since 9/11. But, in many ways, the real star of the book, the ubershaper of everything, is this “age of fear” that has so warped our institutions and policy priorities. Will it ever go away or will bin Laden be forever that gift that keeps on giving? This is the question I emailed to Rothkopf, the editor of Foreign Policy magazine.

“The post-9/11 era will not be seen as a golden age in U.S. foreign policy,” he responded. “Largely, this is because 9/11 was such an emotional blow to the U.S. that it, in an instant, changed our worldview, creating a heightened sense of vulnerability.” In response, “not only did we overstate the threat, we reordered our thinking to make it the central organizing principle in shaping our foreign policy.”

This was a mistake on many levels, Rothkopf insisted: “Not only did it produce the overreaction and excesses of the Bush years, but it also produced the swing in the opposite direction of Obama — who was both seeking to be the un-Bush and yet was afraid of appearing weak on this front himself” — hence doubling down in Afghanistan and re-intervening in Iraq, in part out of fear that if he didn’t, and we got hit with a terrorist attack, he’d be blamed.

Fear of being blamed by the fearful has become a potent force in our politics. We’ve now spent over a decade, Rothkopf added, “reacting to fear, to a very narrow threat, letting it redefine us, and failing to rise as we should to the bigger challenges we face — whether those involved rebuilding at home, the reordering of world power, changing economic models that no longer create jobs and wealth the way they used to” or forging “new international institutions because the old ones are antiquated and dysfunctional.”

To put it another way, he said — and I agree with this — the focus on terrorism, combined with our gotcha politics, has “killed creative thinking” in Washington, let alone anything “aspirational” in our foreign policy. Look at the time and money Republicans forced us to spend debating whether the Benghazi, Libya, consulate attack was a terrorist plot or a spontaneous event — while focusing not a whit on the real issue: what a bipartisan failure our whole removal of Libya’s dictator turned out to be, what we should learn from that and how, maybe, to fix it.

I have sympathy for President Barack Obama having to deal with this mess of a world, where the key threats come from crumbling states that can be managed only by rebuilding them at a huge cost, with uncertain outcomes and dodgy partners. Americans don’t want that job. Yet these disorderly states create openings for low-probability, high-impact terrorism, where the one-in-a-million lucky shot can really hurt us. No president wants to be on duty when that happens either. Yet many more Americans were killed in their cars by deer last year than by terrorists. I don’t think Obama has done that badly navigating all these contradictions. He has done a terrible job explaining what he is doing and connecting his restraint with any larger policy goals at home or abroad.

Argues Gautam Mukunda, a professor at the Harvard Business School and author of “Indispensable: When Leaders Really Matter,” our overreliance on fencing, so to speak, since 9/11 has distracted us from building resilience the way we used to, by investing in education, infrastructure, immigration, government-funded research and rules that incentivize risk-taking but prevent recklessness.

“We used to invest in those things more than anyone,” said Mukunda, “because they offered high-probability, high-impact returns.” Now we don’t, and we are less resilient as a result — no matter how many walls we put up. We’re also not investing enough in the low-probability, high-payoff innovations — like the Internet or GPS — that have distinguished us as a nation and add to our resilience. “We live in a world where small bets can have huge returns,” said Mukunda.

When you look at the effort our leaders now expend preventing low-probability, high-impact terrorist attacks — or protecting themselves from charges of not having done so — compared with rethinking and investing in the proven sources of our strength in this era of rapid change, said Mukunda, “it’s way out of balance.”

Copyright The New York Times News Service.



Thomas Friedman

Paul Krugman: Pollution and politics

November 29, 2014 |

Commentary: Pollution and Politics

c.2014 New York Times News Service

Earlier this week, the Environmental Protection Agency announced proposed regulations to curb emissions of ozone, which causes smog, not to mention asthma, heart disease and premature death. And you know what happened: Republicans went on the attack, claiming that the new rules would impose enormous costs.

There’s no reason to take these complaints seriously, at least in terms of substance. Polluters and their political friends have a track record of crying wolf. Again and again, they have insisted that American business — which they usually portray as endlessly innovative, able to overcome any obstacle — would curl into a quivering ball if asked to limit emissions. Again and again, the actual costs have been far lower than they predicted. In fact, almost always below the EPA’s predictions.

So it’s the same old story. But why, exactly, does it always play this way? Of course, polluters will defend their right to pollute, but why can they count on Republican support? When and why did the Republican Party become the party of pollution?

For it wasn’t always thus. The Clean Air Act of 1970, the legal basis for the Obama administration’s environmental actions, passed the Senate on a bipartisan vote of 73-0, and was signed into law by Richard Nixon. (I’ve heard veterans of the EPA describe the Nixon years as a golden age.) A major amendment of the law, which among other things made possible the cap-and-trade system that limits acid rain, was signed in 1990 by George H.W. Bush.

But that was then. Today’s Republican Party is putting a conspiracy theorist who views climate science as a “gigantic hoax” in charge of the Senate’s environment committee. And this isn’t an isolated case. Pollution has become a deeply divisive partisan issue.

And the reason pollution has become partisan is that Republicans have moved right. A generation ago, it turns out, environment wasn’t a partisan issue: according to Pew Research, in 1992 an overwhelming majority in both parties favored stricter laws and regulation. Since then, Democratic views haven’t changed, but Republican support for environmental protection has collapsed.

So what explains this anti-environmental shift?

You might be tempted simply to blame money in politics, and there’s no question that gushers of cash from polluters fuel the anti-environmental movement at all levels. But this doesn’t explain why money from the most environmentally damaging industries, which used to flow to both parties, now goes overwhelmingly in one direction. Take, for example, coal mining. In the early 1990s, according to the Center for Responsive Politics, the industry favored Republicans by a modest margin, giving around 40 percent of its money to Democrats. Today that number is just 5 percent. Political spending by the oil and gas industry has followed a similar trajectory. Again, what changed?

One answer could be ideology. Textbook economics isn’t anti-environment; it says that pollution should be limited, albeit in market-friendly ways when possible. But the modern conservative movement insists that government is always the problem, never the solution, which creates the will to believe that environmental problems are fake and environmental policy will tank the economy.

My guess, however, is that ideology is only part of the story — or, more accurately, it’s a symptom of the underlying cause of the divide: rising inequality.

The basic story of political polarization over the past few decades is that, as a wealthy minority has pulled away economically from the rest of the country, it has pulled one major party along with it. True, Democrats often cater to the interests of the 1 percent, but Republicans always do. Any policy that benefits lower- and middle-income Americans at the expense of the elite — like health reform, which guarantees insurance to all and pays for that guarantee in part with taxes on higher incomes — will face bitter Republican opposition.

And environmental protection is, in part, a class issue, even if we don’t usually think of it that way. Everyone breathes the same air, so the benefits of pollution control are more or less evenly spread across the population. But ownership of, say, stock in coal companies is concentrated in a few, wealthy hands. Even if the costs of pollution control are passed on in the form of higher prices, the rich are different from you and me. They spend a lot more money, and, therefore, bear a higher share of the costs.

In the case of the new ozone plan, the EPA’s analysis suggests that, for the average American, the benefits would be more than twice the costs. But that doesn’t necessarily matter to the nonaverage American driving one party’s priorities. On ozone, as with almost everything these days, it’s all about inequality.

Copyright The New York Times News Service



David Brooks: The ambition explosion

November 29, 2014 |

Commentary: The Ambition Explosion

c.2014 New York Times News Service

In 1976, Daniel Bell published a book called “The Cultural Contradictions of Capitalism.” Bell argued that capitalism undermines itself because it nurtures a population of ever more self-gratifying consumers. These people may start out as industrious, but they soon get addicted to affluence, spending, credit and pleasure and stop being the sort of hard workers capitalism requires.

Bell was right that there’s a contradiction at the heart of capitalism, but he got its nature slightly wrong. Affluent, consumerist capitalists still work hard. Just look around.

The real contradiction of capitalism is that it arouses enormous ambition, but it doesn’t help you define where you should focus it. It doesn’t define an end to which you should devote your life. It nurtures the illusion that career and economic success can lead to fulfillment, which is the central illusion of our time.

Capitalism on its own breeds people who are vaguely aware that they are not living the spiritually richest life, who are ill-equipped to know how they might do so, who don’t have the time to do so, and who, when they go off to find fulfillment, end up devoting themselves to scattershot causes and light religions.

To survive, capitalism needs to be embedded in a moral culture that sits in tension with it, and provides a scale of values based on moral and not monetary grounds. Capitalism, though, is voracious. The personal ambition it arouses is always threatening to blot out the counterculture it requires.

Modern China is an extreme example of this phenomenon, as eloquently described by Evan Osnos in his book, “Age of Ambition,” which just won the National Book Award for nonfiction.

As Osnos describes it, the capitalist reforms of Deng Xiaoping raised the ambition levels of an entire society. A people that had been raised under Mao to be a “rustless screw in the revolutionary machine” had the chance, in the course of one generation, to achieve rags-to-riches wealth. This led, Osnos writes, to a hunger for new sensations, a ravenous desire to make new fortunes.

Osnos describes the “English fever” that swept some Chinese youth. Li Yang was a shy man who found that the louder he bellowed English phrases the bolder he felt as a human being. Li filled large arenas, charging more than a month’s wages for a single day of instruction. He had the crowds shouting English phrases en masse, like “I would like to take your temperature!” and repeating his patriotic slogans, “Conquer English to make China stronger!”

Osnos interviewed a member of the Li cult who called himself Michael and considered himself a “born-again English speaker.” For Michael, learning English was intermingled with the aspirational mantras he surrounded himself with: “The past does not equal the future. Believe in yourself. Create miracles.”

It was this ambition explosion as much as anything else that created China’s prosperity. One mother who called herself “Harvard Mom” had her daughter hold ice cubes in her hands for 15 minutes at a time to teach fortitude. Soon China was building the real estate equivalent of Rome every fortnight.

But the fever, like communism before it, stripped away the deep rich spiritual traditions of Buddhism and Taoism. Society hardened. Corruption became rampant. People came to believe that society was cruel and unforgiving. They hunkered down. One day, a little girl was hit by a bread truck in the city of Foshan. Seventeen people passed and did nothing as she lay bleeding on the ground. The security video of the incident played over and over again on TV, haunting the country.

Li Yang, the English teacher, turned out to be a notorious wife-beater. His disciple, Michael, became embittered. The optimistic slogans now on his wall had undertones of frustration: “I have to mentally change my whole life’s destiny!” and “I can’t stand it anymore!”

This led, as it must among human beings who are endowed with a moral imagination that can be suppressed but never destroyed, to a great spiritual searching. Osnos writes that many Chinese sensed that there was a spiritual void at the core of their society. They sought to fill it any way they could, with revived Confucianism, nationalism, lectures by the Harvard philosopher Michael Sandel and Christianity.

Osnos writes that this spiritual searching is going out in all directions at once with no central melody. One gets the sense that the nation’s future will be determined as much by this quest as by political reform or capitalist innovation.

China is desperately searching for a spiritual and humanist nest to hold capitalist ambition. Those of us in the rest of the world are probably not searching as feverishly for a counterculture, but the essential challenge is the same. Capitalist ambition is an energizing gale force. If there’s not an equally fervent counterculture to direct it, the wind uproots the tender foliage that makes life sweet.

Copyright The New York Times News Service.



GG4: Just put it on my tab(let)

December 18, 2014 |

By Anick Jesdanun

Time for a tablet?

People tend to hold onto tablets longer than smartphones, so take time to weigh your options. A major consideration is what phone you or your gift recipient already has. Although it’s possible for Android owners to have Apple’s iPads, for instance, there are advantages to sticking within the same system. You often can buy apps just once and share them across both devices, and you don’t need to learn two different systems.
Here are some buying tips organized by system. Prices listed are for base models. You can typically spend more for additional storage or LTE cellular connectivity.
Apple’s iOS
The iPad remains top of the line among tablets. The selection of apps designed specifically for it is unmatched. Those who already have iPhones will appreciate the ability to start email and other tasks on one device and finish on the other. You can even make phone calls from iPads, if you have an iPhone on the same Wi-Fi network.
The downside is the $499 price tag for the latest full-size model, the iPad Air 2. Many Android tablets are cheaper. You do get a light and skinny device for the price, with a camera that matches the iPhone’s 8 megapixels (though the iPad still lacks a flash). The new Air also has a fingerprint sensor to bypass security passcodes and to authorize online purchases using Apple Pay. It won’t work with in-store payments, though.
If you are on a budget or want a smaller device, consider last year’s iPad Mini 2 for $299. This year’s Mini doesn’t have many improvements over last year’s model, except for the fingerprint and Apple Pay capabilities. The convenience might not be worth spending more for the $399 iPad Mini 3.
You might consider putting the savings toward a mid-tier or higher-end model. With both the Air 2 and the Mini 3, you can upgrade to 64 gigabytes of storage from 16 GB for just $100 more. Or get 128 GB for $200 more than the base model.
Google’s Android
Android phones and tablets don’t let you switch back and forth as easily as Apple devices do. The advantage of sticking with an Android tablet for Android phone owners is having a unified library of apps.
Samsung’s Galaxy Tab S is the best of the Android tablets I’ve tried. The display uses a technology called AMOLED to produce colors that pop out as you view video or browse the Web. But the Tab S also comes with a high price tag — $500 for the full-size model and $400 for the smaller one.
Samsung does offer an even-pricier Pro series, with screens of up to 12.2 inches diagonally, but that’s really aimed at professionals. Full-size models tend to be nine or 10 inches, while mini models are seven or eight inches. At the small and cheap end, Samsung offers the 7-inch Galaxy Tab 4 for about $180. Book lovers can choose a Nook edition, made in partnership with Barnes & Noble.
Google’s $399 Nexus 9 has the advantage of running an Android version that’s closest to Google’s vision. Samsung and other manufacturers typically add their own twists, which can confuse consumers. The Nexus does have a wireless chip for in-store mobile payments using Google Wallet, if you feel like waving it around in the checkout line.
I’m including Amazon’s Fire HDX tablets under Android, even though the system’s been modified so much that there’s little resemblance. App selection isn’t as good as what you get on purer Android devices. But Amazon is able to add such features as one-button access to live video help. It is great for first-time tablet owners and comes at a nice price — the full-size model for $379 and the smaller one for $179.
Microsoft’s Windows
Until Windows 10 comes out next year, there’s a huge divide between Windows phones and Windows tablets. Apps aren’t compatible, and Windows tablets have more in common with Windows desktops and laptops. A Windows tablet is best suited for someone looking to replace a PC. In fact, many Windows tablets are just laptops with detachable keyboards.
There are too many models to list, so I’ll use Microsoft’s own Surface Pro 3 as an example. You type on a touch screen or attach a $130 keyboard cover. The Surface itself starts at $799, though configurations go as high as $1,949 for those serious about ditching the PC. The Surface’s built-in kickstand can be adjusted to a range of positions, some better for desks and others for the lap. The best thing about Windows tablets is their ability to run regular Windows software, such as Office and Photoshop. Other tablets have, at best, a light version.



The Associated Press

12/12 elias: Next up: a semi-sovereign California movement

November 25, 2014 |



The proposed Six Californias initiative died last fall, a victim of the weaknesses in its own concept and so much skepticism that even a $5 million petition circulating campaign wasn’t enough to get it onto the 2016 ballot.

But this doesn’t mean innovative and quirky – some might call it imaginative or fatuous – thinking about changes in this state’s future status has stopped.

Next up, apparently, will be a move toward a somewhat more sovereign California, maybe not a completely separate nation-state, but at least an entity capable of making its own binding deals with other countries and able to pass laws that could not be overturned by either Congress or the U.S. Supreme Court.

A start in this direction comes now from an outfit called Sovereign CA, headed by Louis Marinelli, a 28-year-old teacher of English as a second language on the San Diego campus of Alliant International University.

“We’re dissatisfied with the federal government and we think we can do things better,” says Marinelli. “The world is changing around us and we can change, too, as the world does. But it’s not a good idea to do things in a rush. This would be a big change, so we would do this gradually over many years or even decades.”

There is no doubt Marinelli & Co. got a bit of a boost from an October poll by Fox News that found 17 percent of Americans would like to throw at least one state out of the Union. In that survey, 53 percent wanted to get rid of California, far more than the 23 percent who would like to oust No. 2 New York and the 20 percent itching to dump Texas.

Marinelli, who can’t say how many members his group has because it charges no dues – but reports getting more than 2,600 Facebook “likes” – hopes to put three initiatives before the voters in 2016 to get started toward semi-sovereignty.

One would set up a method for Californians to vote on whether to officially rebuke the federal government via something like a vote of no confidence. “This would be a first-in-the-nation kind of vote,” Marinelli said. It would task a new state commission with writing a letter to the President and both houses of Congress expressing California’s disapproval and lack of confidence in their ability to govern the country. Of course, any such letter would go straight to the round file.

A second proposed measure would set up a nonpartisan blue-ribbon panel of state legislators to analyze how “sub-national sovereignty” might work and its effects on Californians and other Americans. The group would have to hold hearings and call experts to testify on how California could sign its own treaties with foreign countries and otherwise assert itself internationally – while still using the United States dollar and having its citizens register with Selective Service and serve in the American military. The idea of making binding agreements with other countries is something recent California governors like Jerry Brown and Arnold Schwarzenegger have liked. Both have signed so-called “memoranda of understanding” with other countries and their provinces, but none has had much long-term meaning because they lack the status of treaties.

This group would take up questions like whether California should give up participating in presidential elections or revert to something like the not-quite-statehood status Puerto Rico has today.

The third Sovereign California initiative would be completely symbolic, calling for state’s Bear Republic flag to be displayed at equal height with the Stars and Stripes on all public property.

Taken together, it’s barely the beginning of a sovereignty movement and a far cry from a call for secession. That’s the way Marinelli and friends like it.

“We’re not pursuing actual separation from the rest of America,” he said. “It’s more like sub-national sovereignty, something like Scotland has within the United Kingdom, with a lot of autonomy, but still within the national system.” One difference: Sovereign California wants at least to explore taking the state out of national elections and even give up its representation in Congress.

Meanwhile, Scotland has full representation in the British Parliament and the Scottish economist Gordon Brown was prime minister as recently as 2010.

All of which makes various possible forms of sovereignty for California fun to look into, but about as unlikely to happen as Six Californias.

Email Thomas Elias at His book, “The Burzynski Breakthrough: The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” is now available in a soft cover fourth edition. For more Elias columns, go to



elias 12/9 no embargo: Reversal coming for unjust PUC ruling?

November 25, 2014 |




Both the current president of the California Public Utilities Commission and one of its member commissioners admit to improper, unethical contacts with Pacific Gas & Electric Co. over items including which judges should rule on the utility’s cases.

So President Michael Peevey and Commissioner Mike Florio recused themselves from voting on current PG&E cases. That, however, didn’t stop them from voting in mid-November to give the Southern California Edison Co. and the San Diego Gas & Electric Co. fully $3.3 billion in customer money (over 10 years) to help pay for Edison’s incompetence at the San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station in northern San Diego County.

This sequence raises three major questions: Why are these men still on the PUC, California’s most powerful regulatory agency, when they can’t participate in vital decisions involving the state’s largest regulated company? If they’ve admitted corruption in handling one large utility firm, should the assumption be that they’ve acted similarly with others, but not been caught? Is there any hope to overturn a recent spate of laughably unjust PUC decisions?

The answers: PUC commissioners serve fixed six-year terms and can’t be dumped in mid-term, even by the governor who appointed them. (In this case, Gov. Jerry Brown has yet to utter a critical word about the disgraced commissioners, implying he doesn’t mind if they serve out their terms. Peevey’s will be over in January.) Peevey and Florio might be pressured into resigning, but no one can force them out.

There is no reason to believe either man behaved differently toward Edison and SDG&E than with PG&E, which is now trying to get the PUC to force customers to pay again for repairing the decrepit gas pipeline system that caused a 2010 explosion which killed eight people in San Bruno. Customers have been dunned monthly for maintenance over several decades, but no one knows where those billions of dollars went.

It’s also true that judges commonly instruct jurors in criminal trials that if they catch a witness in one lie, they can assume the person lied about other matters, too. Similarly, citizens would be justified to figure that if an official acts unethically on one matter, he might also be corrupt on others.

And normally there would be no reason to hope any PUC decision would be overturned. Commission decisions can usually be appealed only to the state Supreme Court and then to the U.S. Supreme Court. Both panels can refuse to hear any appeal. Both have been consistently deferential toward the PUC.

Enter former San Diego City Attorney Mike Aguirre, who now asks a federal court to insert itself into the legal process and block the San Onofre rate settlement.

Turns out Aguirre dug up a 2000 case where Edison claimed it was not being paid for some power it produced; it called this an unconstitutional taking of property. That case was settled before trial, but okayed by a federal judge.

Aguirre believes consumers have already paid far too much for the debacle at San Onofre, retired after tube leaks caused the failure of hugely expensive steam generators that Edison executives provably knew were flawed long before their installation. He’s trying to turn Edison’s 14-year-old arguments against it, claiming money collected from all customers by Edison and SDG&E from 2005 onward to pay for those generators was an unconstitutional taking of property for which consumers got nothing in return.

“You have Edison (which manages San Onofre) discovering the design problem beforehand and still installing the machinery,” he said. “But the PUC in (processing) the new settlement never allowed (pursuit of) evidence on how Edison acted unreasonably and imprudently. So we’re now using Edison’s own argument against it.”

Whether Aguirre wins or not, the combination of San Bruno and San Onofre expose very clearly the PUC’s longtime pattern of favoring large companies over consumers. More light has been shed over the last six months on the PUC’s multiple shady dealings than in the 40 preceding years.

“There were unconstitutional and illegal backroom deals here,”Aguirre said. That’s essentially what Peevey and Florio admitted to in their dealings with PG&E.

Gov. Brown is the only person who could apply enough pressure to change any of that, but he continues doing nothing while the commission digs itself ever deeper into public distrust.

Email Thomas Elias at His book, “The Burzynski Breakthrough: The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” is now available in a soft cover fourth edition. For more Elias columns, visit



Thanksgiving sig page (test)

From page B6 | November 20, 2014 |



Gift boutique photo

November 21, 2014 |

I am attaching the final article for our home tour on December 7th, to go with the pictures taken on Monday. Deanna and Mary Ann were wearing jewelry from the vendors and holding some of their bags, as they looked at gift items at Beyond the Garden Gate. It would be best if the article runs after Thanksgiving, but if it is earlier, I have added a “Briefly” piece for immediately before the event. Thanks for all of your help, Liz



November 20, 2014 |

The kids at Camp Putah found them first, the dead and dying fish, flopping on the muddy bottom of the creek. In a normal year, they would learn how to canoe down a stretch of stream along the edge of the UC Davis campus. In 1989, their lessons on Putah Creek were a little more taxonomic.

Like so much of California, today’s Putah Creek creek bends and flows in patterns unrecognized by nature. Little about its shape or amount and variety of its water flows and almost nothing about the narrowness and depth of its canyon much resemble the meandering waterway that once poured from the mountains and drifted into the swamps and grasslands of the Sacramento Valley. Where it once changed course every decade, it now cuts a narrow path between towns and under highways. Where it once flooded, steep banks protect healthy walnut orchards and parks and roads. For thousands of years it had moved like so: bloated and manic in the winter, a trickle in the summer. Then the came the pioneers, their levees, our dam.

In this way, Putah Creek serves as a microcosm of California history: a natural system altered to suit the needs of pioneers. Farms and cities flourished as flora and fauna faded, or were replaced by more desirable species. It has always been a fishing hole, always a source of water for riparian farmers. But for a while it was forgotten as a wilderness, cleared by well-meaning government agencies to prevent clogging and floods. For a while it served as the de facto dump for couches and cars and refrigerators too expensive to drop off at the real one.

Then, in 1989, it ran dry, and the kids noticed, and this story begins.
Imagine Putah Creek in the days of the Patwin. From the Diversion Dam you see where the creek’s rhythm used to break from the irregular beat of water flowing over rocky riffles to the steady quiet flow through valley flatland. Here it meandered between great pools, losing its summer channel in vast swamp lands. Following winter rains, water roared down the creek, turning Patwin villages into islands in a sea of flood water and bringing salmon, steelhead and lamprey up from the ocean to spawn in the upper watershed.
– Peter Moyle

For 12,000 years, generations of people have lived in or near the Sacramento valley, between the coastal mountain range and the immense Sierras. Native Americans arrived around 500 A.D., and the Patwin people, the most southern Wintun population, made their homes from north of Colusa south to San Pablo and Suisun bays in 22,000 acres of lush riparian forest. Along the lengths of Putah and Cache creeks, and on the banks the Sacramento, Patwin hunted waterfowl, fished an abundance of salmon and seeded grasses for flour.

When Spanish missionaries and settlers roved inland, united tribes fought off the invaders for 17 years; in 1812, J.B. Wolfskin became the first recorded European to build along Putah – then Puto – creek. In 1817, Lieutenant Jose Sanchez drove a whole village of Solano to a grissly death, as families set their huts on fire and burned inside.

By the late 1800s, most of the southern Wintuns, the River Patwin, had been driven out by ranchers and pioneers who rolled in from the east, too, drawn both by gold and land to till . They built their houses and their carts with the wood from the river forest, clearing out huge swaths of land for farm operations. The land was so clear and so flat that in 1881 surveyors from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration plotted the baseline for the Survey of the 39th Parallel, which connected coastal surveys from the east and west coasts, establishing one of the most important precursors to GPS.

Originally, Putah Creek ran through the center of Davisville, but winter flooding exhausted farmers. Creek flow varied substantially: a trickle in the summer, and as much water as it rained in the winter. In the late 1870s, homesteaders took their donkeys south of the town and dragged plows through the ground to dredge the South Fork, diverting the river past the town. Records show the levees failed multiple times, carrying off houses in both Davisville and Winters, but eventually the river settled into its new channel.

This was the first of many adjustments made to the creek. The rerouting straightened the creek, causing it to run faster, cut 10 or 20 feet into the soft dirt. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers reinforced the levees with concrete, and the isolated remains of the North Fork form a pond-like ecosystem known as UC Davis’ Arboretum.

The U.S. Bureau of Reclamation began eyeing idyllic Monticello Valley for a reservoir as early as 1908, the decision finalized in 1948. Photographers Dorothea Lange and Pirkle Jones chronicled the dismantling of the sleepy hamlet in “Death of A Valley.”

Three hundred and four feet tall and 1,023 feet wide, Monticello Dam would change the Putah Creek system for perpetuity. When it was finished, a door that locked tight Devil’s Gate, Lake Berryessa would take xx years to form. At the time, its 1.4 million acre feet made it the second largest reservoir in the state.

The reservoir was the second biggest when it was built, xx acre-feet smaller than Shasta. It extends 26 miles through the valley – about as long as the lower half of Putah Creek.

When Monticello dam was erected, damming the creek at Devil’s Gate, it eliminated that rush and dry pattern in favor of a dependable water supply. But local fish and trees weren’t built for this steadiness. Warm, calm waters that washed into wide pools leftover from gravel mining operations favored alien lake fish like xx and xx. Eucalyptus, carried from xx by xx, displaced willows, and tall bushy arrundo, once recommended by xx as a bank stabilizer, reproduced like wildfire and started to choke the waterways.

Over the last 25 years, the creek has gone through something of a rebirth: steady, caring hands have cleaned its banks, a ten-year lawsuit returned water to the channel, and a streamkeeper spends his days studying the math of natural water flow, figuring out ways to return the creek to a natural state, if not its natural state.

And so Putah Creek is an example of what could be California’s future: despite a growing water demand from urban and rural interests, agricultural, environmental and political interests have banded together to restore the waterway to the wild. Enemies become friends and scientists become heroes, all for the good of the tule perch, the beavers, the willows and the hawks, who are finally able to come home.



Elizabeth Case

Gambling Lady review photo

November 18, 2014 |

Christopher Wolfe, Cody Holquin and Wendy Wyatt Mair perform in “The Gambling Lady,” a clever script written in 1705 by a woman who created several very interesting female characters in the story.

Courtesy photo



Special to The Enterprise

Center for Poverty Research/small-city poor

November 13, 2014 |

Background on center
Oct. 10, 2011 (Karen Nikos-Rose)

UC Davis has received $4 million from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services to establish a center for poverty research — one of only three such centers nationwide designated to study the causes and effects of and policies aimed at addressing poverty in the United States.

The interdisciplinary center, led by economics professors Ann Huff Stevens and Marianne Page, will promote research and education on poverty, with an emphasis on labor markets and poverty; health and education programs; the transmission of poverty from one generation to another; and immigration’s role in poverty. The grant will be spread over five years,.

“We are facing some of the country’s biggest challenges since the Great Depression,” said George R. Mangun, dean of the division of social sciences.

“We have more people living in poverty now than at any time in almost 70 years. Yet, we have one of the most powerful economies in the world, and our country’s higher education system is the envy of the entire world. With centers such as the new Center for Poverty Research at UC Davis, we can transform society.”

The other national poverty research centers are located at Stanford University and the University of Wisconsin-Madison.

The UCD center’s research will draw on the expertise of scholars across campus and involve faculty, graduate and undergraduate students. In addition to funding research and outreach, the grant will help establish a freshman seminar in poverty to encourage students early in their college careers to consider poverty as a field of study.

“UC Davis is home to an incredibly productive group of researchers working on poverty. The center will build connections across campus that further strengthen this research, support the training of students to continue this research agenda and provide an improved structure for sharing our critical findings with other researchers, policymakers and the public,” said Stevens, who chairs the department of economics and will direct the new center.

UCD was chosen because of its strength in research on poverty and related issues. Among recent findings:

* The recession’s effects have been felt most strongly by men, black and Hispanic workers, youth and undereducated workers.

* Infant health improves when disadvantaged pregnant women have access to government assistance, such as supplemental nutrition programs or the earned income tax credit.

* Providing information about college admission requirements to disadvantaged high school students early in their high school careers can substantially improve the odds that they apply to and enroll in college.

* Long-term declines in real wages in the U.S. during the past several decades have made it significantly more difficult for the working poor to escape poverty.

* In contrast to prior research, immigrants do not reduce the well-being of low-wage U.S. workers and may actually stimulate the economy.

The grant calls for the UCD Center for Poverty Research to fund poverty research projects at other educational institutions, as well as finance graduate and undergraduate poverty research and study.

The research of the center can help identify which anti-poverty programs work and what the long-term effects of high poverty are likely to be for future generations, Stevens said. The research will also help to inform policymakers, she added.

— UC Davis News Service



fire damage

November 11, 2014 |

Cecilia, Debra, Debbie & Chiefs,

I took a flight with my friend Steve Greenfield on Sunday, November 9th to SF Bay Area, around Marin/Napa/Sonoma and our return flight took us over the site of the 2014 Winters fire. In the attached photos, you can see Winters in the background.

Feel free to use/publish/share as you like.

Hopefully, if people see evidence of the complete destruction (4 months later), then they’ll be more careful during the fire season.

All the best,



Special to The Enterprise

November 07, 2014 |



Kimberly Yarris

November 07, 2014 |



Kimberly Yarris

LaCrosse rides Buick’s high reliability rating

From page A16 | November 07, 2014 |

The Associated Press

The 2015 Buick LaCrosse is absolutely, positively not like the stodgy Buicks of old.

The LaCrosse sedan’s comfortable ride and attractive styling make it seem more expensive than it is. It offers two smart engine choices: A fuel-saving four cylinder with electric-assist for added zip and a strong V-6. Premium materials and a quiet interior define an upscale LaCrosse passenger environment.

Plus, there’s so much rear-seat legroom in this four-door car — 40.5 inches — it’s akin to what some other cars offer in the front seats.

2015 Buick LaCrosse Premium

Base price: $33,635 for base, front-wheel drive LaCrosse; $35,725 for Leather model; $38,025 for Premium

Price as tested: $44,510

Type: Front-engine, front-wheel drive, five-passenger, premium, mid-size sedan

Engine: 3.6-liter, double overhead cam, direct injection V-6 with VVT

Mileage: 18 mpg (city), 28 mpg (highway)

Length: 197 inches

Wheelbase: 111.7 inches

Curb weight: 3,895 pounds

Built at: Kansas City, Kansas

Options: Driver confidence package No. 1 (includes side-view monitor with lane change alert, rear cross-traffic alert, halogen fog lamps, head-up display) $2,125; driver confidence package No. 2 (includes adaptive cruise control, front automatic braking, safety alert seat) $1,245; power moonroof $1,195; White Frost tricoat exterior paint $995

Destination charge: $925

A variety of luxury features are available on the LaCrosse, including a power panorama moonroof, and for 2015 a rearview camera becomes standard.

Also for 2015, the LaCrosse comes with OnStar 4G LTE that can create a Wi-Fi hotspot at the car so passengers can use their mobile devices for video streaming or posting to social media. Initial three-month/3-gigabyte data plan is free; subsequent use charges apply.

Best of all, Consumer Reports recently named the LaCrosse with four-cylinder engine as having the highest predicted reliability in the large-car segment. In fact, Buick was the only domestic brand in Consumer Reports’ top 10 for predicted reliability of 2015 models.

With the average new-vehicle sales price now topping $32,000, the 2015 LaCrosse is priced just a bit above that.

Starting manufacturer’s suggested retail price, including destination charge, is $34,560 for a front-wheel drive, 2015 LaCrosse. This is increased just $100 from the base, 2014 LaCrosse.

Buyers can select either the 182-horsepower, four-cylinder engine with eAssist or the 304-horsepower V-6 at the same price.

The 2015 LaCrosse also is offered with all-wheel drive. The lowest starting retail price, including destination charge, for a 2015 LaCrosse with all-wheel drive is $39,655. All-wheel drive comes with the V-6 only.

Competitors include a wide range of mid-size and premium sedans.

The base, 2015 Toyota Avalon, which comes with a 268-horsepower V-6 and has 39.2 inches of rear-seat legroom, has a starting retail price of $33,110.

The 2015 Lexus ES 350 sedan, with 268-horsepower V-6 and 40 inches of rear-seat legroom, has a starting MSRP, including destination charge, of $38,475.

Note that Consumer Reports put the LaCrosse in the “large” car class. But the federal government, which provides official fuel economy ratings, classifies the LaCrosse as a mid-size sedan.

To be sure, the base LaCrosse doesn’t have everything on it that the Avalon or Lexus ES 350 have as standard equipment.

The base LaCrosse, for example, doesn’t come with leather-covered seats as the base Avalon and ES 350 do.

But all 2015 LaCrosses have OnStar as well as remote start that allows a driver to start the vehicle from, say, inside the house to get the interior warmed on cold winter mornings before starting the commute to work.

Parked next to an Avalon, the LaCrosse arguably looks more upscale on the outside.

The shiny, silver-colored grille distinguishes the LaCrosse from other mid-size sedans, and the LaCrosse’s side profile, with subtle contours on the side sheet metal, hints at a sporty, fastback look.

The test 2015 LaCrosse had the V-6 mated to a six-speed automatic and provided plenty of power to pass other vehicles, even on highways in the mountains.

Engine sounds came through predominantly during hard acceleration and conveyed confident power. Otherwise, the interior was impressively quiet. Even road and wind noise were minimal in the test car.

Shift points were scarcely noticed, too, especially during leisurely cruises.

Torque from this 3.6-liter, double overhead cam, direct injection V-6 peaks at 264 foot-pounds at a high 5,300 rpm and compares with 248 foot-pounds of torque at 4,800 rpm that’s produced by the ES 350’s 3.5-liter V-6.

Unfortunately, the test car, driven somewhat aggressively, averaged just under 18 miles per gallon in travel that was a majority city driving. This compares with the federal government fuel economy ratings of 18 mpg in city driving and 28 mpg on the highway, for a combined average of 21 mpg.

As a result, the test car’s travel range was less than 330 miles on a single, 18.5-gallon tank. With today’s lower gasoline prices, filling the LaCrosse tank can cost some $55.

But remember, the LaCrosse also can be had with a 2.4-liter, double overhead cam, EcoTec four cylinder with what’s called mild hybrid technology that helps boost performance while saving fuel. The system is called eAssist, and it includes a small battery pack to store energy recouped from regenerative braking. The electric power then is supplied when added torque is needed.

The eAssist LaCrosse also automatically shuts down the engine when the car is stopped, such as at stoplights, to save fuel and includes grille shutters that close when appropriate to improve the vehicle’s aerodynamics. Fuel economy ratings for this LaCrosse version are 25/36 mpg.

The test LaCrosse had a solid, stable feel and steering that felt a bit better than mainstream.

With Buick’s Hi-Per Strut suspension system, the test LaCrosse had a supple, well-managed ride that kept bumps away from passengers while not compromising good road feel for the driver.

One drawback in the LaCrosse is the trunk space. In the test car, it was 13.3 cubic feet, which compares with 16 cubic feet in the Avalon.

The 2015 LaCrosse in both front- and all-wheel drive earned top, five out of five stars in federal government crash testing.

Standard safety equipment includes frontal, curtain and side air bags, electronic stability control and antilock brakes. Many of today’s newest safety features, such as blind-spot monitoring, lane departure alert and cross-traffic alert at the rear of the car, are offered as options.



GG4 Deck the halls with … snark and criticism?

December 18, 2014 |

By Terry Barnett-Martin

Fresh pine garland is draped just so over the hutch and bookcases. The Christmas tree is dripping with twinkling lights and colorful ornaments. Packages are strewn under the tree waiting to be opened. You look around one last time, checking to make sure everything is set, then the doorbell rings. The first of many family members has arrived.
Within minutes the house is bubbling with conversations and familiar holiday music. You’re crossing your fingers that all stays well. “So far, so good,” you proudly say to yourself.
You spoke too soon …
“Nice decorations, where’d you get them? You know, you should have checked with me first. I know where to get the best ones. Oh, and I wouldn’t have draped the garland like that. I would have done it this way,” says Bossy McBoss as she moves the garland you’d placed just so. As she rearranges it, a few specially placed decorations fall to the ground with a crash. She continues, “I wouldn’t have put those there either, see what can happen?”
Across the room you hear Bigsy B. Little clear his throat as he approaches your sister, Hope. “Incoming!” you whisper to yourself, wishing Hope could hear you and duck for cover. Too late. Bigsy B. Little is on the hunt. “Well, it looks like your New Year’s resolution didn’t quite stick. Twenty five pounds? Looks like you found them rather than lost them,” he criticizes.
Later, as everyone is seated for dinner, Bigsy B. Little says, “I pray the turkey isn’t dry like it was last year.” Everyone silently turns to look at you as if watching a ping-pong match and it’s your turn.
The holidays, for all of their hopeful preparation and sparkle, can come apart at the seams very quickly when difficult people do what they do. We all know some variations of people like these, who can strike fear and dread into the holiday experience – but you can change that.
* Don’t expect others to change. The fact is, they are who they are and you cannot change them. Our greatest power lies in creating change within ourselves. In fact, it’s a good idea to take a personal inventory to make sure you aren’t someone else’s difficult person. If you suspect you are, make the necessary adjustments and promise yourself you will give your best this year.
* Be aware and prepare. Knowing and owning your own vulnerabilities gives you the opportunity to decide how you want to address or deflect intentional insults. Difficult people often hone in on other’s vulnerabilities. Self-awareness and self-acceptance are the two strongest weapons against bullies like Bigsy B. Little.
* Use the power of your imagination. In any relationship – especially in the most difficult – boundaries are the key to a sense of personal well-being. But how do you create good boundaries? One highly effective exercise, Tending Fences, uses your creative mind to find solutions to these difficult relationships.
For instance, imagine you own a large piece of land that adjoins the property of Bossy McBoss. The current fence that marks the boundary is small and broken and Bossy often jumps the fence to snoop around on your land, leaving a mess. Because everything is possible in your imagination, you design a new fence – 30 feet tall and 5 feet thick – with features that allow her good qualities to come through while a Teflon finish ensures that her bossy negativity doesn’t stick. This clear message, mostly to yourself, ensures that nothing she says or does can get to you. Use this Tending Fences exercise for each difficult person.
* Review and resolve. For the week leading up to your holiday gathering, take a few minutes each day to review your Tending Fences work, tweaking each fence as you see fit. Know that when the offending person delivers an insult, the fence will do the work for you, keeping you safe and intact.
* Trust yourself. It will give you a sense of well-being and confidence that will not only be a gift to yourself, but to your family and friends as well.
With these five tips you can relax and know that you have everything you need to survive the family holiday gathering and truly enjoy yourself. You’ve got this!
– Terry Barnett-Martin, M.S., LMFT, is a relationship counselor in private practice in Southern California.



Special to The Enterprise


October 24, 2014 |

WOODLAND — Hours after he allegedly brought fear and violence to the tranquil streets of Winters, William Carl Gardner III strolled into a Sacramento pawn shop where he’d become a regular customer.

“He wanted me to change his (on-file) address — he said he was going to be away for some time,” shop owner Kevin Pratt testified Thursday in Yolo Superior Court. “Possibly years,” he said Gardner told him.

Having met Gardner’s then-girlfriend, Leslie Pinkston, a year or so before, Pratt suggested that she come in to handle Gardner’s pawned items during his extended absence.

Gardner’s reply, according to Pratt: “She won’t be coming in.”

That’s because Pinkston was dead, fatally shot in the head by an assailant that Yolo County prosecutors have identified as the 31-year-old Gardner. The Nov. 18, 2013, shooting occurred three weeks before Gardner was due to stand trial on charges that he had stalked and threatened Pinkston, and she was on the District Attorney’s witness list.

“Her life was cut short, and she never saw it coming,” Deputy District Attorney Deanna Hays told a six-man, six-woman jury in her opening statement Thursday morning at Gardner’s murder trial. She said Gardner has a history of using women he can control, including one who unwittingly drove him to Winters on the morning of the shooting.

“You will see that everything Mr. Gardner does is intentional and deliberate,” Hays said, a line she repeated multiple times in her opening remarks.

According to the prosecutor, Gardner instructed his driver to circle block surrounding Pinkston’s workplace, Aleco Electric on Railroad Avenue, then park in a nearby lot. From there, he crossed the street and slipped into the back seat of Pinkston’s black BMW sport-utility vehicle, where the victim had been making a cell phone call.

From his position of “advantage and surprise,” Hays said, Gardner used one hand to pin Pinkston against her seat and the other to fire multiple shots from a 9mm Luger semiautomatic pistol — the first tearing through her right knee as she tried to flee, followed by the fatal shot to the back of her head. Two more bullets shattered the car’s driver-side window.

Crime-scene photos displayed in court showed Pinkston slumped forward in her seat, her legs turned sideways from her failed attempt to escape, her left hand still clutching her purse. In the courtroom audience, her friends quietly wept.

As witnesses to the broad-daylight shooting froze in stunned silence — many had mistaken the gunshots for a motorcycle backfiring — Gardner fled the scene. Authorities apprehended him three weeks later following a standoff with police in Las Vegas, the Luger still in his possession.

Gardner is charged with first-degree murder with the special circumstances of lying in wait and murder of a witness, as well as stalking and being a felon in possession of a firearm. His grand-jury indictment also carries the stalking, threats and vandalism charges that were pending against him at the time of Pinkston’s shooting.

Gardner has pleaded not guilty to all the charges. His court-appointed attorney, J. Toney, offered a brief opening statement Thursday urging jurors to keep an open mind about the case until they’ve heard all the evidence.

Toney said that includes details about Pinkston and Gardner’s tumultuous four-year on-again, off-again relationship, during which Pinkston reportedly avoided subpoenas to testify against Gardner in the stalking case and even paid a bail reinstatement fee that allowed Gardner to leave jail three days before the shooting.

“You’ll hear a real microcosm of their whole relationship,” during which Gardner became “depressed and suicidal” around the time of his alleged crime, Toney said. “It’ll become clear that Mr. Gardner was in a state of utter despair.”

Screams, then shots

Although nearly a year has passed since the fatal shooting, its details remain vivid in the minds of witnesses to the incident, many of whom knew Pinkston from being raised in Winters, working in its downtown district, or both.

For David Barbosa, that November morning began as his workdays usually did — emptying trash cans from his office before delving into the day’s business.

As he took out the first load just before 9:30 a.m., “I could hear some sort of a sound, kind of like a muffled scream” coming from across Railroad Avenue, Barbosa recalled. Uncertain of its source, he returned to his office for another can of trash, after which he heard a “pop.”

At first, Barbosa attributed the sound to a passing motorcycle, since “there’s not too many gunshots in Winters,” he said. But then he saw Pinkston struggling to get out of her car, and after two more pops “I knew what was going on.”

As Pinkston’s body fell limp in the driver’s seat, an African-American man emerged from the back seat, pulled a hood over his head “and headed in my direction,” said Barbosa, who recalled freezing “like a statue” as the two men made eye contact.

“Do you see that man in court today?” asked District Attorney Jeff Reisig, the case’s lead prosecutor.

“I do,” said Barbosa, pointing out Gardner in the courtroom.

Under cross-examination by Toney, Barbosa acknowledged he initially identified another man as the shooter when Winters police showed him a photo lineup several hours after the crime. Documents displayed in court showed Barbosa said that man was “most likely” the person he saw, but that he also identified Gardner as another possible suspect.

On Thursday, however, Barbosa said he was “very confident” that Gardner was the man he encountered on Nov. 18. “One hundred percent,” he added.

It was Barbosa who placed the first 911 call, a recording of which was played for the jury.

“Leslie, can you hear me?” Barbosa is heard saying after notifying the dispatcher that a woman had been shot in her parked car. “Uh, she’s breathing — get someone here quick.”

“You know her?” the dispatcher asks.

“Yes, I do,” Barbosa replied. “I saw the whole thing happen.”

— Reach Lauren Keene at or 530-747-8048. Follow her on Twitter at @laurenkeene



October 11, 2014 |

Elizabeth Case

Sharks photo

October 9, 2014 |



Fences make good neighbors and add interest to landscape

June 20, 2014 |

Tawny Maya McCray

There are many reasons to put fences up in your yard. They allow you to enjoy your outdoor areas and often are used to provide a sense of privacy or security or to enclose pets and small children. And although there are a number of options, styles and materials to choose from when erecting a fence, some materials work better than others, depending on where you live.
Maria Prior, trade show manager for the American Fence Association, says that in places where the weather changes dramatically with the seasons, cedar wood or chain-link fences are typical. “You’re dealing with the fence post expanding and constricting because of the cold and hot weather,” Prior says.
In places where there is water and sea salt, Prior says common fence materials are vinyl, aluminum and ornamental iron.
She says glass fences, a new trend in fencing, are also popping up. “It’s very pretty, so a lot of places that have marinas (are) going with glass panel fencing to give it that aesthetic look,” Prior says.
Desert conditions lend themselves well to composite, vinyl, ornamental iron or aluminum fencing, Prior says.
She adds that just because certain materials lend themselves to certain regions doesn’t mean people can’t choose the exact fence they want. “Look at the different styles and the different options that are available to you, and most importantly, ask for a sample of what it is that you’re going to be getting,” she says.
Some fence materials, such as vinyl, can be used just about anywhere. “(Vinyl is) good for all weather. That’s what’s good about the fence,” says Monica Schraidt, a sales representative for USA Vinyl. “You don’t have to ever replace it. Once you put it up, it’s there to stay.”
Schraidt says USA Vinyl manufactures its vinyl with titanium dioxide, which acts like a sun blocker. “It doesn’t fade. It’s not going to get that yellowish color that other kinds of fencing will get from the sun,” she says.
Schraidt adds that there is also little maintenance required on vinyl fencing. She says people can opt to power-wash it once a year to keep it looking nice.
When it comes to choosing a fence installer, Prior says you should check to see whether a company is licensed, insured and bonded. Go for somebody who is affiliated with an association. “Those people are the best in the industry,” she says. “You can rely on them to follow some code of ethics.” And most importantly, she says, check references. “That way, you can weed out and find out: If something wasn’t done correctly or to their satisfaction, how did that fence contractor correct the problem?” Prior says. Lastly, if a fence contractor can’t provide at least three references for you to check, it’s best to eliminate it from the running.




Creators Syndicate

SC: The city of Davis offers free classes on composting

October 03, 2014 |

Learn about composting

Food scraps can make up to 25% of your trash! Composting your food scraps can be surprisingly simple, pest free, and only take 5 minutes of your time each week.

Classes are held at the Veterans Memorial Center Game Room, 203 E 14th St.:

* Wednesday, Oct. 15 at 6 p.m.
* Thursday, Oct. 16 at 6 p.m.
* Tuesday, Oct. 21 at 6 p.m.

Each class is identical and runs 1 1/2 hours.

Courtesy of city of Davis,



Special to The Enterprise

SC: Buying recycled completes the loop

October 03, 2014 |

Buying Recycled
The recycling loop is incomplete until recycled materials are re-manufactured into products and bought by consumers. Therefore, it is important to buy “recycled.” Products made from recycled materials consume less energy, use fewer or no raw materials and sometimes cost less. There are thousands of manufacturers and retailers offering great products made from recycled materials. Some examples of products made from recycled beverage containers are: tote bags, aluminum baseball bats, plastic playground equipment, backpacks, T-shirts, flip flops, etc.

What does “Recycled” mean?
The important thing to know when you want to buy a recycled product is how much post-consumer material is used. Post-consumer refers to material the public has used (not just manufacturing scraps) and then recycled. Look for a percentage of recycled content to be shown, e.g. 50%, and then for what part of the residual content, e.g. 10%, is post-consumer. The higher the number the better. Many organizations, such as the City of Davis, have instituted procurement policies for recycled products. This means that the City places a priority on the purchase of products made with recycled materials when they are available. The more people who buy recycled, the more the message is conveyed to manufacturers that a market for recycled products exists and investing in re-manufacturing is worthwhile. That makes investing less risky and helps bring down the cost of recycled products.

** For info box**
What’s the difference between these two symbols?

Recycle and Recycled

When you see the recycling symbol inside a circle on a product, it means that the product was made with recycled materials. When you see the recycling symbol on it’s own, that means that the product can be recycled; it does not indicate whether the product was made from recycled materials.

Courtesy city of Davis,



Special to The Enterprise

Grace Valley 40 years

October 03, 2014 |

Press Release
Forty Years Boldly Proclaiming Good News

Grace Valley Christian Center celebrated its fortieth anniversary recently with a joyous worship service filled with special music, slide shows, remembrances of God’s mercies, and an inspiring message, followed by a catered sit-down dinner on the quad for several hundred friends and members.

Founded in 1974 as Davis Evangelical Church by the Reverend P. G. Mathew, the church has grown from a small gathering of mostly college students into a vibrant, multi-national, multi-generational congregation (including many original members, their children and grandchildren). Over the years, members have come to Grace Valley from Davis, Winters, Vacaville, Dixon, Sacramento and the Bay Area, as well as from many other places throughout the world.

Grace Valley Christian Center is characterized by its commitment to boldly proclaim the gospel of Jesus Christ, for the gospel “is the power of God for the salvation of everyone who believes” (Rom. 1:16). Such life-transforming preaching is the direct result of the ministry of its senior minister, P. G. Mathew. Born and raised in South India, Pastor Mathew worked as a scientist before coming to the United States to pursue graduate studies in chemistry. However, God had a different idea, calling Pastor Mathew to preach the gospel. Mathew stopped his chemistry studies and began seven years of theological studies, earning graduate degrees from Central Bible Seminary and Westminster Theological Seminary, Philadelphia, before coming to Davis in 1974 and founding the church.

The distinguishing mark of Grace Valley Christian Center is word of God, faithfully interpreted and exposited in the most theologically precise way, which is in the Reformed tradition. Pastor Mathew says, “The Bible teaches that salvation is by grace alone by faith alone through Christ alone, to the glory of God alone. The Westminster Shorter Catechism teaches that the Scriptures, consisting in the Old and New Testament, are the only rule God has given us to teach us what to believe and what duty God requires of man. In short, Jesus is Lord of all of life. So we focus on correctly interpreting the Bible, with an emphasis on the work of the Holy Spirit, and living a godly life.”

When the church first started, members met at Cranbrook Court apartments on J Street and the Davis Friends meeting hall at Fourth and L Streets. As the congregation grew, it rented facilities from the Lutheran Church of the Incarnation (1976 to 1987). During that time, the church was able to purchase twenty-one acres in far West Davis and eventually build its current sanctuary building debt free. Pastor Mathew has always taught that God will provide for his work. Certainly, God did abundantly provide for his people, beyond what they could ask or imagine.

With great joy, the congregation moved to its current location at 27173 County Road 98 in May 1987. To meet further growth, an education building was completed in 1997, and in 1998 Grace Valley Christian Academy opened its doors for students from kindergarten through ninth grade. Now in its seventeenth year, the academy is known throughout the region for academic excellence combined with Christian character training.

Pastor Mathew’s ministry, especially his sermons, has blessed many over the years. His sermons have had a worldwide impact through the church’s website at Pastor Mathew has also recently published several books based on his sermons, including commentaries on 1 John, Joshua, Hebrews, Acts, and Romans, with several more to be published soon.

The preaching of the gospel always transforms lives and results in good works. Space does not permit listing the many activities that Grace Valley has been involved in. There have been youth camps, campus seminars, migrant outreaches, convalescent hospital ministries, community service at the Farmers Market and Chamber of Commerce events, study tours of Bible lands (including a trip this past month to Israel), and support of many domestic and foreign missions.

One thing is certain: after forty years, Pastor Mathew and Grace Valley Christian Center look forward to many more years of proclaiming the good news of Jesus Christ to Davis, to the surrounding communities, and to the world. To God be all glory!

For more information about the church, call 756-5255 or visit . Grace Valley Christian Center and Grace Valley Christian Academy are located at 27173 County Road 98, Davis.


Thank you! Please call 756-5255 if you have any questions.

Margaret Killeen, Grace Valley Christian Center



Special to The Enterprise

Notes on K. Stanley Robinson/Mars Trilogy into TV show

October 01, 2014 |

Kim Stanley Robinson

Stan will email me if it becomes a story.

Hollywood agent represents George RR Martin

It’s been explosive on social media, but not really a story yet.

the option is only the first of several necessary steps

There would have to be some development… write a screenplay

“Where the term “greenlighting” comes in I don’t even know” but it hasn’t been greenlighted

It’s either the 4th or 4 1/2 time that the Mars books have been optioned

Every time it doesn’t work, I think it decreases the chances.

I think it’s not a real story yet…

We are four big hurdles away



OTG: Don’t let your ride get ripped off

August 28, 2014 |

None of us wants to walk up to an empty parking space where our car is supposed to be parked. These tips can help you avoid becoming a victim of car theft, and reminds drivers that almost half of all thefts are due to driver error, such as leaving the keys in the ignition or leaving the doors unlocked.

The Federal Bureau of Investigation reported an estimated 715,373 motor vehicle thefts nationwide in 2011, which translates to a vehicle stolen every 44 seconds. Those thefts total losses of more than $4.3 billion.

“Helping to prevent your car from getting stolen is important on many levels. It helps get people to work, kids to school, and business deliveries to customers,” said Cynthia Harris, AAA Northern California spokesperson. “Additionally, if a vehicle is stolen, the crime can have an emotional impact as well.”

Tips for preventing auto theft
* Use multiple layers of protection: locked doors, stickers stating the car is protected, a steering wheel lock, immobilizing devices like kill switches or tracking devices.
* Remove your keys from the ignition and take them with you.
* Always use your emergency brake when parking; this makes it more difficult for a thief to tow your vehicle away.
* Never leave your vehicle running, even if you’ll just be gone a minute.
* Park in a well-lit, populated area.
* Do not leave valuables in plain sight or in unattended vehicles. Even empty shopping bags, sunglasses or a change of clothes might look interesting to a thief.
* Do not leave the title inside your vehicle.
* Never hide a spare ignition key on the vehicle. Thieves look for keys in popular hiding places like inside a car bumper or wheel well.
* Contact your insurance company immediately after contacting the police to let them know your car is missing.

— Courtesy of



Special to The Enterprise

elias 10/17: PUC chief: Likely first test of new Brown term

September 30, 2014 |


How concerned will Gov. Jerry Brown be with the well-being of ordinary Californians in the new term he’s widely expected to win next month (the latest major poll has him leading his opponent by a 54-33 percent margin)? How much will he pander to the interests of large corporations?

The first answer to those questions will come near the end of this year, when Brown either reappoints Michael Peevey to another six-year term as president of the powerful state Public Utilities Commission or jettisons him due to a wide public perception that the commission has become routinely corrupt during Peevey’s 12-year tenure.

Peevey’s presence on the commission, which regulates natural gas and electric utility companies and their rates except where utilities are municipally owned, has long seemed a conflict of interest. A former president of the Southern California Edison Co., he and his commission consistently act in the interests of big utility companies. So he’s been likened to a fox guarding the henhouse (this column first called him that in 2005, three years after his initial appointment to the commission by ex-Gov. Gray Davis).

One reason his career has seemed greased, with nary a problem getting confirmed by the state Senate, is that he’s married to Democratic state Sen. Carol Liu, whose district covers a wide swath of the San Gabriel Valley in suburban Los Angeles County.

There are indications he may again prove immune to the conduct that has surrounded him for years. In one interview this fall, Brown called Peevey “a strong force…I know there’s been a lot poured out on this topic, but I would say he gets things done.”

For many years, Peevey has presided over the nonstop kabuki-like dance performed by the PUC and companies like Edison, Pacific Gas & Electric and San Diego Gas & Electric. This theatrical exercise sees the utilities routinely ask for sky-high rate increases, knowing the PUC will knock it back, but they’ll nevertheless get all they really want and expect each time.

That sort of phony rate regulation has never hurt Peevey, even though it hits hard on most businesses and residents of the state. One reason he’s so secure is that PUC members, once appointed and confirmed, cannot be fired even by the governor who appointed them or any successor. Their terms are all but inviolate, regardless of their performance.

But Peevey is in trouble now. Once it became clear that he informally advised PG&E on how to conduct itself after federal officials first pronounced the company “negligent” and then indicted it for a huge gas pipeline explosion that killed eight people in San Bruno in 2010, he recused himself from further proceedings relating to that blast and the penalties to be exacted on PG&E for it.

He fired his chief of staff when emails revealed “inappropriate communications” between her and PG&E. But does anyone seriously believe a chief of staff would advise a troubled, regulated company without the full knowledge and approval of her boss? Peevey’s staff also allegedly helped PG&E decide which administrative law judge would hear a PG&E rate case deciding how much the company pays for gas pipeline repairs and how much its customers will be assessed. Of course, consumers have paid monthly for gas pipeline maintenance since the 1950s, but PG&E didn’t always use the money for that.

Plainly, the PUC’s civil service lawyers and analysts do not believe Peevey was in the dark on all this. In one September staff meeting, they reportedly demanded he resign, with some likening him to “an untouchable mob boss.”

Brown knows all this. He also knows Peevey consistently refuses to reveal how much some large new solar thermal power plants will cost, even though other commissioners labeled their price tags “exorbitant.” When those plants come online within the next two years electric bills will rise sharply.

But Brown might not mind that. He’s an enthusiastic backer of all sorts of renewable energy projects, which Peevey has pushed hard – one reason why Brown thinks he “gets things done.”

The problem is that most of what Peevey has done favors big corporations at the expense of their customers. If Brown reappoints him, he will be thumbing his nose at every consumer and Peevey would have another six years to coddle the companies he loves to favor.

Email Thomas Elias at His book, “The Burzynski Breakthrough: The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” is now available in a soft cover fourth edition. For more Elias columns, go to



Citrus Circuits continues winning ways

September 26, 2014 |

The Davis High School robotics team, Citrus Circuits, won first place competing against 20 other teams at the Capital City Classic, a robotics competition held at Pleasant Grove High School in Elk Grove last month.

In addition to coming in first place at the competition, Citrus Circuits also won awards for the most innovative robot design and for winning a bonus match, “Chicks in Charge,” in which teams play a match with an all-female drive team to encourage women in STEM.

Perhaps just as exciting, though, was the success of Team 9678 WP Robotics, made of up students from Pioneer High School in Woodland. In order to promote their passion for robotics beyond their own community, Davis students started and taught the Pioneer High School team.

And even though Pioneer’s team has only existed for a few months, the students did very well at the Elk Grove tournament, making it all the way through the qualifying matches and quarter finals and into the semi-finals, where they were eventually eliminated in their third match out of three.

WP Robotics captain, Christine Pamplona, called the team’s first competition “a challenge,” but said it was also “a very enjoyable experience, being able to work with other teams.”

“As a rookie team, we hope we can work our hardest and try our best and compete with other teams,” Pamplona said.

Davis students credited the Pioneer team’s outstanding performance to excellent robot driving by Gerardo Diaz and Mariah Raymundo and as well as great communication and morale within the team.

In the end however, the winner was the Davis-based Team 1678 Citrus Circuits, made up of high school and junior high students from Da Vinci Charter Academy, Davis High, Davis School for Independent Study and Harper, Emerson and Holmes junior high schools. The team is coached by Davis High teacher Steve Harvey and mentored by team alumni, parents and college students. Learn more about the team at



Anne Ternus-Bellamy

Protect journalists

September 26, 2014 |

It’s Time to Protect Journalists who Risk Their Lives to Report the News

By Caroline Little, president and CEO, NAA

Word count: 675

Journalists like to tell the story. They do not like to become the story.

Unfortunately, during the past several months, journalists have been thrust into the spotlight under tragic circumstances. Around the world, journalists are putting themselves in harm’s way to report on the most important stories of our time and, sadly, the results have been horrific.

In August, the gruesome and senseless murder of James Foley stunned the world. His death was a vivid and painful reminder of the risks journalists take when reporting from conflict zones. Since 2011, 66 journalists have died in Syria alone and another 30 are missing, according to the Committee to Protect Journalists. This is not acceptable.

Only a few weeks after James Foley’s death, we were shocked and appalled again by the murder of journalist Steven Sotloff. As with Foley, a video showed the beheading of Sotloff, the second American journalist killed by ISIS.

The murders remind us of the dangers journalists face in seeking the truth, and reporting those truths to us. Reporting from the front lines, they shed light on the darkness of war.

If there is anything good that comes from these tragic and brutal murders, it is the hope they will further raise awareness about the importance of protecting journalists and freedom of the press. These are the men and women who ensure the public knows what’s happening in their neighborhoods and across the globe.

Foley and Sotloff lost their lives because they believed finding and delivering the truth was worth the enormous risk. We will never forget their contributions to the public’s knowledge and the craft of journalism.

In October, Foley will be honored at a service on the campus of the University of New Hampshire. His family announced the launch of the James W. Foley Legacy Fund to preserve his legacy and promote his ideals among future generations. The fund will seek to aid American journalists from conflict zones and contribute to quality educational opportunities for urban youth.

While these horrific acts of violence have drawn enormous attention, there are still many journalists at risk on a daily basis. In August, we lauded the fact that American journalist Peter Theo Curtis was released from captivity. However, we must remember that he was kidnapped and held in Syria for nearly two years.

This spring, two reporters – Anja Niedringhaus of The Associated Press and Nils Horner of Sveriges Radio – were killed in Afghanistan. In April, the Newspaper Association of America endorsed an Inter American Press Association (IAPA) resolution condemning the violation of human rights in Venezuela, where more than 100 reporters have been arrested, threatened or the victim of violence this year

These examples serve as sobering reminders of the world we live in and the great lengths journalists go to report on the news.

They believe, as I do, that the free flow of information is a key tenant of democracy and freedom. Without a proper understanding of what is going on, we cannot vote, make sense of the world events, or hold leaders accountable.

To maintain this freedom, we must prioritize protecting our courageous reporters and their newsgathering processes – both abroad and at home.

As a nation, we are collectively focused on responding to these terrorist threats and protecting those abroad, as we should be. But, we must not forget to protect our reporters on the home front as well.

The free flow of information by journalists gives the public the opportunity and responsibility to understand their communities their country and the world. And with that, the power to shape them. At NAA, we have been fighting for a media shield law, known as The Free Flow of Information Act. The bill sailed through the Senate Judiciary Committee with bipartisan support last year, but has yet to receive a full vote on the Senate floor.

It’s time for Americans to prioritize our courageous journalists and our right to know. We must protect journalists and honor those journalists who are killed, missing, threatened or held in captivity. It is critical for our democracy.

Hi Debbie,

Please consider the below op-ed by Caroline Little, president and CEO of the Newspaper Association of America, addressing the recent murders of Foley, Sotloff and other reporters. The op-ed speaks to the key role journalism plays in creating a thriving democracy, and America’s responsibility, in turn, to protect reporters at home and abroad.

Would this be of interest to you?

Thanks for your time and consideration, and I look forward to your feedback!


Megan Dutill
On behalf of the NAA
o: (484) 385-2949
m: (610) 715-2988



Special to The Enterprise

Welcome back conquering heroes

September 24, 2014 |



Kimberly Yarris

PUC warns of flawed gas distribution pipes; West Davis leaks continue

September 23, 2014 |

News Release September 22, 2014

State PUC Studies Warn of Flawed Gas Distribution Pipes: West Davis Leaks Continue

The State Public Utilities Commission released two studies that paint a mixed picture about the large number of gas leaks in PG&E distribution lines in west Davis. One study, released in May, attributed most of the problem to construction defects on “tee caps” – a part that sits above the section of pipe where the distribution line diverts to the service line to each home.

The report also stated that PG&E established an adequate system to obtain leak data and prioritize all its leak repairs based on a leak cluster methodology. West Davis has experienced a total of 96 gas leaks in PG&E’s distribution lines since 2006, up from 90 in January 2013.

According to PG&E, most of the gas distribution pipe in the Stonegate subdivision is Aldyl A plastic, which is susceptible to brittle-like cracking and premature failures.

A second and more disturbing PUC report released in June, about vintage Aldyl A gas lines, the type of pipe in west Davis, stated that:

“there could be different waves of failures unique to the operator in the oncoming
decades. It is highly probable that the waves will occur sooner and with more intensity if the pipe is early vintage Aldyl A.”

“The danger associated with slow crack growth on Aldyl A is that although the failures develop slowly, when they do fail, they fail much more abruptly and rapidly than underground leaks on steel distribution pipes. Instead of small pin‐hole leaks developing slowly over a number of years, as is typical of steel pipes, leaks on Aldyl A are far more likely to be of a serious nature much more quickly. The 1996 San Juan (Puerto Rico) incident (where 33 people died) and the two 2011 California incidents are good examples of this abrupt failure characteristic.”

“All…(utility) operators examined by us have a sizable quantity of pipes with unknown manufacturing dates, unknown resin types, unknown lot numbers, or even unknown manufacturer sources. Without more robust material traceability to know with a great degree of certainty what assets are in the ground, risk assessment and risk mitigation strategies will be at best enormously expensive and at worst ineffective.”

The June PUC report criticized California gas operators, including PG&E, for not acting on federal safety warnings about Aldyl A pipes in a timely fashion. The report concludes that slow crack growth on Aldyl A pipes fundamentally poses a high level of risk due to the abrupt nature of leaks created by this mode of failure and more frequent leak surveys do not sufficiently mitigate the risk.

“These reports and the continued number of gas leaks confirm that we have a flawed system of distribution lines in west Davis. Gas pipes and tee caps made with vintage Aldyl A plastic are worse than we thought. We urge PG&E to do the right thing and replace these clearly unsafe gas lines, sooner rather than later. We plan to meet with PG&E representatives to discuss these concerns. Shareholder profits should never be placed ahead of neighborhood safety,” said David L. Johnson, a member of the Stonegate Citizens Safety Committee.

Although gas leaks have occurred throughout the entire Stonegate subdivision and other parts of west Davis, PG&E has replaced only about 2,000 feet of gas distribution lines and 28 service lines that lead to each home’s gas meter, or approximately 8% of the 4.7 miles of gas lines in Stonegate. The National Transportation Safety Board has recommended that all Aldyl A made through the early 1980s be replaced.

The June 11, 2014, California Public Utilities Commission report, Hazard Analysis & Mitigation Report On Aldyl A Polyethylene Gas Pipelines in California, can be found at:

The May 9, 2014, CPUC report, Report on Staff Investigation Of Leaks At Stonegate Subdivision, is attached to the news release email.


David L. Johnson
Stonegate Citizens Safety Committee (Not associated with the Stonegate Country Club)
(530) 756-2752
(530) 574-2576 (cell)



Special to The Enterprise

elias 10/10: six californias failed

September 23, 2014 |



There is little doubt about why the putative “Six Californias” ballot initiative that Silicon Valley billionaire Tim Draper hoped to put on the 2016 ballot failed: It was and is a terrible idea.

This measure appeared to be a shoo-in to make the next ballot for which it was eligible. Draper had almost limitless funds and put petition circulators at thousands of storefront doorways in the present California. The going rate paid to circulators can run upwards of $5 per valid signature. Draper put $5.2 million behind his measure to fracture the nation’s largest existing state.

And yet, it failed miserably. It was the worst failure in the modern era for any proposed citizen initiative with respectable financial support. Draper needed 807,615 valid voter signatures to get his measure onto the ballot. He submitted more than 1 million in June, and it became almost a foregone conclusion that his measure would qualify.

But when county election officials around the state reviewed signatures at random to see how many were valid, they concluded that only about 750,000 were really those of registered voters, the rest coming mostly from non-registered folks stopped by the circulators who signed petitions just to end the pestering.

If the reviewers’ projection had come within 15,000 of the required number, Draper would have gotten an automatic canvass of all signatures. But that won’t happen now.

Why did the entrepreneur fall short? The best guess here is that many annoyed store customers accosted by circulators had seen or read a little about the idea and realized it was no good. So – in a resounding confirmation of the merits of the initiative process – many refused to sign.

And the idea really does – did – stink. Imagine for a moment what the bidding for Tesla Motors’ new lithium ion “gigafactory” might have been like if six Californias and not just one had been involved in the competition. As it is, Nevada will pay a bribe of about $1.35 billion for the privilege of hosting this facility near Reno. What might the proposed state of Central California, home to the existing California’s proposed location in Stockton, have offered? If six Californias had become reality, Central California would have begun as America’s poorest state. Had its new officials topped Nevada’s bid and offered more than the $78,000 the Silver State will pay for each new job Tesla creates or spawns, it would be even poorer.

What might West California, home to Los Angeles, have bid? Or the desert-dominated South California?

That’s just one example of how each of these regions becoming a separate state could have hurt them all.

The reality is that Draper’s plan to fragment California – and he says he’s not giving up – is one of the goofiest, dopiest ideas ever seen in a state known for nutty schemes.

Draper says he’s motivated by a belief that the existing California is “ungovernable.” But he wants to create six sets of bureaucracies where now there is one. They wouldn’t necessarily have identical regulations, and there’s no guarantee any or all would enjoy the property tax protections of the existing Proposition 13. Or the clean drinking water assured under Proposition 65. Or the low auto insurance rates ensured by Proposition 108. Each new state would set its own rules, without regard to the others. So what could be built in the Los Angeles County city of Pomona might not be legal in nearby Chino, in San Bernardino County, for just one example.

There would also be the state of Jefferson, comprising a slew of counties in California’s northernmost region. This one would not have even one University of California campus, which could leave residents paying $36,000 a year in tuition if they attend a UC.

Anyone who thinks it’s tough to get water policy agreements from one Legislature would suddenly be faced with six. Good luck. How would any of this make the land area that’s now California easier to governable?

But Californians won’t be facing these potential problems and a lot of others anytime soon, because many had the good sense not to sign. Which is itself a sign that despite its many critics, the initiative system actually can work very well.

Email Thomas Elias at His book, “The Burzynski Breakthrough, The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” is now available in a soft cover fourth edition. For more Elias columns, visit



Regents: Investment meeting

September 18, 2014 |

8 min of afternoon session

UC Chief Investment Officer Jagdeep Singh Bachher.

“UC Ventures” appears to be the third thing he will talk about.

Slide: “UC Ventures, Benefiting from UC Innovation”

Funding is only one component that needs to be done.

Need to actively promote entrepreneurial incubators and accelerators

Capital is one part of it.

What can capital do?

It is an important ingredient to succeed

We are in Silicon Valley, the hub of …

Think of some of the great companies that have come out of UC

Here’s what I learned as I met at campuses…

Other investors have made billions on UC’s innovation.

It’s pretty clear there are opportunities, they have been profitable, and they exist in our organization

We should do more

Put capital to work at all levels

All the way through becoming big companies who are attracting venture capitalists

How can we be an active participant in this engine of xxx

“What we loudly and clearly heard from everyone is that innovation is a local phenomenon”

We have five inventions a day…
“Very robust pipeline of investable entities.”

We use external managers

we can participate along with them

where are the opportunities?
57 percent life sciences
22 percent information technology
21 percent, materials, energy and agriculture

Investing $250M in UC Innovation
We already invest $2B in venture capital
this is part and parcel of that

We can attract a great team from a network of 1.7M alumni

We all agreed it should be an independent operation from the office of the CIO

We are asking for approval to help prove the *concept* of UC Ventures

the hard work of putting this together begins now

SLIDE: “Leveraging our competitive advantages”
Deep pool of capital and a long-term investment horizon

privileged access to UC opportunities

UC’s unrivaled network and domain expertise

How do we do more with what we have? How do we become an active participant in what is already a world leader in” … this innovation network

Regent compliments:
No. 1 recommendation by technology innovation group (I think)

Investing in our own discoveries

Regent: Richard Blum
“I don’t want to throw a lot of cold water on this”
We’re not exactly in the venture business, but we’ve done tings like this…

I thnk the university has left things on the table

Lots of companies started in teh university

Inventions done at the universtiy, why didn’t the universities have an interest in these companies for nothing. “We’re entitled to a piece of that company.”

Talks of “Big ideas” at UCB, I think. We pick a few to fund. None have turned a profit yet.

One of your problems is that if a faculty member comes up with an idea, why would (he) care about UC Ventures? Why wouldn’t I go to Kleiner-Perkins who have pros who’ve been doing this forever?

Taking these companies profitable requires a very difficult set of skills

Jagdeep’s answer: I fully agree with much of your observations.
this is a very challenging thing to do.

In two-to three years will be just dipping out toes into this. Long-term plan
Regent: need to understand some of the risk, some of the downsides…what has happened as other universities have tried to do this?

Would we be hiring researchers who are more interested in making money than helping humanity?

Jagdeep” This is a concept right now, and we commit to come back regularly to show how the concept becomes a business plan. we will show how it all evolves.
Harvard and Stanford are doing this, different people trying dif things…early in this concept

“execution and implementation is very VERY important”

“The thought process getting us where we are today has been over three to four months…wanted to share where we are today…meant to be a complement to what else is being done”

UC will partner with venture capitalists
“We want to “crowd-in” to work with the venture capitalists and the companies” not be crowded out

Regent Gavin Newsom:
asked about “conflict of interest” something about SFO
Computer kept buffering…didn’t hear this!

I love this idea, but that’s when my antenae go up…this has heartbreak written all over it.
Not that it’s not worth doing it…but a very difficult process

“Bureaucratic to the max”



Learn more about 4-H

September 16, 2014 |

Interested in archery? How about arts and crafts? Or cooking, photography, robotics or animals?

Come to a 4-H Information Night on Tuesday, Sept. 30, at 7 p.m. at the Stephens Branch Library, 315 E 14th St., to learn about these and many more things you can do in 4-H, a nonprofit organization open to all children, ages 5–19.

Davis has three 4-H clubs: Golden Valley, Norwood and West Plainfield, and interested children are welcome to join any of them. All three clubs will have representatives at the information night to answer questions.

The Golden Valley 4-H Club holds its community meetings on the first Tuesday of each month, with the first one on Tuesday, Oct. 7, at 7 p.m. in the Birch Lane Elementary School multipurpose room, 1600 Birch Lane. For more information, contact Claire Phillips at (530) 219-5019 or or visit

Golden Valley projects this year include archery, arts and crafts, beekeeping, chemistry, cooking, community service and dance.

The Norwood 4-H Club holds its community meetings on the first Wednesday of each month, with the first meeting this year taking place on Wednesday, Oct. 1, at 7 p.m. in the Holmes Junior High School multipurpose room, 1220 Drexel Dr. For more information, contact Scott Wetzlich at (530) 902-8605 or or visit
This year’s projects include dog care and training, hiking, knitting, leadership, movie criticism, photography and poultry.

The West Plainfield 4-H Club holds its community meetings on the second Tuesday of each month, with the first meeting on Tuesday, Oct. 14, at 7 p.m. in Lillard Hall on Road 95. For more information, contact Kris Lomas at (530) 902-3341 or
West Plainfield projects include presentations, public speaking, quilting, robotics, small and large animals, sports and vet science.



Anne Ternus-Bellamy

Despite FBS foes behind, schedule doesn’t lighten up

September 14, 2014 |

UC Davis — thanks to a strong finish last year — shoe-horned itself into a fourth-place tie in the Big Sky Conference, going 5-3 in league after that forgettable 0-4 start.

The Aggie reward? It’s toughest schedule in school history.

Now that the two games with Football Bowl Subdivision foes are behind them, Davis gets a week “off” in preparation for the Sept. 27 visit from No. 2 Eastern Washington.

Stanford and Colorado State were supposed to be the speed bumps, but Big Sky doesn’t get any easier.

KHTK radio personality Doug Kelly — a member of the Aggie trio calling Davis action this year — believes the locals drew the scheduler’s short straw.

“I look at conference having three levels: Eastern Washington, the Montanas and Northern Arizona are up here,” Kelly motions, creating an upper echelon with his hand above his head. “Teams like us, Cal Poly, Portland State, Southern Utah and Sacramento State are in the middle. Then there’s Weber State, Northern Colorado, North Dakota and Idaho (State).

“Have you seen our schedule?” asks Kelly, half laughing, scratching his head.

That top tier Kelly alluded to? UCD gets ‘em all. After EWU comes calling, Montana State (No. 20) visits for Homecoming on Oct. 11. Then it’s off to Mizzoula for No. 4 Montana before traveling on Nov. 8 to Northern Arizona (No. 25).

Cal Poly, who Davis meets in San Luis Obispo on Nov. 15, received votes in the Sports Network Football Championship Subdivision poll, as did Sacramento State (the Aggies’ regular-season final at home on Nov. 22).

“Did you see what some of the other powers have (on their slate)?” added Kelly. “I don’t know who scheduled these…”

The EW Eagles get North Dakota, Northern Colorado and Idaho State in conference. Northern Colorado and North Dakota are in Montana’s future after a nonleague slate that featured South Dakota and Central Washington. Idaho State, Weber State and North Dakota entertain MSU after the Grizzlies warm up with the likes of Black Hills State and Central Arkansas.

Northern Colorado, Weber and North Dakota lowlight the Lumberjacks’ Big West experience.

The Davis cream puffs? Just North Dakota (1-2 and 3-8 last season) and D-II Fort Lewis, a nice confidence-builder on Sept. 6.

So, batten down the hatches. Here comes the serious part of 2014.

Oh, the good news?

UC Davis gets a bye next week: a perfect chance to regroup, get healthy and await Eastern Washington.

The Aggies won’t have to deal with the riggers of a whirlwind road trip and they will have — it hopes — at healthy home crowd behind it.

Calisthenics: It looked great from the stands as UCD players formed a block Aggie C in doing stretching exercises before Saturday’s game. With starters OT Parker Smith (leg) and S Charles Boyett (ankle) watching, the all-white-clad locals looked like they meant business early.

Old friends in a thriller: Two ex-Aggie assistant head coaches — Keith Buckley and Mike Moroski hooked up in classic small-school season opener last weekend.

Pacific University (Forest Grove, Ore.) hosted Idaho in Moroski’s head-coaching debut. The Coyotes made Moroski’s coming out party a winning one, 35-34.

Moroski, the 1979 UCD grad who went on to play QB in the NFL for Atlanta, San Francisco and Houston, was retired coach Bob Biggs’ right-hand man until Bigg’s retired two years ago.

Buckley was Biggs’ assistant before Big Mike. He went to Pacific in 2010, resurrecting a football program that had been dormant for 19 years. Last year’s 7-3 campaign was a watershed season for the Boxers.

On Saturtday, Buckley’s Boys got a bye, while the ‘Yotes (as they’re called in the north) beat Montana Western, XX-X. Ah, that Aggie coaching tree…






Bruce Gallaudet

Restoring freedom to information in the Freedom of Information Act

September 13, 2014 |

Enclosed is an op-ed on FOIA reform by Amy Bennett, Assistant Director of Please let me know if you are interested in using the piece. A photo of the author is available and credit to American Forum is appreciated.

Denice Zeck
American Forum


Restoring Freedom to Information in the Freedom of Information Act

By Amy Bennett

Over time federal agencies have flipped the Freedom of Information Act (ACT) on its head. Congress clearly intended the FOIA to be a tool for the public to pry information out of federal agencies. In recent years, however, agencies have blatantly abused opaque language in the law to keep records that might be embarrassing out of the public’s hands forever.

One of the clearest examples of this problem has been playing itself out in court rooms over the last few years as the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) has successfully argued against the release of a 30 year old “draft” volume of the official history of the 1961 Bay of Pigs Disaster. There are few records in the federal government that are seen to merit such secrecy. This draft CIA history is afforded stronger protections than the President’s records, or even classified national security information. Members of the public are able to access similar records generated by the White House as early as twelve years after the President leaves office. Even most classified national security information is automatically declassified after 25 years. Yet, the CIA continues to insist that releasing a draft volume of a history of events that occurred more than 50 years ago, and are already generally understood by the public, must be kept secret.

How is this possible? The record can continue to be withheld because it fits under the rubric of the FOIA’s exemption for “inter- and intra-agency records.” While this exemption was originally intended in part in allow agency officials to give candid advice before an agency has made an official decision, agencies have stretched its use to cover practically anything that is not a “final” version of a document. As long as a record meets the technical definition of an “inter- or intra-agency record,” there is nothing the public – or courts—can do to make an agency release it.

Thankfully, Congress has recognized this black hole in the public’s right to know, and has stepped in with a bill that promises to close the loophole and make other changes that would improve the FOIA process. Longtime FOIA champions Senator Patrick Leahy (D-VT) and Senator John Cornyn (R-TX) have reached across the aisle to develop and introduce S. 2520, the FOIA Improvement Act. The bill takes the common sense step of requiring agencies to weigh the public interest in the release of an inter- or intra- agency record when considering whether to withhold it, and also puts a time limit of 25 years on the use of the exemption. Far from radically changing how requests are currently processed, this narrowly tailored change to the law would help make sure historical records are available on a timely basis and stem the worst abuses by allowing a court to weigh-in where necessary to make sure records that would show waste, fraud, abuse, or illegality are released.

With trust in government at an all-time low, the public clearly has an appetite for laws that would make it easier to understand what the government is doing and why, and to hold government officials accountable for their actions. The public would also benefit from seeing that Congress can still work in a bipartisan fashion to address issues. Time is running out to make S. 2520 the law during this session of Congress, though.

While the House unanimously passed a bill that included many reforms that are similar to S. 2520 earlier this year, the House bill does not address the problem with inter- and intra-agency records. Once Congress comes back in September, members will have to work across the aisle and across the Capitol Dome to make sure they reach a compromise that can be put on the President’s desk before the session ends on January 3, 2015. This is work Congress can, and must, do to help restore freedom to information in the FOIA.


Bennett is Assistant Director of



Special to The Enterprise

Pressure bomb photo



Courtesy photo

September 05, 2014 |



Fossil fuel companies see the need for climate action

September 02, 2014 |

Wednesday, Aug 27 2014 11:01 PM
JOHN REAVES & LEN HERING: Major fossil fuel companies are seeing the need for climate action
Major fossil fuel companies have spent much energy to determine whether the fuels they sell actually cause climate change. The bottom line? They do and, perhaps surprisingly, many of them own up to it and are calling for federal action.
The fossil fuel finding offers another firm reason to move forward to safeguard our future. Even if we’re uncertain of the potential worst effects, we need an insurance policy.
There is growing concern among these major companies over climate change and a call for equitable federal action.
Shell minces no words: “CO2 emissions must be reduced to avoid serious climate change.” U.S. power provider NRG says, “Global warming is one of the most significant challenges facing humankind.” Major coal user, American Electric Power, also recognizes the problem.
Then there’s ExxonMobil, which according to DeSmogBlog pumped more than $23 million into climate denial groups, including Heartland Institute, from 1998 until a few years ago. ExxonMobil now reports “Rising greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) pose significant risks to society and ecosystems.” Furthermore, BP cites the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports as evidence of climate change. ConocoPhillips says burning fossil fuels can lead to climate disruption. Chevron, Hess, BHP Billiton and Total share these concerns. Most of these companies propose pragmatic policies to combat climate change.
For instance, BP proposes an economywide price on carbon that treats all carbon equally and makes lower-carbon energy sources more cost competitive. Shell wants a strong, stable price for GHG emissions within a comprehensive policy framework. Hess wants all affected parties treated equitably.
ExxonMobil wants a uniform, predictable carbon price and the market to drive selection of solutions. It wants to promote global participation, minimize complexity, and maximize transparency. It promotes a revenue-neutral carbon tax.
BHP Billiton supports broad, efficient, progressively introduced, market-based mechanisms. ConocoPhillips wants market-based mechanisms, investment certainty, and a level playing field among energy sources and countries.
Here’s a road map to consider that is consistent with the warnings and policy preferences of these companies. First, stop doing harm. Where practical, stop investing in fossil fuels and infrastructure that locks in additional GHG emissions for 50 years or more. Then address new energy needs using renewables while stretching our energy budget through efficiencies. Engage in massive energy research to ensure that storage systems, already entering the market, advance quickly, making large amounts of renewable energy available off-hours. Spread the use of geothermal and hydropower to address baseload demands. Finally, extend and fortify electrical grids to connect remote major renewable sources to markets and better integrate distributed energy services.
To make any difference, we must effectively price carbon emissions. A steadily rising, revenue-neutral carbon pollution fee is a most promising overarching policy. Returning all fees to all households would effectively create a progressive fee structure, because two-thirds of households would gain or break even. The dividend protects the least well off in society from harsh impacts and would be stimulative to the economy. Border tariffs would protect our businesses from competition that does not have a fee and therefore prompt other nations to adopt our fee. Consumers would have incentives to make better decisions about energy use, further stimulating innovation.
The International Monetary Fund also has called for a price on carbon: Energy prices around the world “are set at levels that do not reflect environmental damage, notably global warming.” Two bills have recently been introduced that move partly in the right direction: Rep. Chris Van Hollen (D-MA) (permit for fossil fuels; all returned to households) and Rep. Jim McDermott (D–WA) (permits; 75 percent returned to households; 25 percent to deficit reduction).
The fee and dividend improves on those bills. For several years Citizens Climate Lobby (CCL) has advocated this federal policy. CCL commissioned Regional Economic Modeling, Inc., a highly reputed economic policy forecasting company, to assess the impacts of such a policy. The results are attention grabbing. With $10 added yearly to a carbon fee and 100 percent rebated to households, by the 20th year there would be 2.8 million new jobs, $1.3 trillion boost to GDP, a quarter million lives extended (cleaner air), and 52 percent reduction in carbon dioxide.
Who can’t like an approach where economy and environment both win? The big question is: Will this be enough to make Congress finally act?
John H. Reaves , a San Diego business and environmental lawyer and mediator, was a founding director of the Citizens Climate Lobby. Len Hering, a retired Navy rear admiral, is executive director of the California Center for Sustainable Energy. This article originally appeared in The San Diego Union-Tribune.
and Bakersfield paper



Special to The Enterprise

Historic Woodland Downtown Business Association plans some fun

August 22, 2014 |

Downtown Woodland turns back the hands of time on Saturday, Sept. 6, from 9 a.m. to 3 p.m. as The Historic Woodland Downtown Business Association partners with Stroll Through History group to take you back to yesteryear. Come see vintage Model A’s presented by the Capitol A’s organization, antique fire trucks beautifully restored by the The Woodland Fire Volunteer Support Branch and farm machinery sponsored by Hiedrick Ag Museum. Plus private collectors will be displaying their own pieces of equipment. This year the HWDBA and The City of Woodland will be closing the street from First Street to Third Street. Downtown merchants will be hosting a sidwalk sale in addition to the farmers market located in Heritage Plaza. With vendor booths and a thriving restaraunt scene including an old fashioned ice cream parlor there is something for everyone to enjoy. Take the family on a tour of a turn-of-the-century opera house in The Woodland Opera House, pose for picture in front of Corner Drug, a business that’s been operating sine the late 1800s, browse through antiques stores or go thrifting. Get there early and join the Kiwanas for their pancake breakfast or just stroll throgh the tree lined streets and enjoy the many victorian homes located in the area. For those wishing to see other beautiful homes in Woodland, tours will be available through The Stroll Through History organization. For more information contact George Rowland president of the HWDBA



Special to The Enterprise

Creating change: Let’s work together to strengthen the Davis social safety net

August 22, 2014 |

By Kemble K. Pope, Jennifer Nitzkowski, XXXXX

Our community has a long and proud history of addressing social challenges related to poverty, exclusion, homelessness and addiction. For a town of our size, we have a large number of active not-for-profit organizations that have persevered for decades to effect positive change.

Despite these efforts, we continue to see visible signs that work remains to be done. There is a sense that panhandling in the commercial areas and shopping centers of our community is on the rise, as well as inappropriate behavior— including public intoxication and encampments on private and public property in and around Davis.

Together, these issues have sparked a renewed interest and community discussion on the topic of our local social safety net, including what steps should be taken to address homelessness and its attendant concerns, such as mental health care and substance abuse.
Several months ago, an ad-hoc group of representatives from the business community and existing social service nonprofit groups began talking with city officials about this complex issue. At the June 24 City Council meeting, city staff presented the council with a report regarding the status of that work. We encourage interested readers to read that two-page document that described the initial collaboration.

It is regrettable that the headline (“No Handouts for Homeless on Street”) on the front page of this newspaper regarding this report did not accurately reflect the intent and full spectrum of our ongoing conversations. While the follow-up article on July 10 (“Down and Out in Davis”) did a better job of describing the complex issue, it still contained a couple of factual errors and did not fully capture the breadth of circumstances for individuals facing homelessness.

In the future, this group plans to provide more information directly to The Davis Enterprise in hopes of positively facilitating public discussion.
The responses from the community in the letters to the editor since the publication of those two articles have displayed a broad spectrum of thoughts, but we fear that many of the writers did not have all the information they needed in making statements about this collaboration. We take responsibility for not providing information in a more comprehensive and timely manner to the community.

Now, we respectfully ask that interested citizens reach out to any of our organizations to ask questions or get involved as our community continues this important discussion..
The purpose of our collaboration is to create an open dialogue, foster improved coordination, share resource information and develop productive relationships that will strengthen our community’s services for individuals who are homeless or at risk of homelessness and improve the quality of life for all Davis residents.

It’s important that we share our working terms and definitions to ensure that misunderstandings are minimized as we move forward.

Social safety net: The set of programs and services that seek to prevent vulnerable members of our community from failing to obtain basic services — health care, food support, mental health support and drug and alcohol counseling — that enable them to thrive and fully contribute to the community. Such efforts are part of every community. Safety net support, programs and services can be provided by the public sector, private sector and individuals.
* Housing insecurity: A term used to express a household’s inadequacy or unreliability of shelter, that might include: people (often including children) who are forced to move often (for a variety of reasons), those who occasionally are forced to sleep in emergency shelters or their vehicles, those who are “doubled up” with family or friends, and those who have no permanent shelter.

The term “homeless” does not adequately describe this spectrum of conditions but is often used as shorthand for those who experience housing insecurity.
* Panhandling: The activity of asking strangers for money in a public place (such as on a sidewalk). Every community is different and there are few reliable statistics to demonstrate how often this typically occurs. This may seem elementary, but it must be stated that not all the people who panhandle are homeless and not all homeless individuals are panhandlers.
* Aggressive panhandling: The act of panhandling in an intimidating manner that is manipulative or coercive, targeting an individual’s fear, guilt or insecurity. Of course, what constitutes “aggressive” is context- and person-specific but generally goes beyond requests to “demands.”
* Public safety: Members of the public — including homeless individuals — are afforded certain rights to protect their safety as defined by the Municipal Code of Davis. For example, it is illegal to disturb the peace with violence, to be drunk in public, to commit lewd exposure, to smoke within 20 feet of public places and businesses, to obstruct sidewalks (and other public rights of way), to solicit within 50 feet of outdoor ATMs, to loiter near schools and to camp on public property.

It is not illegal (in and of itself) to spend extended periods in public parks or to panhandle.
Labels misleading

While definitions of terms are often helpful, labels for types of behaviors or activities are often misleading, inappropriate and ultimately destructive to productive dialogue. We encourage our fellow citizens to steer clear of historically derogatory terms for those people who experience housing or other insecurities and utilize community social services.

Each person’s situation is unique and complex, and by oversimplifying their plight with a label, we risk alienating those who most desperately need our compassion and support.
Fully defining the challenges and problems we seek to address would take more words than are in this newspaper. So for now, a sample list of some of the realities we collectively face must suffice:

* The effects of the recession are still reverberating among the poor;

* National and state budget cuts have shuttered many mental health and drug/alcohol rehabilitation programs;

* Some visitors to downtown Davis and our commercial areas feel intimidated and threatened by the number and aggressiveness of panhandlers;

* Encampment on public or private property does not represent a sustainable solution to the problem of homelessness; and

* Those most vulnerable to violence and reduced vitality are within the housing-insecure population.
There is no easy solution for these complex issues, but we can and should promote existing efforts and new initiatives from emergency aid to workforce training that are aligned with our community values.

A great place to start is the implementation of the action plan adopted by Yolo County and the cities of Davis, Woodland, West Sacramento and Winters in 2010, “One Piece at a Time: Ending and Preventing Homelessness for Yolo County Residents (2010-2020)” ( This plan is under review for updates. As part of this process, a public workshop concerning homelessness will be held in Davis later this fall.
Moving forward

How do we move forward from here? Each one of our organizations will bring their own unique resources to bear in a transparent and collaborative manner. Following the above-mentioned workshop later this fall, we’d like to host a communitywide gathering to more fully explore which action items can be taken in the short and medium term to strengthen our community’s social safety net.

We hope that all segments of our community — including faith-based organizations, governmental agencies, businesses, neighborhood associations, interested citizens and individuals who are housing-insecure — will join together to help create meaningful change.
Please email us at to express your personal or organizational interest in being involved in these efforts, or if you have questions that we may assist in answering.

— Kemble K. Pope is CEO of the Davis Chamber of Commerce; Jennifer Nitzkowski is chairman of the board of the Davis Chamber of Commerce;
 Davis Downtown, ED & Board Chair  Yolo County Visitors Bureau, ED & Board Chair  UC Davis Office of the Chancellor  IRWS  Pastors/Leaders of Local Faith Based Organizations  City of Davis  Davis Chief of Police  STEAC  Grace in Action  Davis Community Meals  Others?



Special to The Enterprise

An ounce of nuts daily prolongs life and prevents disease



Courtesy photo


Studies show that people who regularly eat nuts are healthier than those who don't. Creators Syndicate

August 24, 2014 |

Dr. David Lipschitz

Nuts are generally considered bad choices for snacks because they’re so high in calories. It is why experts recommend avoiding cakes or desserts containing a high content of them, and why many of us keep them out of our diets.
But in recent years, more and more information has been indicating the tremendous benefits nuts have on improving health. The most encouraging report showed that adding nuts to your diet either prevented weight gain or promoted weight loss. Researchers have found dieters who consume an ounce of nuts daily are more likely to eat less at supper and, therefore, lose weight.
And now, from a large population study, comes remarkable evidence that nut consumption reduces the risk of heart disease in both men and women by as much as 50 percent. The benefit is so impressive that the U.S. Food and Drug Administration is considering a proposal to allow foods containing nuts to state on their labels: “Diets containing an ounce of nuts per day can reduce your risk of heart disease.”
A massive study recently published in The New England Journal of Medicine shows that increasing nut intake also reduces the risk of many chronic illnesses, including heart disease and diabetes. It appears to reduce risk of death, too.
Researchers followed over 75,000 women from 1980 to 2010, and over 40,000 men from 1986 to 2010. Over the 30-year period, compared to those who never ate nuts, those who did once weekly had a 7 percent lower risk of dying, gradually reducing risk even more as they consumed more nuts. For those eating nuts at least once a day, the risk of death was lowered by a remarkable 20 percent. And further analysis revealed significant reductions in the risk of heart and respiratory diseases, diabetes, infections and cancer.
There was some concern at the outset of the study that daily nut consumption could lead to weight gain. The exact opposite turned out to be the case. Those eating nuts most frequently either maintained their weight or lost weight during the course of the study. Nut-eaters were overall healthier: They were less likely to be obese, had lower waist circumferences, lower cholesterols and blood-sugar levels than their counterparts not eating nuts. They also ate less, consumed more fruits and vegetables, and exercised more regularly. For this reason, it’s unclear whether the found benefits of nuts were a result of people committed to healthier lifestyles and living longer being less concerned about their weights and, hence, more likely to eat nuts.
There are many ways nuts promote health. They contain the best polyunsaturated fats and omega-3 fatty acids, are rich in vitamins, minerals and fibers, and have high concentrations of antioxidants (phenols and phytosterols).
Most experts recommend having an ounce of nuts as a snack in the afternoon and about two to three hours before dinner. They are calorically dense and take a long time to chew. This, in turn, helps promote satiety, as does their high calorie content. Nuts’ high level of fiber also makes you feel full and less hungry at dinnertime. Nuts make it easier to eat prudently, limiting your risk of becoming obese and making a diet program more likely to be successful.
Nuts reduce the risk of heart attacks in a number of ways. Monounsaturated fats and omega-3 fatty acids tend to lower cholesterol and decrease the risk of blood clotting. High concentrations of the amino acid arginine promote blood flow, dilate blood vessels and help maintain a lower blood pressure. And high fiber content reduces cholesterol and appears to decrease the risk of diabetes. High fiber and healthy fats in nuts also promote better gastrointestinal function and decrease the risk of colon, breast and prostate cancers.
Like an apple a day, an ounce of nuts will almost certainly keep the doctor away. The most important message you can extract from this information is that the best approach to dieting is not necessarily the consumption of low-calorie foods, but that learning to make the right food choices and eating in the right amounts will lead to a long and healthy life.



Creators Syndicate

Here are some tips on breaking the junk-food habit



Courtesy photo


Studies show that people who regularly eat nuts are healthier than those who don't. Creators Syndicate


Adding more delicious fruits and vegetables to each meal can help wean people away from junk-food diets. Creators Syndicate photo

August 24, 2014 |

Marilynn Preston

If I had my magic wand back — I was carrying it in the Halloween parade and it vanished — I would wave it and shazaam! all processed foods would disappear.
It’s harsh, I know. I love my Sour Cream and Onion Ruffles as much as the next person. But the truth is processed foods — the ones that come in colorful packages or cans with a long list of perfectly legal ingredients stacked under the label — aren’t good for you.
In fact, they’re bad for you. You can discover just how bad in books, videos and all over the Internet. Go there and be educated. It’s no secret that processed foods contain chemicals, additives, preservatives, artificial dyes, flavors, colors and other suspect ingredients that are linked to a variety of health problems. And not in a good way.
It’s not restful to dwell on the known negatives: the weight gain, the strokes, the fatigue, the diabetes, heart disease, cancers, and annoying digestive upsets that then must be addressed with little purple pills.
Instead, I’m going to share a positively intriguing resource for weaning yourself off processed foods, a 14-week plan that should be a required course in schools everywhere.
This step-by-step approach, created by the crusading Lisa Leake for, consists of mini-pledges that you take week by week, alone or with friends or, best of all, with your entire family.
Each week is another way to experience more real food and less junk. By the time 14 weeks are over, you’ll be closer than ever to eating clean. I’m not saying it’s easy — “the perfect is the enemy of the good” — but the cumulative rewards are remarkable.
When you eat clean, you feel lighter and more energetic. Chances are you’ll lose weight. Aches, pains and other symptoms that sent you to the doctor will lessen and might disappear because,  food is medicine. When you eat the real stuff, your body can thrive and heal itself. For more along these lines, go to Leake’s website and feast on her informative blogs.
And if you’re still not convinced that weaning yourself off processed foods is important, never mind. You’re not ready to change. You have a big fat disconnect between what you eat and how you feel. That’s OK. Your doctor probably struggles with the same problem, since she or he learned next-to-nothing about nutrition in medical school. (How crazy is that?!)
Ready for action? Here’s the challenge:
Week 1: (“I pledge to…”) Eat at least two different fruits and or vegetables — preferably organic — with every meal.
Week 2: Your beverages are limited to coffee, tea, water and milk. Don’t choke. Give it a go. One cup of juice is allowed per week, and wine, preferably red, is allowed in moderation. (Thank you, Lisa.)
Week 3: All meat consumed this week is locally raised. Limit yourself to three-to-four modest servings a week, treating meat as a side dish not the main course.
Week 4: No fast food or deep fried food. (Gulp!)
Week 5: Try two new whole foods you’ve never tried before.
Week 6: Eat no food products labeled as low fat, “lite,” reduced or non-fat.
Week 7: All grains must be 100 percent whole grains.
Week 8: Stop eating when you are full. (This means listening to internal cues.)
Week 9: No refined or artificial sweeteners. No white sugar, brown sugar, raw sugar, Splenda, stevia, agave, corn syrup, high fructose corn syrup, brown rice syrup and cane juice. Your food and drink can only be sweetened with modest amounts of honey or maple syrup.
Week 10: No refined or hydrogenated oils. That means no vegetable oil, soybean, corn, canola, organic canola, margarine, grape seed oil.
Week 11: Eat at least one locally grown or raised food item at each meal. That means local honey, eggs, nuts, meats, fruits, vegetables.
Week 12: No sweeteners! Not even honey and maple syrup. (You’ve come this far … you can do it!)
Week 13: Nothing artificial. Avoid all artificial ingredients.
Week 14: No more than five ingredients. Avoid packaged food products that list more than five ingredients, no matter the ingredients.
Week 15: Email me at and let me know how well this worked, or, if you insist, how miserable you were.



Creators Syndicate

Sunflower photos

August 21, 2014 |

Those are Maggie’s photos. Here are the cutlines:

Photo by Maggie Burns

Shorter, single-headed female sunflowers grow in front of the branched male flowers in this field east of Winters.

Photo by Maggie Burns

A Turkovich sunflower harvester cuts dried heads from rows of female flowers.

Photo by Maggie Burns

A sunflower harvester pours black sunflower seeds into a waiting truck.



Special to The Enterprise

The big picture on how to hang heavy art

August 21, 2014 |

By Peter Hotton

Readers submitted their questions on the dos and don’ts of hanging artwork. Say something good here.

Q. What’s the best way to hang a picture on a plaster wall? The picture is 20 inches by 24 inches and weighs about 10 pounds.

A. The simplest way (not necessarily the easiest) is the best one. Use picture hooks, sold in hardware stores. They come in several sizes. For your size and weight picture, use large hooks. Make sure there is a wire strung from each end of the picture a few inches down from the top. It’s the hanging wire. Use two hooks whether you are hanging the picture vertically or horizontally. You need two to keep pictures from going askew whenever an 18-wheeler passes by. Do not use any other gadgets that might be available. You can do a good job with only a 2-foot spirit level to make sure the hangers are level with each other.

To determine where the hooks will go, hold the picture against the wall, and mark the hook spots with a pencil. Now, place a 4-by-4-inch piece of duct tape over each pencil spot, and make sure you mark the spot on the tape. Now drive the hooks. They are designed to be nailed at a steep angle. This angle, plus the duct tape, will prevent breaking the plaster, whether is it is truly plaster or plasterboard or blueboard and skimcoat.

Q. What is the best way to prepare and paint a rusted wrought-iron railing?

A. I was looking at my own rusted wrought iron just yesterday when I was pointing brick steps, and this is what I will do. Sand off the rust as much as possible, paint those areas with Rust Reformer, and then spray or brush on one or two coats of Krylon wrought-iron paint.

Q. My daughter bought a house on Cape Cod and found an old mahogany table that was stained red. She tried to paint it. Oh, woe. The red stain bled right through the paint. What can she do?

A. Ah, yes, stained mahogany is virtually impossible to paint without the bleeding. Sanding down to the bare wood probably won’t work because mahogany is open-pored, and any stain gets stuck in the pores forever, it seems. Even heavy sanding and using a stain killer did not succeed on a similar table I had. I ended up resanding to the bare wood, staining it a darker color, and varnishing it.

Q. What do you think of air-duct cleaning? The ducts in my home are for hot-air heat and air conditioning. I don’t know how long they have gone without being cleaned, and I get no bad smells from either the heat or the air conditioning.

A. I think air-duct cleaning is good but expensive. If you don’t know when the ducts were cleaned, chances are they need it. My ducts were 50 years old and there was no smell, but you should have seen what came out of them when they were cleaned. Have them cleaned every 10 years. And make sure to clean out the dryer vent at least once a year: These can fill with lint and cause fires.

Q. I had trouble with my back door. The carpenter installed a new frame that was short, so he used filler pieces, which are coming off. What now?

A. Hoo-boy! You have a carpenter from hell, so get rid of him and find someone who can build a new frame, including jambs and possibly the threshold. If you need a new door, however, you can buy a setup that includes the casing (frame) and threshold.

Q. Any ideas on how to get that ugly green stuff off my shed roof?

A. There are two kinds of “green stuff” on roofs, always on the shady side. I am surprised you didn’t see my earlier columns on the subject, in which I jabbered away on two green things. One is algae, a form of seaweed that is bright green and does not have any form or height; it sits there on the roof. Treat it with a solution of one part bleach and three parts water, or douse it with vinegar, which will kill it. Dead, it does not have to be scraped.

The other, if it has a shape like little dull green plants, is moss, and it must be removed because it can damage the roof. Treat it the same way you would algae, but after it dies, scrape it off with a wood spatula.

And here is how you can keep it from coming back. Buy zinc strips at a hardware store or from a roofer. They are 3 to 6 feet long and 6 inches wide. Slip them under the second-highest row of shingles parallel to the ridge with 2 to 3 inches of zinc exposed. Rain washing over the strips will deliver dissolved bits of zinc down the roof, preventing new growth. This is also effective against mold. The strips will prevent new growth, but will not kill existing green stuff.

Aye, there’s the rug

The Handyman received several complaints after he advised the use of area rugs. The writers said area rugs are accidents waiting to happen, especially for older people, who can trip over the edges.

My reply: Just what are area rugs? To me, they are not scatter or throw rugs, but large ones (8 by 12 feet), padded, and definitely not wall to wall. To guard against tripping, I suggest tacking down the edges. In the future, I promise to write “large area rugs.”

— The Boston Globe



The Associated Press

Summer veggies were just the first round

August 21, 2014 |

By Lee Reich

In the heat of summer, it’s hard to imagine that the weather will ever be cool again. And with dry weather it’s hard to imagine it becoming rainy again.

But of course the weather does change, and you’ve got to plan what vegetables to grow for the cool and rainy days ahead that sap the vitality from tomatoes, cucumbers, peppers and other summer vegetables.

Growing fall vegetables is like having another whole growing season in the garden. Cool weather brings out the best flavor from vegetables such as kale, broccoli and carrots. And the harvest season is long; fall vegetables just sit pretty, awaiting harvest at your leisure. In spring and summer, cool-season vegetables like spinach, radishes and lettuce bolt, sending up a flower stalk and becoming poor for eating if not harvested quickly enough.

Commit yourself
Before beginning to plan for fall vegetables, you need to make three commitments. The first is to maintain soil fertility. Remember, you are getting another growing season out of your garden, so apply fertilizer and liberal amounts of compost or other organic matter to the soil. Fall’s predominantly leafy vegetables are heavy feeders.

Second, don’t forget to water. Seedlings beginning life in summer often cannot get enough water for themselves. Natural rainfall and cooler temperatures eventually will lessen or eliminate watering chores as fall approaches.

And third: Weed. Summer weeds compete with vegetable plants for water, space and nutrients.

Timing is important
To figure out when to sow any fall vegetable, look on the seed packet for the “days to maturity.” Cool weather and shorter days dramatically slow growth as fall approaches, so count on any vegetable being fully grown and ready for harvest around mid-September in northern gardens, and a few weeks or months later the further south you garden.

For vegetables that usually are transplanted, such as broccoli, cauliflower and cabbage, add three weeks, which is how long they need to grow to transplant size.

In northern climes, it’s too late to sow fall broccoli, endive, cabbage, carrots, beets and parsley, all of which need a relatively long season to mature. Mark your calendar for next year.

Enough time remains, though, even in northern regions, for a second wave of planting of such vegetables as lettuce, Chinese cabbage, kale and collards.

Check the days to maturity for Chinese cabbages; there are many varieties, and quicker maturing ones will bolt if sown too early. This sowing of lettuce should be the first of a few. Sow small amounts every couple of weeks and you will have a continuous supply of tender leaves for your salad bowl. Include some extra cold-hardy varieties, such as Winter Density, Rouge d’Hiver and Arctic King.

Vegetables in this second wave of planting for fall might follow your earlier plantings of bush beans or sweet corn, or you can sow in seed flats for transplanting three weeks later. The nice thing about using transplants is that there is no need to plant a whole row at once — you can tuck plants in here and there as space becomes available.

Later this month, when you have gathered up mature onions and perhaps dug up cucumber vines that finally succumbed to bacterial wilt, it’s time for yet a third wave of fall planting. Sow directly in the ground seeds of spinach, mustard, arugula and turnips. Also plant small radishes, the kind you normally sow in spring. And consider trying some offbeat fall greens, such as mache, miner’s lettuce and shungiku, an edible chrysanthemum.

A final sowing, for your soil
The final crop for the fall vegetable garden — sown any time before the end of September — is not for you, but for the soil. This would be a so-called cover crop, usually rye grain or oats, sown to protect the soil from rain and wind, conserve nutrients and improve tilth.

Legumes, such as peas or alfalfa, add nitrogen to the soil via symbiotic bacteria in their roots and garner it from the atmosphere.

A cover crop also looks nice, a verdant blanket over the ground late into fall.

Local seed racks are often cleared out after midsummer. If this is the case, or if you seek varieties that are unavailable locally, you can order seeds by mail.



The Associated Press

Delays with contractor over, 5th Street striping begins

August 5, 2014 |

It seemed all about the left turns Tuesday morning on Fifth Street near F and G streets.

No more scrambling to go west on Fifth Street from F Street, trying to beat



For eye health page

August 01, 2014 |

By Dr. Schrader

Survey Reveals Parents Drastically Underestimate the Time Kids Spend on Electronic Devices

Home and classroom digital device use is up among school-age children; Dr. Wayne Schrader recommends yearly back-to-school eye exams

According to the American Optometric Association (AOA), parents severely underestimate the time their children spend on digital devices. An AOA survey reports that 83 percent of children between the ages of 10 and 17 estimate they use an electronic device for three or more hours each day. However, a separate AOA survey of parents revealed that only 40 percent of parents believe their children use an electronic device for that same amount of time. Eye doctors are concerned that this significant disparity may indicate that parents are more likely to overlook warning signs and symptoms associated with vision problems due to technology use, such as digital eye strain.

Eighty percent of children surveyed report experiencing burning, itchy or tired eyes after using electronic devices for long periods of time. These are all symptoms of digital eye strain, a temporary vision condition caused by prolonged use of technology. Additional symptoms may include headaches, fatigue, loss of focus, blurred vision, double vision or head and neck pain.

“When parents think about their kids’ mobile consumption habits, they often don’t think about how much time they spend on devices in the classroom,” said Dr. Wayne Schrader. “Each year when school starts we see an increase in kids complaining of symptoms synonymous with eye strain. Essentially, they’re going from being home over the summer with a minimal amount of time spent using their devices back to a classroom full of technology, and their time on devices often doubles, leading to a strain on the eyes.”

Optometrists are also growing increasingly concerned about the kinds of light everyday electronic devices give off – high-energy, short-wavelength blue and violet light – and how those rays might affect and even age the eyes. Today’s smartphones, tablets, LED monitors and even flat screen TVs all give off light in this range, as do cool-light compact fluorescent bulbs. Early research shows that overexposure to blue light could contribute to eye strain and discomfort and may lead to serious conditions such as age-related macular degeneration (AMD), which can cause blindness.

When it comes to protecting eyes and vision from digital eye strain, taking frequent visual breaks is important. Children should make sure they practice the 20-20-20 rule: when using technology or doing near work, take a 20-second break, every 20 minutes and view something 20 feet away. According to the survey, nearly one-third (32 percent) of children go a full hour using technology before they take a visual break instead of every 20 minutes as recommended.

Additionally, children who normally do not require the use of eyeglasses may benefit from glasses prescribed specifically for intermediate distance for computer use. And children who already wear glasses may find their current prescription does not provide optimal vision for viewing a computer screen. An eye doctor can provide recommendations for each individual patient.

The AOA suggests the following guidelines to help prevent or reduce eye and vision problems associated with digital eye strain:

Check the height and position of the device. Computer screens should be four to five inches below eye level and 20 to 28 inches away from the eyes. Digital devices should be held a safe distance away from eyes and slightly below eye level.

Check for glare on the screen. Windows or other light sources should not be directly visible when sitting in front of a computer monitor. If this happens, turn the desk or computer to prevent glare on the screen. Also consider adjusting the brightness of the screen on your digital device or changing its background color.

Reduce the amount of lighting in the room to match the computer screen. A lower-wattage light can be substituted for a bright overhead light or a dimmer switch may be installed to give flexible control of room lighting.

Adjust font size. Increase the size of text on the screen of the device to make it easier on your eyes when reading.

Keep blinking. To minimize the chances of developing dry eye when using a computer or digital device, make an effort to blink frequently. Blinking keeps the front surface of the eye moist.

The AOA recommends every child have an eye exam by an optometrist soon after 6 months of age and before age 3. Children now have the benefit of yearly comprehensive eye exams thanks to the Pediatric Essential Health Benefit in the Affordable Care Act, through age 18.

“Parents should know that vision screenings miss too many children who should be referred to an optometrist for an eye examination to correct vision,” added Dr. Schrader. “Eye exams performed by an eye doctor are the only way to diagnose eye and vision diseases and disorders in children. Undiagnosed vision problems can impair learning and can cause vision loss and other issues that significantly impact a child’s quality of life.”

To find an optometrist in your area, or for additional information on children’s vision and the importance of back-to-school eye exams, please visit and

About the American Eye-Q® survey:
The ninth annual American Eye-Q® survey was created and commissioned in conjunction with Penn, Schoen & Berland Associates (PSB). From March 20-25, 2014, PSB conducted 1,000 online interviews among Americans 18 years and older who embodied a nationally representative sample of the U.S. general population. (Margin of error is plus or minus 3.10 percentage points at a 95% confidence level)

About the Children’s Omnibus survey:
The children’s Omnibus survey was created and commissioned in conjunction with Penn, Schoen & Berland Associates (PSB). From March 24-31, 2014, PSB conducted 200 online interviews from March 24-31, 2014 with children ages 10 to 17. (Margin of error is plus or minus 6.93 percentage points at a 95% confidence level)

About the American Optometric Association (AOA):
The American Optometric Association, a federation of state, student and armed forces optometric associations, was founded in 1898. Today, the AOA is proud to represent the profession of optometry, America’s family eye doctors, who take a leading role in an individual’s overall eye and vision care, health and well-being. Doctors of optometry (ODs) are the independent primary health care professionals for the eye and have extensive, ongoing training to examine, diagnose, treat and manage disorders, diseases and injuries that affect the eye and visual system, providing two-thirds of primary eye care in the U.S. For information on a variety of eye health and vision topics, and to find an optometrist near you, visit



Special to The Enterprise

Ken’s Bike-Ski-Board

July 16, 2014 |



Special to The Enterprise

University Honda

July 16, 2014 |



Special to The Enterprise

List of CSAs

July 14, 2014 |

1. > Good Humus
2. >Full Belly

3. > Eat Well

4. > Terra Firma

5. > Pacific Star Gardens

6. > Del Rio Botanical

7. >Farm Fresh to You/Capay Organics

8. > Riverdog

9. > Devoda Gardens

10. > The Student Farm

11. > Soil Born

12. >Free Spirit Farm

13. > Say Hay Farms

14. > Heavy Dirt

15. > Shooting Star

16. > Coco Ranch

17. > Steiner College CSA

18. Capay Valley Shop Farmshares-

19. UC Davis Student Farm –




Elizabeth Case

The Paint Chip

July 12, 2014 |



Special to The Enterprise

DeBartolo & Co Fine Jewelers

July 12, 2014 |



Special to The Enterprise

Bubble Belly moms | babies | kids

July 12, 2014 |



Special to The Enterprise

Tres Hermanas

July 12, 2014 |



Special to The Enterprise

All in the Family 2014 – Tres Hermanas



Courtesy photo


Studies show that people who regularly eat nuts are healthier than those who don't. Creators Syndicate


Adding more delicious fruits and vegetables to each meal can help wean people away from junk-food diets. Creators Syndicate photo


July 11, 2014 |



What the newspaper trends of 2014 mean for the industry’s feature

July 08, 2014 |

What the newspaper trends of 2014 mean for the industry’s future
By: Caroline Little, President and CEO of the Newspaper Association of America
Word count: 793
The newspaper industry has transformed in a way that we could not have imagined just a decade ago.
Across the globe, there is a renewed energy to innovate, strategize, and meet these growing opportunities and challenges. That was the theme of the World Newspapers Congress, which I had the pleasure of speaking earlier this month, and it rings very true for our industry in America.
We are already halfway through 2014. From the creative solutions and trends I am seeing, we are in an excellent position to further evolve and thrive for the rest of this year and far beyond.
Newspapers continue to command a huge audience and remain the most-trusted source of news and information. While that will not change, there has been a key shift in the way information is delivered and audience is engaged. The World Editors Forum revealed their Top 10 Trends in 2014 report and it is intriguing to explore the way those trends will impact our business.
The importance and influence of data and analytics on every part of our industry cannot be underestimated. It is only going to grow. Much has been made of recent ventures in data-focused journalism, such as statistics and data-driven predictions that will figure more and more heavily in mainstream journalism. Publishers and journalists across the country are now relying on hard metrics to assess the readership and engagement of a given story, and the more we do so, the more successful we will be as we understand what interests  drive our unique audiences and tailor our offerings accordingly.
As I’ve noted before, data plays a critical role in our increasingly personalized world. The days of a one-size-fits-all solution to news are ending, and newspapers are in a strong position to capitalize. We have enormous amounts of data at our disposal to deliver a customized news experience. The opportunity lies in analyzing and leveraging that data to create and strengthen our products for consumers and advertisers.
As we do this, we will see advertisers follow. The advertising landscape has likewise changed dramatically, as consumers now choose whether or not they view ads and insist on relevant, personalized material. Advertisers are looking for precisely targeted audiences, and newspapers’ data on user engagement and experiences will enable them to deliver exactly that.
Another trend that will significantly shape our industry is thinking about mobile strategy first, instead of it being tacked on as an after-thought. Excellent video products have become critical storytelling vehicles for newspapers, with the possibility that our quick, agile videos – perfect for mobile platforms – can challenge traditional broadcasting. Our focus in video over the next few months should focus on refining individual formulas for creating successful videos and integrating them even better with our other content offerings. 
The ways in which journalists report the news may be changing but the essence of a free press is not, despite being challenged on multiple fronts around the world. We have seen journalists in Venezuela and Hungary threatened with violence or had information suppressed in the past couple of months. Here in the United States, New York Times reporter James Risen could face stiff fines or jail time for not sharing confidential sources, which shows why we need a federal shield law for reporters to be able to covering our government without fear of prosecution.
Newspapers are at the forefront of researching and planning for the explosion of wearable tech, developing and refining the types of journalism that will be most successful. The ubiquity of social media, push notifications and short-form stories for apps has created a distinct, on-the-go audience that will look for even more immediately available, “snackable” content with the influence of wearables.
However, as Reuters’ Digital News Report points out, that will create greater audience segmentation as younger generations use smartphones and tablets to constantly consume news, while more traditional offerings remain the product of choice for other generations. Newspapers are tasked with balancing and integrating strategies across each platform and generation to effectively reach every audience. Indeed, one of the biggest mistakes leaders in any industry could make today is eschewing one platform for another, trendier medium without considering how they complement each other.
As we prepare for the second half of 2014, it is encouraging to look at the amount of growth, innovation and new investment we have seen in the first half. I am proud to say that next year, the NAA will be partnering with the World Association of Newspapers and News Publishers in bringing the World Newspaper Congress to our hometown of Washington, D.C.
I’m eagerly anticipating where our industry will be in 12 months. With the wealth of talent and energy at our disposal, I have confidence that these trends forecast a very bright year.



Special to The Enterprise

Fleet Feet Sports

July 04, 2014 |



Special to The Enterprise

The road left unpedaled: Davis looks to take advice from the best cycling knowledge in the world

June 26, 2014 |

Soon, Davis residents may be biking like the Dutch.

With one of the highest bicycle-friendly ratings of any American city by the exacting League of American Cyclists, Davis has few places left to look for new bicycling standards but abroad.

Far away from sunny Davis, the Dutch and Danish have built cycling empires throughout their road networks tested over decades. The Swedes have their “Vision Zero” — just adopted by New York City — to radically ensure the fewest number of traffic-related deaths as humanly possible.

Their advice is sought after worldwide, they tend to advise what is, in America, vastly unfamiliar kinds of roadway solutions and Davis has been instructed by the City Council to seek out their vision on specific pieces in Davis’ East Covell Corridor Plan.

City Councilman Brett Lee convinced his colleagues to direct city staff to seek out the Dutch Cycling Embassy on April 22 to address where the best location and design of grade separated crossings would be at the Cannery development and the East Covell Corridor Plan.

Lee said in an interview that his motivation was not purely to seek out international advice, but instead noted experts.

“We were talking about $14 million,” he said, adding that a then-estimated $25,000 cost on the front end to ensure the designs would work was quality control.

“When Davis needs some advice on bicycle connectivity, I think in Holland and in Denmark they are leaders,” Lee said. “If we picked a random U.S. city out of a map, we would be ahead of them.”

Lee raised the issue after he determined that neighborhood meetings made the prioritization of projects, and not experts.

“The people taking the leadership should be the architects and engineers,” he said. Lee worked for many years as a project engineer himself. “I f we were planning on making a $100,000 improvement, we wouldn’t need outside experts to come in.”

Lee cautions that Davis doesn’t have to have a Dutch system, but the community can gain from the transfer of knowledge.

Davis has been talking with the Dutch Cycling Embassy for months, and could sign a contract with a member agency sometime in the near future, according to Dave “DK” Kemp, Davis active transportation coordinator.







City wrestles with tax idea, water rates

June 19, 2014 |

The City Council took on a new tax measure and water rates at a study session Tuesday, coming to no final conclusions but seeming to figure out where each other’s positions are staked out.

The council zeroed in on wanting to pay for roads, sidewalks and refurbish existing community pools with any money it might get from a parcel tax or a general tax, such as a surcharge on utility bills, but it couldn’t provide much direction to city staff on exactly what kind of tax it would like and how long a life it would have.

On water rates, the council split.  Mayor Pro Tem Dan Wolk and Mayor Joe Krovoza want the Utility Rate Advisory Committee to focus on a pay-as-you-go conservation rate authored by residents Donna Lemongello and Matt Williams that would peg only 13 percent of its charge on fixed rates, leaving the rest up to how much water is used.

Brett Lee and Lucas Frerichs had concerns about tiers being unfair and wanted more information from city staff about how much money someone who used no water would be charged and the ease of finding financing for a largely volume-based rate, instead of a rate with a substantial fixed rate.

Newly-re-elected Councilwoman Rochelle Swanson was on vacation with her family and Councilman-elect Robb Davis, who sat in the audience and will be sworn in July 1, did not offer his views of specific tax measures or water rates during public comment. Mayor Joe Krovoza presided over one of his last public meetings as a member of the City Council.





Notes on Made in Yolo

June 14, 2014 |

Made in Yolo notes and assignments

Linda and Kim (Kim, I’m only telling you because this affects a couple of your interns):

(Other assignments to make: 

* Farm to fork (side bar with CSAs, farm tours)

* Service orgs…profile R&R, new location, money to mental health; STEAC, Davis Community Meals; Team Davis (pull from Thomas’ LL story) — Rachel

* High tech story…Bio Consortia story from Jason McAlister

* RIKI profile on Ursula Labermeier who designs most (all?) fashions for the store. Crystal Lau

* Davis Live Music Collective story: 22 members so far, people pay quarterly to attend concerts; grew out of house concerts; sold out a recent show at the Vets Memorial; performers are people you’d pay to see but couldn’t sell out a big show. Feature on who they’ve brought to town, who they will bring. Danny Tomasello involved, Kyle Monhollen is the leader. Landon Christenson
Debbie and I brainstormed some stories for Made in Yolo, and here’s what we’ve come up with. 

1. A lengthy farm-to-fork story that touches on many aspects. Assigned to Elizabeth:

Farmers markets are huge in this area (Davis, UCD’s, Woodland Healthcare, Sutter should all be mentioned, maybe just in a box, or maybe as a segment of the story.

Some details can be found in the following press release, and I grabbed a couple briefs about Sutter and Woodland Healthcare’s farmers markets (below that). 

Also, Monticello Bistro in town is a farm-to-fork restaurant, and Ann Evans and Georgeanne Brennan are columnists for us who might be good to interview (pioneers for this movement in the area, and Ann Evans is a co-founder of the Davis Farmers Market…). We have a story in WordPress about the Farmers Market cookbook that Evans and Brennan wrote, in case that offers any info.


From press release for Yolo Farm to Fork (Jan. 7)

Yolo Farm to Fork is pleased to announce the appointment of Davis resident Beth Harrison as the nonprofit’s first executive director. Harrison brings more than 15 years of strategic leadership and nonprofit management experience to the organization.

“Beth Harrison comes to us with experience, energy and commitment to our mission and is a person of exceptional skills, both personally and professionally,” said Yolo Farm to Fork’s president, John Mott-Smith. “With a passion for farm-to-fork programs, she is perfectly suited to guide our organization’s continued growth and development.”

Having served in senior positions with large and small organizations based in the United States and abroad, Harrison’s expertise encompasses food and health, education, the arts, international development and the political landscape. She has managed fiscal operations and led and directed marketing communications, organizational fundraising and development, capacity building, media and public relations, and education outreach.

“I am thrilled to combine my professional background with my passion for good food, health, education and recycling, and to be an integral part of the continued growth and implementation of Yolo Farm to Fork’s programs,” Harrison said in a news release.

Yolo Farm to Fork has been providing farm and garden-based education, increasing local farm-fresh foods in school meals, and reducing sold waste through recycling and composting with the flagship and nationally recognized Davis Farm to School program for 13 years. The organization also recently initiated Kids Dig It garden-learning programs in Woodland schools.

“Over the years we have made enormous strides developing grants that have primarily supported Davis schools,” Mott-Smith said. “We have expanded our mission and are launching farm-to-fork-related initiatives throughout the county, as well as sustaining our current programs.

“Our leadership now represents many of the communities in Yolo County, including Davis, Woodland, West Sacramento, Winters, Capay and Clarksburg. We are confident in Beth’s ability to lead our growth at such an exciting time.”

In 2014, Yolo Farm to Fork will continue its landmark programs and present the fifth annual Tour de Cluck in May and the 10th annual Village Feast in August. To begin the new year, the organization is launching three new, groundbreaking initiatives: Harper Harvest, Taste Our Garden and Futures.

For the Harper Harvest project, broccoli and lettuce being grown at Harper Junior High on East Covell Boulevard in Davis will be served in Davis school lunches. School garden programs will be reimbursed for the 2,400 broccoli plants that will be harvested in February by volunteers.

The Taste Our Garden initiative, sponsored exclusively by Sutter Davis Hospital, will provide 10 grants to schools, with the highest priority being those where 50 percent or more students eligible for free or reduced-price meals.

The Futures program, supported by Orchard Hill Family Fund, will fund six schools to expand edible garden programs that will include a curriculum coach to help garden coordinators integrate garden learning activities into classroom instruction.

“I am honored to be selected as Yolo Farm to Fork’s executive director, especially at this defining moment in the organization’s history,” Harrison said. “I have seen the deep personal commitment that these dedicated professionals and volunteers have to Yolo Farm to Fork’s compelling mission and I share their profound sense of purpose.

“We are geared up and ready for significant expansion in 2014 and in the years to come.”

For more information, visit


Farmers market returns to Woodland Healthcare (May 28)

The Woodland Farmers Market returns to the lawn of Woodland Healthcare’s Cancer and Neurosciences Center, 515 Fairchild Court, from 4:30 to 7 p.m. Tuesdays, beginning next week. The market, which continues every Tuesday through Aug. 26, is made possible by a donation from the John and Eunice Davidson Fund.

A Saturday farmers market takes place at Heritage Plaza, Second and Main streets in downtown Woodland.

Locally grown fruits and vegetables will be available for purchase at each market. The market accepts WIC coupons and Cal Fresh EBT cards, plus debit and credit cards as well as cash.

For information, contact Mora at 530-666-2626 or visit


Sutter farmers market (May 14, 2013)

The Sutter Davis Hospital Farmers Market will reopen Thursday and will continue from 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. Thursdays through Aug. 29, at the hospital’s entrance at 2000 Sutter Place in West Davis.

Opening-day festivities include cooking demonstrations and tastings, face time with Dinger and Sacramento River Cats players (bring your cameras), giveaways, plus a market filled with farm-fresh produce, local honey, baked goods, flowers, plants and garden starts.

The hospital’s market accepts EBT cards, WIC and senior coupons. Shoppers with no cash in hand also can purchase market scrip using debit or credit cards.




How to get and keep women’s attention and support

June 11, 2014 |

Enclosed is an op-ed on the Women’s Equality Treaty. The op-ed is written by Terry O’Neill, President of the National Organization for Women and Don Kraus, CEO of the Citizens for Global Solutions. Please let us know if you are interested in using the op-ed. Photos of the authors are available and credit to American Forum is appreciated.
Denice Zeck
American Forum

How to Get and Keep Women’s Attention and Support

By Terry O’Neill and Don Kraus

There is a lot of talk these days about the importance of the women’s vote for the 2014 elections. Democrats and Republicans alike are courting women voters — Republicans are working as hard as they can to shed their anti-woman image stemming from the 2012 election cycle, while Democrats are working equally hard to shine as the party that fully supports women’s equality.

President Obama is in full courtship mode, speaking out on issues like the gender wage gap, workplace discrimination and sexual assault on college campuses. As well, perhaps, he should: he arguably owes his 2008 and 2012 wins to women voters, and neglecting them may have cost Democrats the House in 2010. Numerous polls show overwhelming support for the Treaty especially among young women and men.

But with control of Congress again at stake, the president should do something bolder to get women voters’ attention. One possibility is to call on the Senate to ratify the UN Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women, or the Women’s Equality Treaty.

The Women’s Equality Treaty is a landmark international agreement on fundamental human rights and equality for women everywhere. The United States helped draft the pact in the 1970s and signed it in 1981, but remains one of only seven countries that have not ratified it–along with Iran, Sudan, South Sudan, Somalia, and the two small Pacific Island nations of Palau and Tonga. These are embarrassing bedfellows.

The United States has a long history of leading the global drive for women’s rights. Eleanor Roosevelt helped ensure that the 1948 Universal Declaration on Human Rights included provisions on gender equality. The State Department, especially under former Secretary Hillary Clinton, worked to empower women in development, economics, post-conflict resolution and more.

But it hasn’t been enough. One in every three of the world’s women has suffered violent assault at some point in her life, and women worldwide are denied equal rights to education, health care, work, legal status, and more.

Even in the United States, problems like domestic violence, sexual assault, and workplace discrimination disproportionately plague women. Ratifying this agreement will not fix these or any other inequalities by itself, but it will give women’s rights advocates another tool to use in pressing legislators and employers to fix them, using our usual democratic processes.

And because we have not joined 187 other countries in ratifying the Women’s Equality Treaty, America is blocked from many conversations about women’s rights around the world.

The UN’s committee on the Women’s Equality Treaty, for example, oversees treaty implementation, issuing nonbinding recommendations for action toward gender equality. But committee members can only come from countries that are parties to the treaty. This means we cannot contribute our wide experience or our otherwise strong UN presence to promoting the rights of women.

Until we ratify this agreement, we can’t use all the tools available to combat violence and discrimination based on gender. And the treaty is just that – a tool. Some argue that ratification would threaten U.S. sovereignty, but that’s a red herring – the United States has ratified similar treaties under presidents of both parties with no such problem.

The real problem is that some senators flat-out oppose equal rights for women, and President Obama could galvanize women voters by saying so. In an election year, a ratification campaign would ignite instant controversy and excitement. But it might also generate bipartisan support in the Senate, where two-thirds of those present and voting would be needed for ratification.

As the president is routinely pointing out these days, U.S. women still are only paid an average of 77 cents for every dollar paid to a man, and they make up only 19 percent of members of Congress. We believe that voters deserve a clear opportunity to know which of their senators truly are willing to make women’s equality a priority.

Malala Yousafzai, the Pakistani teenager shot by the Taliban for defending girls’ education, said, “Some people only ask others to do something. I believe that, why should I wait for someone else? Why don’t I take a step and move forward?” Calling for Senate ratification of the Women’s Equality Treaty would be that step for President Obama.

Terry O’Neill, President , National Organization for Women and Don Kraus, CEO, Citizens for Global Solutions.



Special to The Enterprise

FD: Fit Food: For Father’s Day, prosciutto poppers recipe

June 06, 2014 |

By Sara Moulton
What to do on Father’s Day when it’s time to eat and you want to serve something manly and filling? Other than steak, that is. Here’s a nominee that re-engineers a classic sports bar appetizer — jalapeño poppers.
Standard jalapeño poppers are thumb-sized hot peppers stuffed with cream cheese and cheddar cheese, then breaded and deep-fried. Yummy, but most home cooks aren’t too excited for the mess of deep-frying.
That’s why there also is a baked version — half a jalapeño stuffed with cheese and wrapped in bacon. Both types are delicious, but neither is all that healthy. After all, we want to keep Dad around for a while.
So my version delivers guy’s-guy gratification without overdoing it.
From a culinary point of view, jalapeño poppers make complete sense. Nothing tames a chile’s heat like dairy. That’s why so many cultures serve their fiery entrées with dairy as a side dish. The Mexicans team up spicy tortillas with crema. The Indians serve hot curries with yogurt-based raita. And that’s why cheese is right at home in a jalapeño popper.
But it doesn’t have to be high-fat cheese. The fresh goat cheese in this recipe delivers the required creaminess, while a very modest amount of Parmigiano-Reggiano delivers the required flavor.
I brightened up the filling with scallions and lemon zest, then wrapped the stuffed jalapeño in prosciutto, my substitute for bacon. Though it has a lot less fat than bacon, prosciutto boasts big pork flavor. And when it’s baked, as it is here, it’s nice and crispy, which eliminates the need to coat the pepper with breadcrumbs.
A couple of tips for preparing the jalapeños. First, be sure to wear rubber gloves when you’re halving and gutting the peppers. No matter how macho you’re feeling, you don’t want those capsaicin oils burning your hands. Also, use a grapefruit spoon, if you have one, to remove the pepper’s innards — its ribs and seeds — which are the hottest parts of a chile.
Then serve it to the big guy with pride. He’ll never notice that many of its typical ingredients have gone AWOL.
Baked Prosciutto-Wrapped Jalapeño Poppers
Start to finish: 45 minutes (30 minutes active).
Servings: 6
4 ounces fresh goat cheese
1 ounce grated Parmigiano-Reggiano cheese
¼ cup finely chopped scallion greens
2 teaspoons grated lemon zest
Page 2 of 3 Jun 05, 2014 11:06:05AM MDT
6 jalapeño peppers
3 ounces (12 slices) prosciutto
Heat the oven to 450 F. Line a rimmed baking sheet with foil, then coat it with cooking spray.
In a medium bowl, combine the goat cheese, Parmigiano-Reggiano, scallion greens and lemon zest.
Halve the jalapeños lengthwise and carefully remove the ribs and seeds (wear rubber gloves if necessary
to protect your hands). Stuff each half with the cheese mixture, being sure to use all of the cheese
Wrap 1 slice of prosciutto around each stuffed jalapeño half, overlapping the ends of the prosciutto on the
bottom of the jalapeño. Arrange the poppers on the prepared baking sheet, then bake on the oven’s
center rack until the prosciutto is slightly crispy, about 15 minutes.
Nutrition information per serving: 110 calories; 60 calories from fat (55 percent of total calories); 7
g fat (4 g saturated; 0 g trans fats); 25 mg cholesterol; 2 g carbohydrate; 1 g fiber; 1 g sugar; 10 g
protein; 540 mg sodium.



The Associated Press

Prosciutto popper photo

June 06, 2014 |

Baked prosciutto-wrapped jalapeño poppers use fresh goat cheese for the required creaminess, while a very modest amount of Parmigiano-Reggiano delivers flavor. (Matthew Mead, The Associated Press)



The Associated Press

YOLO notes (May 2014)

May 08, 2014 |


“Flexibetical” listing…All As together, Bs together, etc.

Cover photos: main art should be Yolo County Fair, with a fireworks photo, pumpkin patch and bikes

USE “Courtesy photo” for all the shots from non-Enterprise photographers

Downtown trick or treat
Earthquake festival
Public pools
Stroll through history
Yolo county fair
Movies in the Park
fun runs to include turkey trot write-up (from first edition)
check festivals
Impossible Acres pumpkin patch (from first edition)

Davis Double Century
Ride 200 miles in one day through Yolo, Napa, and Lake counties on the most popular and one of the best supported double centuries in California. Always the 3rd Saturday in May.

Whole Earth
Scottish Games
Capay Almond Festival, Black history Day in Capay,
Pence Gallery Garden Tour
Picnic Day

Misc notes about 2014 #1
Picnic Day needs to be its own entry
Grand Fondo and Double Century should be in bike events

Misc notes about 2014#2
Add Dock Store to Sudwerk
Add Third Space events/activities — include Art Theater of Davis

(from Debbie)
This would be good to hold on to for a future YOLO magazine piece (if you wanted something longish) or Welcome. It’s a great wrap-up of local agricultural stuff. It’s running as a guest opinion piece tomorrow.

By Alan Humason
When it comes to Sacramento’s Farm to Fork initiative, Yolo County is all in. How could it be otherwise?

Yolo County is the farm to Sacramento’s fork. This fact goes well beyond supplying produce and proteins to Sacramento restaurants. Here’s how:

Yolo County is one of the most diverse farming regions in the nation, producing several hundred commodities including tomatoes, wine grapes, rice, a variety of grains, almonds and walnuts, olives, honey and, of course, our signature sunflowers. In addition, Yolo County is one of the nation’s leaders in the highly technical world of seed research and development.

Yolo County is the home of leading nonprofits such as the Center for Land Based Learning — dedicated to creating the next generation of farmers through its California Farm Academy — and Yolo Farm to Fork — a leader in expanding local school nutrition and education programs.

Yolo County Supervisor Don Saylor’s visionary Farm to Every Fork initiative — embracing Yolo Food Connect, Yolo County Farm Bureau and other progressive groups — means to address food security, distribution and nutrition issues in myriad ways.

We have wonderful farmers markets in Woodland, West Sacramento and most famously in Davis.

Yolo County is home of Farm Fresh To You (by Capay Organic), perhaps the largest Community Supported Agriculture service in Northern California; they even have a presence in San Francisco’s Ferry Building, the Taj Mahal of Bay Area markets.

In fact, there are several CSA providers based in Yolo County. You can find them via Harvest Hub Yolo, an online resource created by Yolo County Agricultural Commissioner John Young, connecting numerous farm producers to the general public. Another unusual outlet for locally grown produce from small family farms is the online Capay Valley Farm Shop.

Yolo County isn’t “small potatoes.” We help to feed the world, exporting to 95 countries from Afghanistan to Yemen.

Our county is home to three dozen olive oil producers, many of them award winners, such as Bondolio in Winters, gold medal winner at the 2013 New York International Olive Oil Competition. We can also lay claim to the new, state-of-the-art olive mill press owned and operated by Séka Hills in Brooks.

On the dining scene, Yolo County has its share of farm-to-fork restaurants: Kitchen428 in Woodland, Seasons and Monticello Seasonal Cuisine in Davis, and The Eatery in West Sacramento, just to name a few.

Yolo County wines are undeniably outstanding; you can find them in Clarksburg, Davis, Winters and the Capay Valley. Several have been picked for the Legends of Wine event at the state Capitol. What’s more, the dessert course at the Tower Bridge dinner will feature Yolo County wines exclusively.

Yolo County farms and vineyards host tours and events throughout the year in our gorgeous countryside. In just this October, you can enjoy the Hoes Down Harvest Festival at Fully Belly Farm, the Palate Project at UC Davis, Fresh Press Weekend — a Roots to Wine event — throughout the county and the annual Taste of Capay.

We claim UC Davis and the Robert Mondavi Institute for Food and Wine Science. Enough said.

Yolo Arts in Woodland sponsors an innovative program called the Art & Ag Project, connecting artists, farmers and the community, stressing the importance of preserving farmlands and the visual arts, culminating in a top-flight art show this fall. This program is so good, it has been recognized by the National Endowment for the Arts.

I could go on, but you get the idea. You can find out more when you visit the Yolo County booth at the Farm-to-Fork Festival on Saturday in Sacramento.

But to really taste, experience and savor the farm of the farm-to-fork movement, come to Yolo County; you’ll love it here.

— Alan Humason is executive director of the Yolo County Visitors Bureau.



Afraid to camp? Nothing to fear but fear itself (Hold for Tanya)

May 16, 2014 |

By Solvej Schou

Growing up in Los Angeles, I loved camping.

My family and I regularly escaped the city’s concrete sprawl for California’s wilder edges, driving deep into the desert or high up into the mountains. We’d set up a tent and plunk down sleeping bags, each trip a dusty, if slightly smelly, adventure.

Then something changed. As an adult, I stopped camping. Though still an avid nature-lover and hiker, I didn’t want to abandon the modern perks of home — roof, electricity, bed! — or similarly equipped hotels.

This year I decided to break that 15-year-long camping drought. I joined my stepmother, sister, aunt, uncle and Danish father, who has averaged three camping trips a year since he moved to California in 1977, on a three-day camping excursion in Pinnacles National Park, south of San Jose. The experience turned out fun, freeing and easier than I thought it would be.

Here are five things you might be worried about when it comes to camping, along with ways to cope.

Forgoing a comfy mattress for a sleeping bag may not sound appealing, but there are ways to lessen the ick. Driving to a campground versus hiking in means you can stuff your vehicle with provisions — including a tent you can stand up in for maximum comfort.

The taller the entrance to your tent, the less it affects your back. Then make sure to have a self-inflating mattress, like a Therm-a-Rest, or an air mattress you can inflate with a pump. Slip it under your sleeping bag to avoid the sleepless scenes from “The Princess and the Pea.” Another option is a collapsible camp cot.

Camping in spring and summer means using lighter rectangular sleeping bags stuffed with synthetic material. When it’s cold, go with a down-filled mummy-shaped sleeping bag that cinches around your face. I also found bringing a bedroom pillow helped. It smelled and felt like home.

These days some commercially operated campgrounds offer Internet access. But if you’re heading to wilderness-type parks, depending on location, you may not even have cellphone service.

You can always bring an external battery pack and angrily play Candy Crush for hours, but that really defeats the purpose of being outdoors. I did bring my excellent Jackery Fit portable battery pack, but only to make sure my iPhone was charged enough to take photos during hikes into Pinnacles’ winding mountain caves.

Channel the great naturalist Henry David Thoreau, and remember that the internet will still be there later. Play cards, eat, drink, breathe in fresh air, hike, build a campfire and enjoy the company of others — in person instead of online.

You love food, and so do animals, including squirrels and bears, whose sense of smell overshadows ours and who may find your fragrant dinner supplies irresistible. Just remember: They want your food, not you.

Never leave trash, toiletries, dirty dishes, food or drinks unattended. Don’t leave trash and open containers in your car or around the campsite. Look for metal lockers to store trash and food onsite. Keep your tent zipped up, and keep in mind that bugs and birds also enjoy nibbling on half-eaten peanut butter sandwiches, so don’t give them the chance.

As for ticks and mosquitoes, insect repellent works. For major bug phobias or when biting insects are thick, outdoor supply stores and websites sell inexpensive, lightweight mesh jackets that you can zip yourself into — including your hands and face if need be.

Bathrooms and electricity
You can live without electricity, a full-length mirror and private bathrooms without sacrificing hygiene or general spiffiness.

Most developed tent campgrounds you can drive to have communal bathrooms with running drinking water, sinks and showers, but check in advance. Pretend you’re at the Coachella Valley Music and Arts Festival, strap on a floppy hat and embrace a wind-swept, natural look.

Try gas- or battery-powered lanterns for preparing food and hanging out in the evening. A headlamp works well for midnight bathroom runs and as a makeshift night-light hung in a tent.

Leaving your smoothie blender home doesn’t mean you can’t have delicious food while camping.

Get a decently sized cooler that can keep your food cold for a few days before the ice needs to be changed out, and a small basin to wash dishes. Bring a propane gas-powered camp stove with one or two burners. In campgrounds with grills, you can fire-roast anything from portobello mushrooms to zucchini. At night my family and I made gooey s’mores.

“Approach camping as an adventure with possibilities of new experiences of fun, and the possibility of challenges,” my dad told me. “Camping gives you a sense of togetherness in a natural environment you’re not usually in, that you end up enjoying together.”



The Associated Press

National Climate Assessment Shows Climate Change is Already Here

May 10, 2014 |

By Elisabeth Robbins

The National Climate Assessment released this week tells us that climate change is happening now. Not some future time, but now. We see examples all around us—12 inches of rain in 12 hours in Dubuque, IA, 22 inches of rain awash in the streets of Miami, 102 degrees in May in Kansas, our own record drought and shortage of irrigation water in Yolo County. While record numbers of weather records are being set each year, most of these weather extremes are still within the range of historical cycles. It’s the frequency and intensity of our weather nationwide that is not normal. The pattern of more intense weather occurring more frequently shows something new is happening. It can be seen in the hard data of current measurements, not models of what someone thinks will happen in the future.

Regardless of what is causing our freaky weather, we know what we can do to prevent it from getting much, much worse. Stop putting so much greenhouse gas into the atmosphere.

It’s not a question of whether we will act; it’s become a question of when. As a kid, I learned “a stitch in time saves nine.” Taking action now and limiting world temperature rise to 2 degrees Celsius (3.8 F), the latest IPCC report estimates, would reduce global growth by only 0.06% over the next century, reducing the earth’s annual growth rate from about 2.5% down to 2.44%. But that is probably an overestimate, because the cost of action now does not include the billions gained each year from weather catastrophes that don’t happen–the crops not lost to drought, homes and businesses not lost to flood waters and rising tides, forests not lost to wildfire, etc. Not to mention lives not lost to heat stroke. Each year we delay action we increase our future costs,

A reasonable assessment of the danger of doing nothing should spur both Republicans and Democrats to action for the good of the country. All three of our elected representatives, Senators Feinstein and Boxer and Representative Garamendi , have indicated they would support a carbon tax or fee as a way to encourage Americans to use less fossil fuel. But to earn Republican support, they’ll need to agree that the fee be revenue neutral, meaning all revenue is returned to households with nothing held back to build government programs.

That compromise is a small price to pay for a big return on creating a livable environment for our children. Do we pay a little now, or a lot later?

— Elisabeth Robbins is a Woodland resident.



Special to The Enterprise

Ads are for real: Buick gets double takes

From page A9 | April 25, 2014 |

The television ads where neighbors, friends and family can’t identify a new car as a Buick are true to life.

The attractive styling on a 2014 Buick Regal test car so stumped admirers, many could not believe it was a Buick. The common question was, “What kind of car is that?” — even as they stared at the Buick and Regal badges.

Still others couldn’t believe the 2014 Regal only has four-cylinder engines. In fact, a newly improved, direct injected, turbocharged four cylinder is offered on every trim level for 2014 and delivers a commendable 259 horsepower and 295 foot-pounds of torque.

2014 Buick Regal GS AWD

Base price: $29,690 for base Regal FWD; $31,560 for Premium I FWD; $31,865 for base Regal AWD; $33,735 for Premium I AWD; $33,760 for Premium II FWD; $35,935 for Premium II AWD; $36,905 for GS FWD; $39,270 for GS AWD

Price as tested: $44,275

Type: Front-engine, all-wheel drive, five-passenger, mid-size sedan

Engine: 2-liter, turbocharged/intercooled, double overhead cam, direct injection, inline four cylinder

Mileage: 19 mpg (city), 27 mpg (highway)

Length: 190.2 inches

Wheelbase: 107.8 inches

Curb weight: 3,981 pounds

Built at: Oshawa, Ontario, Canada

Options: Driver confidence package #2 (includes adaptive cruise control, automatic collision preparation) $1,695; power moonroof $1,000; driver confidence package No. 1 (includes forward collision alert, rear cross traffic alert, lane departure warning, memory settings for front seats and outside mirrors) $890; Crystal Red tintcoat exterior paint $495

Destination charge: $925

Subtly restyled with new light-emitting diode headlights and infotainment display for 2014, the Regal can come with front- or all-wheel drive. New safety features, such as cross traffic alert when the vehicle is backing up out of a parking space, are added to the equipment offerings. Plus, every Regal includes two years/24,000 miles of free scheduled maintenance.

Best of all, the 2014 Regal earned top, five out of five stars overall in federal government crash testing.

It’s also a recommended buy of Consumer Reports magazine where predicted reliability is average.

Starting manufacturer’s suggested retail price, including destination charge, is $30,615 for a base, front-wheel drive, 2014 Regal with 259-horsepower, turbo four cylinder and six-speed automatic. The lowest starting price for a 2014 Regal with all-wheel drive is $32,790, or $2,175 more. And the top, Regal GS has a starting retail price of $40,195 for 2014. But it does not include a power moonroof. That’s $1,000 extra.

Competitors include other premium, front-wheel drive sedans with four-cylinder engines.

As an example, the 2014 Acura TSX sedan has a starting MSRP, including destination charge, of $31,620 with 201-horsepower four cylinder and automatic transmission. The TSX, however, is not available with all-wheel drive.

Meantime, the front-wheel drive, 2014 Volvo S60 with 240-horsepower, turbocharged four cylinder and automatic transmission has a starting retail price of $34,225. The lowest starting MSRP, including destination charge, for a 2014 S60 with all-wheel drive is $35,725.

The Regal tester, a top-of-the-line GS AWD model with six-speed automatic, looked good in its tasteful Crystal Red Tintcoat paint and 19-inch alloy wheels. The car had a rich appearance and was visually interesting even on the sides, where door panels have an attractive sculpting line.

Fit and finish on the test car was excellent, too, with gaps between exterior metal body panels small in size and well aligned.

The car impressed with its quiet passenger compartment and overall handling, no matter which of three drive control modes it was in.

In standard drive control, the ride was the most compliant for daily commutes or leisurely weekend drives. It was definitely not harsh but still felt well-controlled.

The GS mode setting — activated by a button near the top of the dashboard — made the throttle more responsive, stiffened the ride and increased the steering effort needed. This setting worked well to manage body lean of the car as it traveled twisty mountain roads. The increased steering effort fit well, too, with the well-sized and tactilely pleasing steering wheel.

In between standard and GS drive settings is a sport mode with its own button on the dashboard. But in the test car, it wasn’t easy to notice much change in this middle setting, and the test car spent much of its time in standard or GS.

The Regal’s 2-liter, direct injected turbocharged four cylinder engine worked so smoothly, some passengers didn’t recognize a turbo was under the hood. Power was strong and steady, with just a hint of a lag as maximum torque of 295 foot-pounds hit by 2,500 rpm. The peppy, yet refined performance is good, considering the Regal GS AWD weighs nearly 4,000 pounds. Buick reports this model has a 6.8-second time from 0 to 60 miles per hour.

The 2014 Regal GS FWD with six-speed manual transmission — yes, Buick offers a manual on the Regal — is fastest, with a 6.2-second time.

Fuel economy isn’t as high as might be expected in this mid-size sedan. The federal government rates a 2014 Regal GS AWD model with automatic at just 19 miles per gallon in city driving and 27 mpg on the highway. The test car averaged 18 mpg in city driving and not quite 24 mpg on the highway with a lot of spirited driving.

Premium fuel is suggested but not required, and the Regal’s 18-gallon fuel tank — which can provide a combined city/highway range of less than 400 miles — can cost nearly $70 to fill with mid-range gasoline at today’s prices.

At less than 16 feet long from bumper to bumper, the Regal feels right sized, and the tester was agile and easy to park.

The back seat, with 37.3 inches of legroom and 36.8 inches of headroom, looks smaller than it is. Smaller stature adults at the outboard seat positions back there found decent space for feet and legs if front seats were moved up a bit on their tracks. The middle spot, however, is tight when three adults are back there. And the middle person has to contend with a sizable hump in the floor.

Trunk space in the Regal is 14.2 cubic feet, just a tad more than the 14 cubic feet in the TSX.

The 2014 Regal with automatic transmission is among the General Motors Co. vehicles recalled this month because a cable in the transmission may disengage from the shift lever. If this occurs, the driver may be unable to put the Regal into “park,” creating the risk the car could roll away.





April 10, 2014 |

The Pleasants/Hoskins “Joyful Ranch” will be the site of the May 1 Winters History Symposium. Courtesy photo



Special to The Enterprise

Winters history photo

April 10, 2014 |

The picture is from the Vacaville Museum collection, showing the earliest fruit growers in Solano County. The people in the picture have their age following their names, and in parenthesis the year they arrived in this area. The picture was taken April 29th, 1894 at the James M. Pleasants ranch in upper Pleasants Valley to celebrate the 85th birthday of J.M. Pleasants.

Front row, Left to Right, John Reid Wolfskill, 90 (1836); M.R. Miller, 76, (1849); James Madison Pleasants, 85 (1849); J.R. Collins, 67, (1849); and G. W. Thissell, 65, (1850)
Back row, Left to Right, William James Pleasants, 60, (1849); E.R. Thurber, 68, (1850); Richardson Long, 74 (1849); and Edwin C. Rust, founder of the Winters Express in 1884.



Special to The Enterprise

PD 2014: Past themes

April 03, 2014 |

Every year, the Picnic Day board of directors selects a theme to reflect the mission and vision of that year’s Picnic Day. The theme is incorporated into many of the events at Picnic Day, especially the Picnic Day Parade.

2013 – Snapshot
2012 – Then, Now, Always
2011 – Rewind
2010 – Carpe Davis: Seizing Opportunities
2009 – Reflections: 100 Years of Aggie Legacy
2008 – A Kaleidoscope of Voices
2007 – Making Our Mark
2006 – Celebrate Today
2005 – Live on One Shields Ave.
2004 – Shifting Gears for 90 Years
2003 – Rock The Picnic
2002 – Open Mind, Open Door
2001 – Aggies Shine Together
2000 – Life’s A Picnic
1999 – Moo-ving Into the Future
1998 – Breaking New Ground
1997 – UC Davis Outstanding in It’s Fields
1996 – Carrying the Torch of Tradition
1995 – Down To Earth
1994 – Students Shining Through
1993 – Faces of the Future
1992 – Moovin Ahead
1991 – Catch the Spirit, Building a Better U
1990 – Shaping Our Environment with Diversity, Tradition and Style
1989 – Challenging Our Future Today
1988 – Progress Backed By Tradition
1987 – On The Move
1986 – Reaching New Heights
1985 – Setting The Pace
1984 – Celebrating Excellence: UCD’s Diamond Anniversary
1983 – Meeting the Challenge
1982 –
1981 – ’81 A Vintage Year
1980 – Decade Debut
1979 – Aggie Energy
1978 – Davis Directions
1977 –
1976 – UCDiversity
1975 – Hay Day
1974 – Cycles
1973 – The Farm Mooves
1972 – Remember the First
1971 – Memories of the Past… A Challenge to the Future
1970 – Blowing in the Wind
1969 – Freewheeling & Friendly
1968 – Know Your University and 100 Years Later
1967 – Farm
1966 –
1965 – Aggie Country
1964 – Today’s Aggie Family
1963 – Aggie Jubilee
1962 – Kaleidoscope ’62
1961 – Workshop for the World
1960 – Foundations for the Future
1959 – U-Diversity
1958 – Showcase of Progress
1957 – Campus Cavalcade
1956 – Aggie Milestones
1955 – Future Unlimited
1954 – California Cornucopia
1953 – At Home
1952 – Preview of Progress
1951 – Harvest of Science
1950 – Cavalcade of Agriculture
1949 – Research Makes the Difference
1941 – We Are Still Behind the Plow
1940 – Agriculture, the Nation’s Foundation
1937 – Cal Aggies, Farmer better living, partners in Agricultural progress
1936 – Be entertained
1935 – Agriculture Ahead
1934 – 25 years ago
1933 – A New Day in Agriculture
1930 – Twenty Years Ago in Agriculture
1928 – Look Beneath the Surface
1923 – Follow the Sign



Enterprise staff

PD 2014 Campus Rec events (from online newsletter)

April 02, 2014 |

The 100th Picnic Day is right around the corner on April 12, and Campus Recreation and Unions is ready to celebrate! Here’s a sneak peak at what our units have planned.
Activities and Recreation Center (ARC): Open house, 11 a.m.–4 p.m.
Cal Aggie Marching Band: CAMB will strut their stuff in the Picnic Day parade, 8–10 a.m. Catch them again at the Arboretum during Battle of the Bands, 2–10 p.m.
Craft Center: Open house, noon–3 p.m.
Equestrian Center: Open house, noon–3 p.m.
Games Area: Arcade open 10 a.m.–5 p.m. Bowling and billiards available 5–11 p.m.
Outdoor Adventures: Open house, 11 a.m.–3 p.m. Check out the new facility and learn about the exciting activities and classes offered in spring.
Sport Clubs: Sport Clubs will host the Men’s Waterpolo Alumni Game, 9–10 a.m., and the Women’s Waterpolo Alumni Game, 10–11 a.m., at Hickey Pool.



Enterprise staff

PD 2014: Parade marshals from UCD website

March 29, 2014 |

Hal & Carol Sconyers
The centennial Picnic Day Board of Directors is pleased to introduce this year’s parade marshals – Hal & Carol Sconyers and Sandy Holman. We believe that these individuals exemplify what it means to have Aggie Pride and spirit through their pivotal contributions and roles on the UC Davis campus. These individuals have helped make Davis what it is today.

For their part, Hal & Carol Sconyers have proven that that they both are true Aggies. Having both graduated from Davis, the Sconyerses now reside at the University Retirement Community just a mile from campus. Hal graduated from UC Davis in 1952 with a degree in Agronomy from the College of Agricultural and Environmental Sciences. He initially enrolled at Davis as a veteran using the G.I. Bill to pay for his tuition. When Hal first came to Davis in 1948, he registered as a pre vet major; this was the same year that UC Davis’ School of Veterinary Medicine opened. Carol began her time at Davis in 1951 as a Home Economics major. While at Davis, Hal was a part of the Alpha Gamma Rho fraternity. Hal and his then new wife, Carol, were both on the Alpha Gamma Rho float as a part of the 1952 Picnic Day parade.

Through his studies in agronomy at UC Davis, Hal was able to gain experience in making farm loans at a major bank in Sacramento, which started him on a long career in financial services. This would lead him to becoming the founding CEO and President of the Modesto Banking Company (MBC). After spending many years in the banking industry in Modesto, the Sconyerses made their return back to Davis in 1994. It was at his desk in the the MBC bank that Hal received a call from a UC Davis development officer asking for his financial support of the Alpha Gamma Rho room in the soon-to-be built Walter A. Buehler Alumni Center; it was the building of the Walter A. Buehler Alumni Center that catalyzed his & Carol’s return.

It was during this return that the Sconyerses both fell in love with the Davis community and campus for a second time. Hal was on the California Aggie Alumni Association board for four years, from 1991 to 1995. He also served on the UC Davis Foundation board from 1995 to 2001. It was through such contributions that started the now successful CAAA. The Sconyerses were also very great friends with the fifth chancellor of UC Davis, Larry Vanderhoef. When Chancellor Vanderhoef initially started his tenure, one of his goals included a campaign to create a performing arts center on campus. The goal was to bring world-class performers to Davis students and surrounding communities. After hearing his plans, the Sconyerses became very instrumental in bringing the idea into fruition. They were on the early steering committee and helped raise the initial seed money for what is now the Robert and Margrit Mondavi Center for the Performing Arts. When the facility was being built, they were able to participate in hardhat tours and were present on the opening night and very first performance at the Mondavi Center. Carol took a particularly large role at the Mondavi Center. She was the President of “Friends of UC Davis Presents” for a year before it became the “Friends of the Mondavi Center,” which she led for 2 years. To this day, the Sconyers continue to take an active role in the arts. They volunteer as ushers at matinee shows at the Mondavi Center.

In addition to their aforementioned contributions, the Sconyerses have contributed to UC Davis’ Intercollegiate Athletics, the Cal Aggie Marching Band, UC Davis Medical Center, Graduate School of Management, as well as both CAAA and CA&ES scholarship programs. Hal & Carol also still attend UC Davis sport games on a daily basis – always cheering for their favorite Aggie team! It is through such contributions and reasons that the 100th Picnic Day Board of Directors is excited to have them as this year’s parade marshals. Through this nomination, the board feels we are celebrating the Sconyerses for their many contributions to UC Davis as a great institution.

Sandy Holman
Sandy Holman has also proven to display Aggie pride through her admirable work. She graduated from UC Davis in 1987 as a Psychology major. With her degree, Sandy was able to work with the two things that she loved in life – people and writing. All of her experiences would eventually lead to her starting the Culture Co-Op. While at Davis, Sandy took an active role on campus through her multiple jobs, including a job at the Tape Lab, where students could rent out tapes of lectures, as well as was on the volleyball team. While at Davis, Sandy was also able to meet her husband, who is also a fellow Aggie alumnus. Next year, they will have been married for 25 years!

After graduation, Sandy began to write on the side, which eventually culminated to her publishing many books that have been nationally and internationally circulated. She found a great interest in the interactions between people and how that is sometimes manifested through prejudices and biases. It was her goal to fight such prevalent social injustices through her work, which was aided by her experience in dealing with different groups of people. It is Sandy’s goal to counteract these social injustices, which would result in people realizing their fullest potential.

After working several jobs, which included interacting with children, Sandy started the Culture Co-Op in 1991 as a way to fight against hate. It is her hope that she leaves a legacy that “encourage[s] people to love themselves and others and to share power and resources in the world.” In addition to spearheading the Culture Co-Op, Sandy also served on the board at the International House for 3 years. While on the board, Sandy collaborated on the International Festival, which brought three thousand people in its first year. The focus of the festival is to bring different cultures of many countries to the people of Davis for a day as an educational experience.

Through her work in fostering diversity and community at Davis, the 100th Picnic Day Board is very proud to nominate Sandy Holman as the other parade marshal for this centennial celebration. It is our belief that through Sandy’s continued and past work, such feelings of unity are felt throughout the UC Davis campus and in the city of Davis.



Special to The Enterprise

Honda Smart House

March 22, 2014 |

MAK Design+Build is proud to announce the opening of the Honda Smart Home US, a showcase for environmental innovation on the UC Davis campus in the West Village net-zero neighborhood. This demonstration home is a showcase for cutting edge green living and transportation technologies.

MAK designed the interior spaces and provided sustainability consulting for interior details including fixtures, appliances, furniture and finishes. All furnishings and finishes were selected to maintain the highest levels of indoor air quality and minimize environmental impact. Efficient plumbing, lighting, and appliance selections will reduce the consumption load for the life of the house. Beautiful finishes and furnishings ensure that the home is as enjoyable as it is healthy and responsible.

Other local businesses involved with the project include Davis Energy Group, Monley Cronin, Cunningham Engineering, and the California Lighting and Technology Center.

The Honda Smart Home US is located at 299 Sage Street in the West Village area of campus and will be open for public tours on March 25 from 12 pm to 4 pm. The house will be open again Friday, March 28, Saturday March 29, and Sunday March 30 from 11 am to 4 pm. More information is available at



Ski camp notes

December 01, 2013 |

As part of the Davis High School ski team for three seasons, junior Davis Perez has regularly heard coach Bob Brewer say at the last meeting of the year, “If you really want to improve your skiing, consider going to race camp this summer.”

So Davis, his younger brother, Tate, and five of their friends took Brewer’s advice to heart and booked spots at Timberline Summer Snow Race Camp at Mt. Hood, Ore.

(Details about ski camp)
So what can one expect at summer ski camp?

Timberline Summer Snow Race Camp (

So who else attended ski camp?

Ski team kids as well as kids who want to be on the DHS team getting a head start. Besides then-seventh-graders Tate Perez and Kyle Powell, two of this year’s freshman racers, Josh Lovell and Jackson Lutzker attended last summer.

National license plates from many of the 50 states; but international skiers … heard Russian, Japanese, and kids skied beside members of the Canadian Olympic team.

2,100 lift tickets sold on Monday (looks far less crowded)

32 stayed with Timberline that we used….Major benefit is it’s the only race camp with lift line-cutting privileges.

You can stay at the Timberline Lodge, recognizable as the exterior of “The Overlook Hotel” from The Shining, or rent a place. Talk about our place and how the kids loved it.
Kids who stayed at camp did afternoon activities…Mt. Hood Adventure Park, rafting on XXX river,

Can demo skis in Govt. Camp

Daily videoing gets done, and at the end of the ski day, students sit with their instructors to go over the day’s footage…instructor analyzes footage with skiers. Send a DVD home at the end of the camp.

From Timberline website:

Quality coaching from our experienced and dedicated staff provides participants with an optimal training experience. Our emphasis during Performance Camps is on gate training for Giant Slalom and Slalom. This camp is ideal for both the beginner racer and the very experienced competitor. Summer race camp is the perfect opportunity to focus on fundamentals and make changes that will make you faster for the coming season. Groups are divided based on age and ability.

Details about the cabin/recreation in the area

Entertainment in the area…Alpine Slide (name of that park?), Portland not too far (look this up) and a jet boat along the Willamette River. Huckleberry milkshakes!

(move this lower)
My husband, Steve, and I assumed we’d have the week off to do whatever we wanted while the kids were at camp, but our older son approached us and asked if we’d consider renting a place near ski camp for the group of friends (with Steve and I as chaperones). Long story short, we opted for that rather than having the kids lodge at Timberline.

Once we got to Mt. Hood, we knew several other Davis students who attended camp and stayed at the lodge, and those we talked to reported enjoying it. But our guys were very happy having the cabin as a home base.

The lodge, it should be said, is the famous Timberline Lodge, recognizable as the exterior of “The Overlook Hotel” from Stephen King’s horror movie, “The Shining.”

Tyler Powell:

3. The conditions were very icy in the morning, then got to a good condition of snow after an hour of skiing. The rest of the day was slushy!

4. My coach was very awesome! They went to the personal level, learning your name and wanting to help you ski better.

Tyler Powell
Joel Almeida:

6. The best part was probably the alpine slide, that was crazy. We originally had planned to spend some of the day there and most at the other part of the amusement park but we ended up going back to it because it was so fun. It probably never would have been allowed in California; there were no safety regulations like helmets, which made it way cooler. I almost fell out a couple of times, but I never did, so the risk just made it better. Getting air on it was also awesome.
5. I would do absolutely do it again, no question about it. I don’t know if I would do it if I wasn’t gonna be in the cabin with my friends, though. That was the best part, because while our coach, Ben, was great, the conditions of the mountain weren’t. While it was nice to be skiing in the summer, it wasn’t very good skiing. There were no trees, no powder, just the icy, salty, steep race course. However, being with friends and getting to go do crazy awesome things like the alpine slide and riverboat tour was super cool, and it was good to get the practice in for the next season. (That sorta answered some of the other questions too I guess)
Timberline notes:

Timberline Summer Snow Race Camp (

Ski team kids as well as kids who want to be on the DHS team getting a head start (Lovell, Lutzker)

National license plates from many of the 50 states; but international skiers … heard Russian, Japanese, and kids skied beside members of the Canadian Olympic team.

2,100 lift tickets sold on Monday (looks far less crowded)

32 stayed with Timberline that we used….Major benefit is it’s the only race camp with lift line-cutting privileges.

You can stay at the Timberline Lodge, recognizable as the exterior of “The Overlook Hotel” from The Shining, or rent a place. Talk about our place and how the kids loved it.
Kids who stayed at camp did afternoon activities…Mt. Hood Adventure Park, rafting on XXX river,

Can demo skis in Govt. Camp

Entertainment in the area…Alpine Slide (name of that park?), Portland not too far (look this up) and a jet boat along the Willamette River.

Daily videoing gets done, and at the end of the ski day, students sit with their instructors to go over the day’s footage…instructor analyzes footage with skiers. Send a DVD home at the end of the camp.

Huckleberry milkshakes!

From Timberline website:

Quality coaching from our experienced and dedicated staff provides participants with an optimal training experience. Our emphasis during Performance Camps is on gate training for Giant Slalom and Slalom. This camp is ideal for both the beginner racer and the very experienced competitor. Summer race camp is the perfect opportunity to focus on fundamentals and make changes that will make you faster for the coming season. Groups are divided based on age and ability.

AGE 10 AND UP (younger age possible with approval)

June 30 – July 6
July 7 – July 13
July 21 – July 27

Combine two sessions and receive a $100 credit.

DAY CAMP SESSIONS (5-DAY) – $575/person
July 1 – 5
July 8 – 12
July 22 – 26
DAY DAY CAMP SESSIONS (3-DAY) – $375/person
July 1 – 3
July 8 – 10
July 22 – 24

Day 1: Free skiing warm-up, drills focusing on athletic stance and GS Training drills.
Day 2: Warm-up drills focus on athletic stance, GS Training with individual focus.
Day 3: Warm-up drills, GS training with individual focus, timed GS runs
Day 4: Warm-up drills with slalom focus, slalom training with individual focus.
Day 5: Warm-up drills, slalom training with individual focus, timed slalom runs.

• Safe & Secure
• Priority Lift Access (cut to the front of the line!)
• Early summer season soft snow
• No attitudes, intimidation or embarrassment
• Home Court Advantage – We run the Ski Area
• Historic Timberline Lodge
• Professional Coaches & Counselors
• On-hill lodging at Timberline Lodge
• Video Analysis
• Afternoon Activities
• Meals by award winning Timberline Culinary Team
• Camp session DVD
• Camper promo gift pack

Same as above, but without the lodging, afternoon activities, meals and camp session DVD. Video analysis available for additional $20.



America can quit coal and oil addiction the same way we’re quitting tobacco

February 18, 2014 |

By Mark Reynolds

Back when Fred Flintstone was puffing away on Winston cigarettes in the 1960s, it was hard to imagine the day would ever come when we would see the end of smoking in the U.S. But, much to the relief of our overburdened health-care system, some officials now dare to predict that the adult smoking rate will drop to 5 percent or lower by mid-century.

So, how is America breaking its addiction to tobacco, and what lessons can we apply to a similarly dangerous addiction — the burning of fossil fuels?

For starters, the days when ashtrays were a fixture on nearly every office desk are long gone, thanks to restrictions on smoking in the workplace, restaurants, airlines and other confined spaces where humans must share the air. Being a smoker today is, to say the least, inconvenient, as workers in cities like Minneapolis must sometimes brave 10-below wind chill to satisfy their nicotine fix.

While restrictions are making smokers outcasts, there’s an even more powerful incentive to quit or never take up this nasty habit: Economics.

I risk dating myself here, but I can recall a time when every diner in America had a vending machine in which you could drop two quarters, pull a lever and acquire your favorite pack of smokes. These days, that same box of Marlboros will set you back $6 in some places, courtesy of the heavy state and federal taxes placed on cigarettes.

At a certain point, people are confronted with the total insanity of spending over two grand a year to increase their chances of getting lung cancer, money better spent on things like, oh, groceries. Teenagers working minimum-wage jobs, even those who flunked algebra, can easily do the math and figure out that a pack-a-day habit eats up maybe a quarter of their paycheck.

The taxes we place on tobacco are a prime example of an economic tool called Pigovian taxation, named after an early 20th Century economist named Arthur Pigou. Many conservative economists subscribe to this school of thought, which maintains that the free market normally produces things that are good for society. There are times, Pigou argued, however, when the market fails. Those times occur when something imposes a cost to society that is not reflected in its price. When that happens, it is necessary to correct that market failure with a tax.

Cigarette smoking imposes tremendous costs to our society. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention attributes 480,000 deaths per year in the U.S. to smoking, including 42,000 deaths from second-hand smoke. The economic cost is equally staggering: $133 billion in direct medical care for adults and more than $156 billion in lost productivity.

By imposing a heavy tax on cigarettes, some of those costs are now reflected in the price Americans pay for tobacco. That steep price is discouraging people from buying cigarettes and helping us move toward a smoke-free, healthier society.

In a similar way, conservative economists – from Greg Mankiw, to Douglas Holtz-Eakin to George Shultz – believe a Pigovian tax should be applied to fix the market failure surrounding fossil fuels. These fuels are relatively cheap because, like tobacco years ago, their costs to society are not accounted for in their price.

Those costs include treating respiratory and other health problems associated with air pollution. They also include costs associated with climate change, which will get higher in years to come if we fail to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. We’re talking about damage from weather-related disasters made worse by global warming, higher food prices stemming from crop shortages, and deaths and hospitalizations caused by extreme heat.

The failure of Congress to treat our fossil fuel addiction the same way we treated our tobacco addiction is forcing President Obama to deal with climate change through a regulatory process abhorred by conservatives.

Such regulations would be unnecessary if Congress enacted a steadily-rising tax on the carbon content of coal, oil and gas. This would correct the market failure that makes fossil fuels our first option to generate electricity and provide transportation. If revenue from such a tax returned to households, we can break our carbon addiction without imposing economic hardship on families. Border tariffs on imports from nations that lack a similar pricing mechanism will motivate other countries to follow our lead.

Taxes are already helping us to kick the tobacco habit. They can help us kick another equally harmful habit and preserve a livable world for our grandchildren. As Fred would say, “Yabba-dabba-doo!”

Mark Reynolds is Executive Director of Citizens Climate Lobby.

On Fri, Feb 14, 2014 at 4:08 PM, Debbie Davis wrote:
Hi Elisabeth:
The text of the oped piece did not arrive with your form. Would you mind attaching it to this email?

On Feb 14, 2014, at 3:27 PM, Davis Enterprise wrote:

Full Name
Elisabeth Robbins
City of Residence
Phone (including area code)
ending addiction to tobacco shows how to end addiction to fossil fuels
News Tip
Hi Debra,

I have just received this oped from Citizens Climate Lobby Executive Director Mark Reynolds, and I’m sending it to you in hopes you will publish it. Health officials have recently reported that they now think we can virtually eliminate smoking in the US by mid-century. This is great news for the health of our country. And it shows how we might break another harmful addiction, burning fossil fuels that emit heat-trapping gases.

I hope you will consider running this oped in the Davis Enterprise.


Elisabeth Robbins
Yolo County Citizens Climate Lobby
150 Freeman Street
Woodland, CA 95695
319 981 6555



Special to The Enterprise

SPRING HI: Proper planning is key to enjoyable home remodeling

February 13, 2014 |

After years of biding their time, waiting for the economy, job stability, and home values to improve, many homeowners are ready to get their remodeling projects rolling. Local designers report that new client contacts have increased significantly over the past few years.

While deferring home improvements can make some homeowner’s over-eager to get started, MAK Design+Build’s project assistant Juliana Tadano stresses that the first and most important step in remodeling is to create a game plan. Tadano provides suggestions below for moving your project from a “someday” daydream to a “let’s do this” reality in a smart, efficient manner.

* The most important step in remodeling is to establish a plan. Will you be staying in the home long-term or remodeling to improve real estate interest? How does your home compare to others in your neighborhood, in terms of condition, improvements and value? This can help you establish a realistic budget for investing in your home. While you can’t recover all of your remodeling costs through selling your home, a smart remodel can make your home more desirable on the market as well as more enjoyable to live in.

* Next consider where the most positive impact could be made. Are your kitchen cabinets falling apart? Bathroom tiles falling off? Or are the kids outgrowing your small footprint?

Consider your kitchens, baths, roof, and HVAC system as well as the additional space that most people long for. Many homes in Davis have original components that are reaching the end of their useful lives. Update the hardworking rooms and systems in your house that you use every day to enjoy the maximum value of your project. You can often improve the traffic flow, storage and enjoyment of your existing home without adding space — which keeps costs down and shortens the time you will be living through your remodel.

* Determine priorities, an overall budget and a budget for each room or section of the project. Be sure to factor in timeframes that works best for your family. Then head to inspirational websites such as and to explore what sorts of possibilities excite you. Discuss your project ideas and goals with everyone in your family — not only does everyone have different needs, but everyone will need to live through the planning, dust and disruption that remodeling brings. Engaging the whole family will open up opportunities for everyone to be excited about the project ahead.

When you are ready to contact remodeling professionals, having done this research and prioritizing will make the interview process smoother. Be sure to look for licensed, local professionals who specialize in remodeling and have experience in your area.

Don’t be afraid to discuss budget, as this will help your remodeling professional make suggestions on prioritizing your list of projects. A responsible remodeler will help you maximize your investment and prioritize your needs. Proper planning will help you manage costs, minimize headaches and maximize the enjoyment of your project.



Special to The Enterprise

A solution for bad teaching

February 08, 2014 |

A Solution for Bad Teaching
By Adam Grant

PHILADELPHIA — IT’S no secret that tenured professors cause problems in universities. Some choose to rest on their laurels, allowing their productivity to dwindle. Others develop tunnel vision about research, inflicting misery on students who suffer through their classes.

Despite these costs, tenure may be a necessary evil: It offers job security and intellectual freedom in exchange for lower pay than other occupations that require advanced degrees.

Instead of abolishing tenure, what if we restructured it? The heart of the problem is that we’ve combined two separate skill sets into a single job. We ask researchers to teach, and teachers to do research, even though these two capabilities have surprisingly little to do with each other. In a comprehensive analysis of data on more than half a million professors, the education experts John Hattie and Herbert Marsh found that “the relationship between teaching and research is zero.” In all fields and all kinds of colleges, there was little connection between research productivity and teaching ratings by students and peers.

Currently, research universities base tenure decisions primarily on research productivity and quality. Teaching matters only after you have cleared the research bar: It is a bonus to teach well.

In my field of organizational psychology, there is a rich body of evidence on designing jobs to promote motivation and productivity. The design of the professor job violates one of the core principles: Tasks should be grouped together based on the skill sets of the individuals who hold them.

If we created three kinds of tenure rather than one, we might see net gains in both research and teaching.

A research-only tenure track would be for professors who have the passion and talent for discovering knowledge, but lack the motivation or ability to teach well. This would allow them to do more groundbreaking studies and produce more patents, while sparing students the sorrow of shoddy courses.

Creating more full-time research professorships could combat the decline of research productivity post-tenure, as many productive professors see their nonteaching time consumed by administrative responsibilities. If research professors didn’t teach, administrative duties wouldn’t impede their work.

A teaching-only tenure track would be for professors who excel in communicating knowledge. Granting tenure on the basis of exemplary teaching would be a radical step for research universities but it might improve student learning. In a recent landmark study at Northwestern, students learned more from professors who weren’t on the tenure track. When students took their first course in a subject with a professor who didn’t do research, they got significantly better grades in their next class in that subject.


Kotik 20 hours ago
I am glad that MK suggested to do away with the tenure system. I have been suggesting this for over three decades. Tenure system has been…
Red Sox Fan 20 hours ago
This article is poorly reasoned and informed from its very first sentence. To wit: “It is no secret that tenured professors cause problems…
Casual Observer 20 hours ago
Most universities need grants and research contracts to fund the institutions, these days, especially the publically owned ones. As the…
Currently, universities pay adjunct instructors below the rate of tenure-track faculty and give them short-term contracts. If tenure were available for teaching excellence, with pay and prestige comparable to tenure for research, we could attract and retain more exceptional educators. Replacing adjuncts with tenured teachers would cost more, but there are ways to offset that, perhaps by funding more research with grants.

The third tenure track would be for research and teaching. Professors who succeed in both could maintain this dual role, whereas those who struggle in research could eventually shift to the teaching track, and vice versa.

Of course, this model is not without challenges. Universities have clear criteria for evaluating research productivity and impact, but typically falter by assessing teaching quality solely through student ratings. That said, Dr. Marsh and his colleagues find that student ratings are less biased than many people assume: Contrary to popular belief, students rarely favor teachers who grade leniently — and give higher ratings to teachers who assign heavier workloads.

Still, students can rate professors as great teachers even if they teach information that is wrong. To support tenure on the basis of teaching alone, we need new metrics for evaluating the quality of the knowledge that teachers disseminate in the classroom. For example, research professors could provide updates on discoveries and vet the accuracy of information taught, while teaching professors could curate questions back from the classroom to help researchers pursue meaningful projects.

I have watched skilled researchers burn out after failing in the classroom and gifted teachers lose their positions because university policies limited the number of courses that adjunct professors could teach. Dividing tenure tracks may be what economists call a Pareto improvement: It benefits one group without hurting another. Let’s reserve teaching for professors with the relevant passion and skill — and reward it. Sharing knowledge with students should be a privilege of tenure, not an obligation.

— Adam Grant is a professor of management and psychology at the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, and the author of “Give and Take: Why Helping Others Drives Our Success.” This piece was published originally in The New York Times



Special to The Enterprise

Restock your potting shed: Welcome to a new season of gardening

January 18, 2014 |

Find photo in no purge/spec ed/Creators Garden spring
By Sharon Naylor

Get ready for a new season of gardening! Though you may be perusing seed and plant websites and catalogs — envisioning what you’ll grow this year — be sure to add gardening supplies to your shopping list. After so many months of being away from your potting shed or potting bench, you’re probably not aware where you’ve run low. Restocking your supplies for seeds, fertilizers and liquid plant nutrients also justifies a good shopping spree. Getting new items means better blooms. Plus, older tools may be dulled or rusted, so it may be the perfect time to upgrade to some new tools, as well.

Here is your shopping list to restock your gardening supplies:

Your metal-edged tools may be rusty or dull, and new hand-held tools are vastly improved with rubberized grips to make work easier and blisters less likely. So look for new round-edged shovels, pointy-edged shovels, long-handled spades, hoes, garden forks (with a trident or four-pronged fork edge), rakes, edgers, garden brooms, hand spades, garden claws, bulb planters, pruning shears, pocket clippers, garden hand saws, weeding knives, loppers, rose thorn strippers and tool-cleaning solutions and brushes.

If you enjoy gardening with your partner or with your kids, buy multiples of safe hand tools so that you can work together on a garden project.

Though manual tools give you a better workout, some of your trusty garden machines may be ready for retirement, including your lawn mower, leaf blower, mulcher and edger.

*Pots and Planters
You’ve stored those plastic plant pots on the bottom shelf of your potting bench long enough. Recycle or dispose of them, and invest in new and pretty pots and planters for your garden additions. Examples include terracotta pots, elongated metallic planters, colorful pots and planters, self-watering pots and planters, hanging pots with attractive chain suspension, mini pots, blocks to elevate planters, rocks for drainage in pots and fertilizer spikes.
Lifestyle blogger Tabitha Philen outlines her container sizes as follows: 16 to 24 inches (for tomatoes, zucchini and summer squash), 12 to 16 inches (for cucumbers, eggplants and beans), 10 to 12 inches (for pepper and carrots), rectangular planters (for basil and lettuce).

*Seeding Supplies
If you start plants and flowers from seed, stock up on the following: seeding trays, seeding kits, soil, ID tags, a plastic lidded container for keeping your seed packets and other plant information tags dry and safe and a calendar for keeping track of what was planted and when.

*Watering Essentials
The pretty red watering can you keep outside your front door for the deck planters may be faded by the sun. So invest in new watering cans and systems: small watering cans for indoors and outside, large watering cans for outside, watering “showerhead” attachment for your hose, sprinklers, rainwater collection barrel, rainwater gauge, watering timer, self-watering planter inserts, pails and spray bottles.

*Grass Supplies
Keep or improve your perfect green lawn, and restock your supply to be sure you have enough fresh seed and spread for your entire property. You’ll need grass seed, straw or peat moss to cover newly seeded areas, along with grass seed spreader.

*Lawn and Garden Additives
Feed your lawn and garden with new, fresh and improved materials: fertilizer for lawn, rosebushes, trees and other plants, organic pesticide pellets, spreads or sprays tailored to your particular pests (e.g., aphids and slugs), a hand-push spreader, a garden hose attachment for liquid fertilizer, compost, garden pebbles and rocks, decorative garden stones and boulders, mulch in your chosen color and material (fresh is best because bagged, stored mulch may have developed fungus and mold), a composting bin and lots of fresh garden soil.

*Garden Supplies
For use in your vegetable and herb gardens: a tomato trellis, a bean trellis, garden stakes, garden tape or ties for trellises or stakes, garden twine, garden ID sticks or signs, a raised bed, planting barrels, anti-weed layer, a basket for gathering harvest items, garden gloves, garden boots or shoes, a gardening hat, a low garden bench, padded mats for kneeling, a rolling garden tool caddy, tarps and burlap rolls to cover plants in a cold snap, summer-weight garden covers and garden decor.
Add a gardener’s first-aid kit to your potting shed in case of a cut or scrape, and also stock bug spray and sunscreen nearby. And because some garden work will require heavy lifting, invest in a quality wheelbarrow with sturdy rubberized handles to cart hefty items and bags of mulch or fertilizer. A Velcro-affixing lower-back support wrap will also protect you from lifting injuries.
A new potting bench may be on your wish list, as well, which many gardeners say gives new life to their passion, with organized shelves and drawers and lots of display and work space. And a small greenhouse setup is also a bigger-ticket item on gardeners’ wish lists. A new structure could make an entirely new crop or flower possible this year.



Special to The Enterprise

YOLO 2014 festivals

January 9, 2014 |

From YoloCVB

Hot August Nights at Mojo’s in Woodland ~ May 16 through Summertime ~ Woodland: Vintage cars, live music, great food and drink every third Thursday ~ roll on in!

14th Annual Woodland Hot Rod Reunion ~ June 9 ~ Woodland: Classic cars, motorcycles, music, entertainment, all at the fair grounds.

Second Friday Art About, Davis – 2nd Friday ArtAbout is a monthly evening of art viewing and artists’ receptions at galleries and businesses in Downtown Davis and beyond. Coordinated by the Davis Downtown, all events are free and open to the public. Many include complimentary refreshments and opportunities to converse with featured artists. For more information about the Davis Downtown and 2nd Friday ArtAbout, visit

Square Tomatoes Crafts Fair, Davis, monthly every 2nd Sunday. Come to Central Park (3rd and C Streets) from 11 to 4 for a free celebration of creativity. Enjoy an afternoon of live music, hands on crafts instruction for visitors of all ages, food booths, and over forty craft vendors. Expect the unexpected—farm feed bags upcycled into shopping bags, jewelry with silver jazz cats and spirit foxes, record clocks, and more. See and also look on Facebook.

California Duck Days – Held in February, this is one of California’s premier wildlife viewing festivals, offering a wide variety of activities, including more than 40 field trips, workshops, an art show, demonstrations, and more. (530) 758-1018.

Annual Petite Sirah Port Weekend – Spend Valentine’s Day weekend at Bogle Winery, where you can sample ports both from the bottle and the barrel as well as enjoy Stilton, strawberries, and lots of chocolate! (916) 744-1139.

Capay Valley Almond Festival – This is the only event in Northern California held simultaneously in five towns; it’s an outstanding showcase of the riches you can find in the Capay Valley region. Held in n March, you will enjoy all things almond blossom, great food, music, and wine! (530) 787-3242.

Annual Art of Painting in the 21st Century Conference – Featuring educational demonstrations and exhibits in downtown Davis every March. (530) 756-3938.

Native American Cultural Days – A time in April to celebrate the vast culture and traditions of the Native American people. (530)752-4287.

Picnic Day – A Davis tradition since 1909, this one-day event in April features a parade, battle of the bands between college bands, several music and dance stages, an assortment of academic exhibits, the singular Dachshund Derby, and much more! (530) 752-6320.

Asian Pacific Cultural Week – A week-long event in April designed to educate the public about the culture and traditions of the Asian Pacific culture. (530)752-4287.

Youth Day – Held every April since 1933, this day begins with a parade featuring floats made by local youth winding through historic downtown Winters. After the parade the city park fills with booths, crafts, music, and entertainment. (530) 297-1901.

Woodland Scottish Festival & Games – Modeled after the traditional gatherings of Scots in their homeland, this epic weekend festival features Olympic-style heavy athletics, music from pipe bands to Celtic rock, Highland dancing, sheep dog trials, historical reenactments, British cars, and more. Every April in Woodland, more than 135 years running. (916) 557-0764.

La Raza Cultural Days – This celebration of Latino culture in April begins with a fair, live music, and traditional foods. The week continues with art exhibits, political forums, seminars, and films. (530) 752-2027.

May Festival – Spend the day touring the Gibson Mansion, shopping at artisan’s booths, and strolling the Museum’s gardens. This festival takes place on the 3rd Sunday in May. (530) 666-1045.

California Conference for the Advancement of Ceramic Art – The long-time, well-attended ceramic sculpture event incorporates demonstrations, lectures, shows, and exhibits throughout many venues in downtown Davis. Every May. (530) 756-3938.

Whole Earth Festival – Held every Mother’s Day Weekend in May, this festival has been a tradition since 1970 featuring eco-friendly ways of life. Festival grounds feature music, drum circles, booths, henna tattoos, informational booths, numerous performances, and more. (530) 752-2569.

Black Family Week – This May celebration promotes an understanding, awareness, and commemoration of the cultural, social, and educational achievements of the African American community. (530) 752-6620.

Gourd Art Festival – This annual May event features gourd art, classes, demonstrations, and live music. (530) 753-6677.

Pence Gallery Garden Tour – For more than 20 years, the Pence Garden Tour has provided the public with the opportunity to view up to 10 beautiful gardens. Visitors in the past have enjoyed Japanese gardens, art-filled yards, and xeriscapes filled with native grasses. This self-guided tour is a ticketed event, taking place on the first Sunday in May. (530) 758-3370.

Cache Creek Lavender Festival – An annual celebration in June of all things lavender. During the festival you’ll find live music, wine tasting with local vineyards, food, lavender products and u-pick lavender, field tours and talks, craft demonstrations, and more! (530) 796-2239.



YOLO 2014 intro

January 09, 2014 |

Yolo County is tucked away between Lake Tahoe and San Francisco, but it is a world apart. Boasting a variety of experiences — from bike paths lined with lush greenery, strolling through parks, shopping in historic districts, art walks, cultural events, adventure sports, to name a few — the vibrant cities of Davis, Winters and Woodland, along with the outlying communities in the picturesque countryside, have something to offer all year.

Explore natural beauty by touring verdant farmlands or walking quiet creek-side trails. Enjoy great entertainment, from intimate theaters to the world-class stage of the Mondavi Center for the Performing Arts. Sample an abundance of carefully crafted local wine, stroll farmers markets famous for their selection and freshness and enjoy just about any cuisine under the sun at one of many fine restaurants.

History buffs will find much to discover in Yolo County, as will adventurers, nature lovers, families, art aficionados, sports fans, music enthusiasts and even canine companions!
Davis has many attractions to keep you busy while exploring Yolo County — a lively downtown with interesting restaurants, art galleries and retail shops; more than 100 miles of bike paths and lanes; the twice-weekly Davis Farmers Market (voted best Farmers Market by American Farmland Trust), the U.S. Bicycling Hall of Fame; live music and theater; 100 acres of plants and trees at the UC Davis Arboretum; and of course, internationally-renowned UC Davis itself.

Winters is a small yet accessible town, surrounded by fields and orchards, with a booming art scene and historic charm. Many delights await you: art galleries; antique stores; live musical performances at The Palms Playhouse in the historic Winters Opera House; wine tasting; and great local cuisine.

Woodland is full of historical and agricultural treasures. Enjoy farm tours, great theater at the Woodland Opera House and the Heidrick Ag History Center with more than 130,000 square feet of exhibit space. The city of Woodland also offers beautiful examples of Victorian and Craftsman style houses in the historic center of town. Or just outside of town catch one of the many themed train rides on the Sacramento River Train. Woodland also hosts many fun-filled festivals and events throughout the year, from the Woodland Scottish Games in April to the Stroll Through History in September.

Incorporated Yolo County is full of charm and surprises. To the northwest, you’ll discover the fertile Capay Valley and the serene little towns of Esparto, Capay, Brooks and Rumsey. Orchards and vineyards fill the valley floor; keep going and you come to Cache Creek, a great place for fishing and, in summertime, white water rafting. To the southeast you’ll find beautiful Clarksburg, home to nine winery tasting rooms in the Old Sugar Mill, as well as prizing-winning Bogle Vineyards. In summer, the Mill plays hosts to outdoor concerts. Elsewhere you can take part in farm tours, relax in cozy bed-and-breakfast inns, and take part in fairs and festivals year-round. Come to Yolo County — you’ll love it here!
Here’s your guide to explore Yolo County as if you’ll only live once! It’s organized alphabetically and concentrates on things to do, see and experience in Davis, Woodland, Winters, West Sacramento and nearby Sacramento, and the smaller towns throughout the county.

— The Yolo County Visitors Bureau,, contributed to this story.



YOLO 2014 bikes

January 8, 2014 |

From Yolo CVB
Why Davis is a Bicycle Friendly City

Because the agricultural land around the City of Davis is flat, riding a bicycle has always been an easy way to get around town. After the city incorporated in 1917, the increasing number of paved roads encouraged local citizens to take up cycling. University of California students have been coming to Davis since 1908 and bicycling has always been an important part of their campus experience.
After acknowledging that the well-educated and well-traveled citizenry would be receptive to European-style bikeways, the Davis City Council decided in 1967 to create a few short blocks of bicycle lanes. As a result, Davis became the first city in the United States to install official city bicycle lanes.
The combined system of bicycle lanes and dedicated bike paths today reaches well over 100 miles in a small town that is about 11 square miles. Davis has become a model for hundreds of U.S. cities because of its safe, integrated bicycle transportation network. The UC Davis campus has developed its own extensive bicycle path system, support programs and infrastructure including numerous roundabouts.
Over the years Davis has become even more pro-bicycling in its planning and policies as well as promotional events, educational programs and infrastructure. Although it’s impossible to confirm, the urban legend is that there are more bicycles in Davis than the 64,000 citizens.
The 2010 U.S. Census Bureau count revealed that Davis had the highest percentage of bicycle commuters in the U.S. An estimated 22.1% of the working population commuted to their job using a bicycle. The Davis’ Bicycle Plan aims to increase the amount of bicycle trips as a percentage of all trips made in town to 25%.
For over forty five years, Davis has had one of the highest levels of per capita bicycle use in the country. Bike lanes and trails permeate the community and enable people of all ages to ride to school, work, for recreation and errands. Davis is the only city in the United States that features a high-wheeled bicycle in its city logo.
Other bicycle support includes: police officers on bicycles, May is Bike Month activities, bike to work and school events, bicycle auctions, bike rodeos, free bike fixit stands, printed and online bike maps, city staff responsible for bicycle infrastructure and programs, a citizen Bicycle Advisory Commission, ten active bicycle shops (including the UC Davis Bike Barn) and an active hand-built bicycle frame building community.
Other Davis bicycling milestones include:
The permanent home of the U.S. Bicycling Hall of Fame. The museum opened April 2010 featuring community events and education, a speakers program, Hall of Fame memorabilia and museum bicycles from the historic Pierce Miller collection.
Davis was the first city in the U. S. to install bicycle signal heads on traffic lights.
The Livestrong Foundation has produced successful Livestrong Challenge bicycle events in Davis.
The 2010 Davis High School stadium renovation included the Steve Larsen Bicycle Plaza. Spectators can now easily ride and park their bikes when attending football games, track meets and graduation ceremonies.
Bicycle path “Loops” around the community are identified by painted symbols. A local “Loopalooza” event helps publicize safe routes to schools.
Davis has hosted stage starts of the Amgen Tour of California professional bicycle race.
The Davis Bike Club is one of the most active bicycling clubs in the U.S. It produces bicycle tours and races such as the Davis Double Century (for over 42 years), the 4th of July Criterium (over 35 years) and Foxy’s Fall Century (over 35 years).
Davis features advocacy groups such as Davis Bicycles! and the Davis Bike Collective with its “Bike Forth” bicycle shop
The UC Davis Cycling intercollegiate racing team is a collegiate cycling powerhouse. The men and women’s team captured the 2009 USA Cycling Collegiate Road National Championship.
The Davis Farmer’s Market “Farm to School Program” holds an annual “Tour de Cluck” bicycle tour of backyard chicken coops to support the “fresh food in school meals” initiative.
The Davis Odd Fellows created the “World’s Greatest Bicycle Parade.” Begun in 2010, it raises thousands of dollars for local public schools.
Some hotels provide loaner bicycyles for their guests
The American Youth Soccer Organization (AYSO) encourages participants to ride bicycles to all games and practices.
Davis was proudly named the first platinum Bicycle Friendly City in October 2005 by the League of American Bicyclists. The city’s recent sustainability efforts have also ensured that bicycling is recognized as an effective tool for lowering our carbon footprint, improving air quality, benefiting public health and reducing childhood obesity.
Bicycling is part of the city’s economic development strategy. Downtown businesses have requested that some vehicle parking spaces be removed and replaced with on-street bicycle corrals full of racks. Replacing a parking spot with bike racks has become an inexpensive way to handle more shoppers and downtown workers.
Local realtors tout the proximity of homes to bicycle paths that lead to schools, shopping and the university knowing that the bike paths increase property values. Some Davis realtors tour homes with their clients on bicycles.
Entrepreneurs and businesses are concerned about quality of life and they locate in Davis because of the good schools, educated workforce and because it is a safe, bike-able community for their employees and families. Some Davis businesses provide lockers and showers for their employees, covered bicycle parking for clients and sponsor employee bicycling teams.
When the City of Davis turns 100 years old in 2017, high-wheeled bicycles will still be riding in the annual UC Davis Picnic Day parade. In the next century, you can count on bicycling being an increasingly important part of the fabric of the Davis community.
For more information, contact the Bicycle & Pedestrian Coordinator, Dave “DK” Kemp at:

~ Written by Bob Bowen, Public Relations Coordinator, City of Davis (c) 2012



Aggie forwar

January 4, 2014 |

At first blush, a 2.4-point scoring average with a rebound or two a game aren’t eye-popping numbers.

But for Aggie forward Lauren Beyer, just being able to walk properly — let alone contribute on the basketball court — is a warm sports story.

It was November 2011 when the Elk Grove native went down in a heap during a win over visiting San Jose State.

The 6-foot-1 former Bradshaw Christian High standout was chasing down a rebound when she hit the floor awkwardly. The then-freshman’s right leg buckled.

The resulting injury was catastrophic.

Diagnosis: ACL, MCL and meniscus tears, a broken tibia that had struck her femur, causing further, upper-leg damage. Torn tendons in her ankle.

Singularly, any of the injuries would have sent her to the sidelines for a year.

Together, they might have folded the spirit of even the strongest woman.

No one was concerned about the McDonald’s Prep All-American nominee returning to basketball. The hope was she’d be up and around, just continue a normal life.

Fast forward to Nov. 26 In the fourth game of this season: there was UC Davis’ No. 11 — yes, that No. 11 — back on the court, a bulky, long black brace on her leg. Nonetheless she contributed 10 points in a 95-61 rout of those same SJS Spartans.

It’s been several surgeries and two years later, hundreds of days of rehabilitation and certainly more than 1,000 hours of physical therapy and training…

But Lauren Beyer has made it all the way back.

“I had no doubts that I’d return,” Beyer told The Enterprise this weekend. “My confidence was (often) low in trying to come back, sure. But I never had any doubts that I was going to return.”

Along the way, it helped that her good friend and roommate Sydnee Fipps was there to provide encouragement.

“Lauren is super-special on and off the court,” the Aggies leading scorer Fipps says. “She’s worked so hard. With that injury, I know (most) people weren’t thinking she was going to come back.

“But she did. Lauren’s been an inspiration to all of us. We see her putting in all that work and we have to reward her … we have to play hard for her.”

And lately she’s been playing hard for her teammates.

In last month’s 84-78 loss to Sacramento State, Beyer kept the Aggies in the game with 8 points, two blocks and two assists.

Her 19 minutes in the game was the most action she’s seen in her interrupted career — and UCD coach Jennifer Gross says the Remarkable Miss Beyer can now be a contributor as Big West Conference play starts Thursday at home versus Cal State Northridge.

“We’re getting quality time from Lauren,” Gross reported after the CSUS game. “She’s getting her timing back and is coming on.”

Gross continued…

“To have gone through what she has and still be so determined and positive is something. I have nothing but respect for Lauren and she is really helping the team.”

The spirit, work ethic and re-emerging talent of Beyer makes “our team very fortunate to have her back on the court,” Gross emphasized.

Despite the injury, Beyer has never ventured far from her Aggie sisters.

During rehab, she attended practices, often heading over to the ARC for rehabilitation sessions.

Then she was on the bench during games.

But it hurt not being in the fray. It hurt not being able to travel with the squad. It hurt getting that darn right leg back to playing status.

Fipps, says Beyer, was instrumental in helping her during the tough spots.

Fipps and Beyer came to campus together two years ago after playing AAU basketball for the NorCal Elite.

Fipps, while at Yosemite (Mariposa) High, had suffered an ACL injury and knows all about extensive comeback campaigns.

“Sydnee has had quite a few injuries herself,” Beyer explains. “So we can relate. I could always ask her questions like ‘Hey, were you feeling this type of pain when you were going through rehab?'”

Beyer says Fipps would answer, “‘Yeah,'” and then add “That I’d be OK, so I thought, ‘cool.’

“She helped pushed me through. She was always there for me and I’m always there for her.”

Beyer has “a lot of great people surrounding me.”

Dad Mark and mom Jani encouraged their daughter. After all, if anyone knew how determined and tough Lauren was, it would be her parents.

In her years at Bradshaw Christian (where Jani is now the principal), The Pride won four Sac-Joaquin Section D-IV basketball titles. Beyer also played soccer, where BCH won three SJS crowns.

Great teammates, her family (including little brother Kevin) and trainer Lisa Varnum, who Beyer says “spent every day with her,” encouraged, pushed and pulled for a full recovery.


“Honestly, my leg feels as strong as it was before,” Beyer reports.

And there are handfuls of life lessons to be learned from Lauren’s long and winding road back to Hamilton Court.

“You’re going to have some hard times. I definitely had some breakdowns,” the personable exercise biology major explains. “But you have to surround yourself with good people and keep thinking positive thoughts like ‘I’m going to get through this. I’m going to push.’

“You have to think of the rewards and how great it’s going to be once you’re through it.”

Well, Lauren, you’ve done it!

Notes: Beyer’s dad is a correctional official and 17-year-old brother Kevin plays three sports at Bradshaw. …”She’s doing a great job,” says UCD assistant coach Joe Teramoto. “But even if she wasn’t doing a great job, just the fact that she’s back is really amazing. You can see the team is inspired by her being back — and playing well.” …Beyer is a junior in the classroom, but a sophomore on the court. She told The Enterprise she’ll continue with UCD basketball “as long as I can.” …The recent winter break has given the Aggies a chance to rest off the court: “Everybody is catching up with something,” says Beyer. “I’m really obsessed with ‘Gray’s Anatomy,’ Sydnee and (Kelsey) Harris are watching ‘Scandal’ and Celia (Marfone) likes to bake. When we get together as a group, we’ll be watching (TV) and Celia will be over there making banana bread.” …Beyer (elbow) missed the win over Simpson on Thursday, but should be ready for the Jan. 9 Big West opener versus Cal State Northridge at The Pavilion. 



Bruce Gallaudet

How to evaluate an aging person’s needs

December 31, 2013 |

Holidays are filled with quality time with family, a situation that can bring to light the increasing and changing needs of aging parents and family members. After the holiday season, senior living communities such as Palm Gardens in Woodland see a rise in inquiries from concerned family members looking for help and answers for their aging loved ones.

“When a visit home leaves a loved one concerned about an aging family member’s health, safety and quality of life, it may be time to evaluate the situation and determine what accommodations or care are necessary in the coming year,” said Sarah Landis for Palm Gardens.

How can you tell when seniors might need the care of a senior living community, and what kind of community is best for them? Palm Gardens offers these tips for both evaluating if its time to make inquires, and where to inquire.

* Depression or low mood. How are they emotionally? Do you observe changes in their activity level? Are they seeing friends and partaking in activities they have loved for years?

* Weight loss. Do they show decreased appetite or lack of interest in food and cooking? Illness or mobility issues could be keeping them from eating properly.

* Decreased personal care. Are they taking care of themselves physically? Look to see if they are keeping up with basic daily routines such as bathing, brushing teeth and wearing clean clothes.

* Unkempt home. What shape is the home in? Watch for stained carpets, un-emptied garbage, soiled counters and floors. If the home needs cleaning and repair, the job might be more than seniors can handle without help.

* Loss of mobility. Are they having difficulty moving around their home, or going up and down stairs? Having trouble walking or being unsteady on their feet not only limits mobility but also puts them at risk for falls.

* Personality changes. Are you noticing different attitudes and habits? Memory loss, difficulty in performing familiar tasks, poor judgment, misplacing items, disorientation, rapid mood swings, increased apathy or passiveness are all early warning signs of Alzheimer’s. A doctor’s evaluation can help determine the cause and treatment of these symptoms.

It is important to understand the many choices that make up the new face of senior living in the 21st century. Here is a breakdown defining the differences in the level of senior living options offered.

* In independent living communities, active older adults continue to enjoy private dwellings, control over their own schedules, and freedom to come and go as they choose. Social networking, optional events, special interest clubs, and conveniently located services may be offered on site, as well as medical, dietary and other assistance when needed.

An assisted living residence offers much of the freedom of an independent living community with a special combination of housing, personalized support services and health care designed to meet the needs — both scheduled and unscheduled — of those who require help with daily activities.

* Memory care communities provide specially trained staff, secure facilities and cognitive and physical therapies to help soothe and relieve those with Alzheimer’s and other related dementia illnesses.

If you have questions about senior care or helping an elderly loved one, call Landis at Palm Gardens at 530-661-0574.



Special to The Enterprise

December 6, 2013 |

A look at recent books by UC Davis authors:

* “Wonder and Delight: A Dolph Gotelli Christmas” by Dolph Gotelli (, $75, 360 pages). Known as “Father Christmas,” UC Davis environmental design professor emeritus Dolph Gotelli has now featured his collection of toys and Christmas memorabilia in a book containing 570 color photos suitable for any holiday coffee table. For decades, Gotelli has mounted a number of museum exhibitions using toys from his collection — and this book gives everyone a chance to view them.

* “The American Way of Poverty: How the Other Half Still Lives” by Sasha Abramsky (Perseus Books, $26, 329 pages). Looking at long-term poor and the working poor, Abramsky, a UC Davis lecturer and freelance journalist, looks at the tens of millions of people whose lives are shaped by financial insecurity. Ultimately, he suggests ways “for moving toward a fairer and more equitable social contract.”

The New York Times Book Review just named the book one of the 100 notable books of the year.

* “Lost & Found: American Treasures from the New Zealand Film Archive” by Scott Simmon (Treasures from the American Film Archives, National Film Preservation Foundation, $24.98). Those hoping to catch a movie during their extra time off this season should seek out this DVD and accompanying 56-page booklet. In just over three hours, an anthology of silent films thought to be have been lost forever can now be viewed at home. The set features the work of such well-known directors as John Ford and Alfred Hitchcock.

Simmon, an English professor who works at the intersection of film scholarship, archiving and access, has previously completed four of these critically acclaimed anthologies for the National Film Preservation Foundation. These collections have included such diverse themes as “The West” and social issues in American film. Altogether, his DVD sets make available 201 films preserved by the U.S. Public Archives.

* “Smarty Marty’s Got Game” by Amy Gutierrez (Cameron & Co., $17.95, 40 pages). This children’s book shatters stereotypes for girls in sports and tells the story of a character named Marty, who teaches the game and her love of baseball to her younger brother. Gutierrez, a 16-year career sports journalist who covers the San Francisco Giants, is a 1995 UCD graduate of the Department of Communications.

* “Song of Siwa: the Marzuk-Iskander Festival” by Louis Grivetti (XLIBRIS, $16.36, 242 pages). Louis Grivetti, professor emeritus of nutrition, worked at the Siwa and Qara oases of Egypt during the mid-1960s, and wrote this fictional epic to honor the residents of these remote desert areas.

With many elements based on historical events, it relates the transcribed oral tradition of a band of early Stone Age hunters, led by Marzuk, who fled southwestern Europe, crossed the Mediterranean Sea to North Africa and ultimately reached safe haven in Siwa. It culminates with the visit of Iskander (Alexander the Great) to Siwa oasis, an event still revered at the oasis today.

The book is illustrated by Alison Smith, a multidisciplinary visual artist, singer, and performer.

* “The Internal Enemy: Slavery and War in Virginia, 1772-1832” by Alan Taylor (WW Norton & Co., $35, 624 pages). This Pulitzer prize-winning UC Davis history professor brings to light the untold stories of slaves who used war to escape slavery, and when newly freed, helped free others. Taylor focuses on the relationship between slave owners and enslaved people in the period between the Revolutionary War and the War of 1812, often called “the second American Revolution.”

The book is a finalist for the National Book Award.

* “One Hundred Apocalypses and Other Apocalypses” by Lucy Corin (McSweeney’s, $17, 192 pages). A collection of short stories by Corin, a UC Davis associate professor of English, illuminates moments of vexation and crisis, revelations and revolutions. An apocalypse might come in the form of the end of a relationship or the end of the world. Writes the publisher: “At once mournful and explosively energetic, ‘One Hundred Apocalypses and Other Apocalypses’ makes manifest the troubled conscience of an uneasy time.”

* “Representing the Good Neighbor: Music, Difference, and the Pan American Dream,” by Carol A. Hess (Oxford University press, 49.95, 336 pages). This is the first book, according to the publisher, to examine in detail the critical reception of Latin American music in the United States. The author, a UC Davis associate professor of music, compares the work of three of the most prominent Latin American composers: Carlos Chavez, Heitor Villa-Lobos and Alberto Ginastera, with new biographical information on each.

* “Courtesans, Concubines and the Cult of Female Fidelity” by Beverly Bossler (Harvard-Yenching Institute Monograph Series, $36, 480 pages). Bossler, a professor of history, specializes in the study of society, family and gender in China. Her most recent book traces the influence of commercialization and entertainment on gender relations in China in the 10th to 14th centuries.

Bossler illustrates how women intersected and interacted with men, influencing the social, political, and intellectual life of the Song and Yuan dynasties.

* “Stem Cells: An Insider’s Guide” by Paul Knoepfler (World Scientific Publishing, $29, 360 pages). This book offers a guided tour through the awe, science and controversy of stem cell research. A true insider, Knoepfler is an associate professor of cell biology and human anatomy at UC Davis School of Medicine whose research focuses on stem cell and cancer cell biology. He also was treated for cancer a few years ago (though not with stem cells). His science interest came later in life — he has an undergraduate degree is in English literature. The book is informative, accessible and even entertaining.

* “Eating Right in America: The Cultural Politics of Food and Health” by Charlotte Biltekoff (Duke University Press, $22.95 paperback, $79.95 cloth cover, 224 pages). Biltekoff, formerly a chef at the acclaimed San Francisco restaurant “Greens” and now an assistant professor of cultural studies, and food science and technology at UCD, critiques dietary reform in the United States from the late 19th century emergence of nutritional science through the contemporary alternative food movement and campaign against obesity.

She says she intends not to change eating habits but rather to “illuminate the politics of dietary health in America, so we can better understand what happens when we define good diets, talk about eating right or try to improve peoples’ eating habits.”

* “Making the News: Politics, The Media and Agenda Setting” by Amber Boydstun (University of Chicago Press, $25, 280 pages). In her book, this assistant professor of political science looks at how the media can influence public policy and what makes policy issues resonate with the media. The publisher says: “Boydstun documents this systemic explosiveness and skew through analysis of media coverage across policy issues, including in-depth looks at the waxing and waning of coverage around two issues: capital punishment and the ‘war on terror.’”

* “Prometheus Reimagined: Technology, Environment, and Law in the Twenty-first Century” by Albert C. Lin (University of Michigan Press, $75, 316 pages). Lin, a professor of law, asks how governance institutions should adapt when innovation evolves faster than lawmaking and calls for a more democratic approach to technology regulation. Lin specializes in environmental and natural resources law. He is a former attorney for the Environment and Natural Resources Division of the U.S. Department of Justice.

— UC Davis News



Cory Golden

Cory Golden

The Enterprise's higher-education and congressional reporter.

GG4: 30 easy eats for fuss-free holiday entertaining

December 06, 2013 |

(File name in APEXCHANGE to get photos: BC-US–Food-Easy Holiday Party Food/947)

By Alison Ladman

Fantasizing about throwing a big holiday bash but fearful you’ll spend the whole party — or worse, the whole week — in the kitchen prepping? We’ve got you covered.

We’ve assembled an easy mix-and-match approach to holiday entertaining. An hour or so of prep and you’ll have enough nibbles to feed a crowd in high style.

Here’s how it works: We’ve divided the menu into 10 “base” ingredients. Each ingredient is paired with three simple suggestions for dressing it up for the party. All you need to do is pick enough base ingredients to feed your crowd, then decide how you’d like to prepare each. A little shopping, a little prepping, then you’re ready to party.

Many of these options make easy dips, spreads or other toppings for bread, so when you make that trip to the grocer, round out the menu with a variety of crackers and baguettes or pita bread that can be sliced and toasted.



— Top a round of brie with purchased fig jam and toasted pecans.

— Top slices of brie on a platter with a quick fresh herb sauce (puree 1/2 cup parsley, 1/2 cup chives and 1/4 cup cilantro with 1/4 cup olive oil and 2 tablespoons sherry vinegar, season with salt and black pepper).

— Place a round of brie in a small, shallow baking dish. Bake at 250 F for 10 minutes, then top with fresh berries and drizzle with warmed orange marmalade.



— Spread on slices of baguette, then broil for 2 minutes or until lightly browned. Top with sliced strawberries and black pepper.

— Stuff into Peppadew or sweet cherry peppers.

— Top a log of goat cheese with crumbled bacon and thinly sliced scallions.



— Skewer cubes of manchego with Castelvetrano olives and grape tomatoes.

— Stuff pitted dates with a piece of manchego, then wrap each date with half a slice of prosciutto. Broil for 3 to 4 minutes.

— Make a slaw by slicing fennel paper thin, shredding manchego, then tossing both with 2 tablespoons chopped fresh tarragon, 1 tablespoon olive oil, 1 tablespoon white balsamic vinegar, salt and black pepper.



Start by arranging the spears (bottoms trimmed) on a baking sheet, misting them with cooking spray, then roasting for 10 minutes at 400 F. Then:

— Toss with thinly sliced sun-dried tomatoes and a bit of the oil from the jar they were packed in.

— Toss with a vinaigrette made from 1 tablespoon olive oil, 1 tablespoon red wine vinegar, 2 cloves minced garlic, salt and black pepper.

— Toss with hoisin sauce and a drizzle of toasted sesame oil. Garnish with thinly sliced scallions.



Save yourself time and trouble by using jarred. Just drain them well and pat dry with paper towels.

— Finely dice and toss the peppers with the zest and juice of 1 lemon, 2 tablespoons chopped fresh oregano and 2 cloves minced garlic.

— Slice and mix with 4 mashed anchovies, 2 tablespoons rinsed chopped capers and 1/4 teaspoon red pepper flakes.

— Make a roasted red pepper chimichurri pesto. In a food processor, combine a 12-ounce jar of red peppers (drained), 1/2 cup fresh parsley, 2 tablespoons fresh oregano, 1/4 cup fresh mint, 2 tablespoons olive oil, 2 tablespoons red wine vinegar, salt and a pinch of red pepper flakes. Pulse until finely chopped.



— Marinate 1 cup pitted Kalamata olives in 1 tablespoon minced fresh rosemary, the zest and juice of 1 orange, and 1 tablespoon balsamic vinegar.

— Finely chop 1 cup pitted Kalamata olives and mix with 2 tablespoons chopped fresh garlic, 2 tablespoons chives, and 2 tablespoons olive oil. Spoon over purchased hummus.

— In a food processor, combine 1/2 cup olives, 4 ounces cream cheese, 2 tablespoons tomato paste, salt and black pepper.



— Roast red grapes on a rimmed baking sheet for 10 minutes at 450 F. Toss with 1 tablespoon balsamic glaze, 1 tablespoon honey and 1 tablespoon chopped fresh mint.

— Cut green grapes in half, then toss with marinated artichoke hearts.

— Freeze individual grapes on a rimmed baking sheet. Toss with cinnamon and sugar.



Start with chilled cooked, shelled shrimp.

— Toss with diced mango, cucumber, lime juice and minced jalapeno.

— Serve with a light dressing made of mayonnaise, roasted garlic and Dijon mustard.

— Toss with purchased pesto and diced sweet bell pepper.



— Shred and toss with barbecue sauce spiked with smoked paprika and diced apples. Serve warm.

— In a food processor, chop together 1 green bell pepper, 2 stalks of celery, 2 scallions, 2 tablespoons fresh thyme and 1/2 cup shredded Parmesan cheese. Mix in finely chopped chicken breast, 2 tablespoons olive oil, the zest and juice of 1 lemon, salt and black pepper.

— Thinly slice cooked and cooled chicken breasts crosswise to form thin medallions. Spoon hot pepper jelly onto each piece, then sprinkle with chopped salted peanuts.



Start by roasting 8 ounces of crimini or button mushrooms on a rimmed baking sheet for 12 minutes at 450 F.

— Make a mushroom pate by blending the mushrooms in a food processor with 1/4 cup heavy cream and a hefty pinch of salt and black pepper. Stir in 2 tablespoons chopped fresh thyme and 1/4 cup minced salami.

— Stuff with a blend of crumbled cooked bacon, chopped walnuts, feta cheese, and minced fresh marjoram.

— Whisk together 2 tablespoons spicy brown mustard, 1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce, 1 tablespoon cider vinegar, 1 tablespoon soy sauce and a hefty pinch of black pepper. Toss the mushrooms in this mixture.



The Associated Press

Grief after loss of loved one can be hard during holidays

December 06, 2013 |

By Nicole Villalpando

Julie Gold had trained to be a volunteer with Hospice Austin but never got to volunteer before she needed her own grief support. In April 2008, her sweetheart, Reed, was killed in a motorcycle accident. They had spent years creating their own holiday traditions.

That year, Gold learned how hard the holidays can be after a loved one has died. Even though Gold had lost Reed in April, by the time the holidays rolled around, she was still numb, she says, plus both her dog and cat also had died that year.

Gold opted to have a quiet Thanksgiving alone. She baked a sweet potato and read a lot that day. Christmas was harder because it was a gift-giving holiday. She didn’t know what to do with Reed’s stocking, and she didn’t know what to do about friends who invited her to the usual holiday gatherings she had always attended as part of a couple.

The anticipation of the season was worse than the actual days themselves, Gold found. That’s very common, says Hospice Austin bereavement coordinator Maggie Cochran. Grief often is intensified during the holidays because the expectations of being happy don’t line up with what people are feeling.

“There’s lots of reminders of happy memories,” Cochran says. “Maybe down the road those can be happy again, but not in that acute feelings stage.”

Gold, who has now been able to volunteer by leading bereavement groups with Hospice Austin, and Cochran have some things to consider for people who have lost a loved one this year. The holidays won’t be the same as last year, and they don’t have to be. Think about what Christmas will look like and discuss it as a family or with friends.

* Accepting party invitations. Just because you always went to a party each year doesn’t mean you have to this year. If you decide to go, explain to the hostess that you might not be able to stay long. Take your own car; if it becomes overwhelming, you can leave.

* Decorate or not. Maybe you decide not to decorate this year. Maybe you decide to decorate and create a tribute to your loved one.

* Send cards or not. You might not have the energy to do it this year, and that’s OK. You also might not want to explain why the loved one is not in the Christmas card picture this year. You also could just send out a few cards to the people who know about your loss.

* Shop or not. If the Christmas music about it being “the most wonderful time of the year” is going to make you start sobbing, this might be the year to shop online. You also can ask for help with the shopping or just make a donation in honor of your loved one.

* Carrying on with meal traditions. It might be comforting to make the same meals or be with the same people as last year, but it also might be harder. Maybe you go out to eat. Maybe you ask a friend if you can come over for Christmas dinner.

* How you will worship. You can decide it will be too painful to go to midnight Mass without your loved one and opt for a different service, or try a different house of worship.

* Pick your holiday location. If you’ve always been at home on Christmas, maybe you want to go to an out-of-town friend or family member’s house this year. Or maybe you want to go on a completely different kind of vacation.

* Take care of yourself. During this stressful time, make sure you’re getting enough sleep and exercise and limiting alcohol.

* Be patient with yourself. You might be short with people or a little grumpy, and that’s OK. You also don’t have to put on a fake smile.

* Trust yourself. Even if everyone is telling you to come to a party or that you shouldn’t be alone on the holiday, do what you want to do.

The second year might also be hard. Gold found the next year harder because, after letting herself out of a lot of typical obligations that first year, she tried to return to the old traditions in the second. After that, each year got better, and she is now dating someone else — something she could never have imagined in 2008.

If you have friends or family members who have lost someone this year, you can help by letting them talk about their loved one and not judging them if they need to tell the same story again and again.

Acknowledge that this might be an especially difficult time for them and offer to help by doing things such as taking care of children or shopping or cooking for them.

Call on the holiday but understand if they don’t want to talk to you. Invite them to events, but don’t put up a fight if they opt not to attend.

Grief is different for everyone, Cochran says. “There’s no timeline, no endpoint … but it does get better; it does get easier.”

Story Filed By Cox Newspapers



The Associated Press

HI: Gray headlines interior color ‘hot list’

December 05, 2013 |

With photo in leaf raw: HI gray paint.jpg

The article below identifies the paint colors that will be hottest for home decorating next year. For more information, please contact Debbie Zimmer, paint and color expert for the Paint Quality Institute, by reply email or by calling 215-962-5551. Thank you.

2014 Paint Color Forecast

Grey – the color that connotes intellect – is one hue homeowners will be incorporating into their home interiors next year. So says Debbie Zimmer, paint and color expert for the Paint Quality Institute, a leading source of information on interior color and design.

In her annual color forecast for 2014, Zimmer is supporting grey in a big way: “It’s the hot new neutral, a sleek and sophisticated color option that adds refinement to almost any room.

“Walls that are painted grey are great backdrops for almost any style of décor, and grey is such a dignified color that it can elevate the appearance of even the most modest furnishings,” she says.

Beyond wall color, grey will embellish interiors in other ways next year — in the form of grey wash on wood furniture, for example, and in fabric used for everything from seating to floor coverings. “We will even see grey’s flashier cousin, silver, used as an important accent color,” says Zimmer.

But grey won’t be the only neutral to be popular in 2014. According to Zimmer, those seeking a change from more saturated color will be happy to learn that white and off-white are back in vogue. Manufacturers of interior paint will offer extensive palettes of ever-so-subtle tints comprised of 30, 40, and even 50 “whites” containing just a hint of color.

White is staging a strong comeback for a number of reasons, says Zimmer.

“As with grey, the ease of coordinating furnishings with a neutral hue like white is appealing to almost everyone,” she says. “However, some will gravitate to white for more personal reasons having to do with a change of address: those who are downsizing will favor white or very light-colored walls to make their new, smaller interiors look more spacious; and for those who may soon put up a ‘For Sale’ sign, white is the wise paint color to apply before listing a home.“

Design professionals and do-it-yourselfers in the mood for more colorful options will also have good choices next year. Blues and greens – in more tints and shades than ever before — will again be crowd-pleasers, as they have been for a while.

“Another hot color in 2014 will be mustard yellow,” says Zimmer. “Its influence is growing in both fashion and home furnishing fabrics. We also expect to see more use of the color on walls — if not for entire rooms, then at least on accent walls.”

If you’re thinking about changing a color scheme in your home interior, Zimmer’s insights into the tints and shades expected to be next year’s “hot” choices can provide some valuable direction. But the color expert has one final piece of advice:

“In the end, color choice is a very personal decision, so whether you are thinking about doing some painting, or changing your décor, or both, stick with colors that you love. When it comes to your home, your opinion is the one that matters most.”

To learn more about color, home decorating, and home painting, visit the Paint Quality Institute blog at

# # #


Since 1989, The Paint Quality Institute (SM) has been educating people on the advantages of using quality interior and exterior paints and coatings. The Paint Quality Institute’s goal is to help educate consumers, contractors and designers by providing information on the virtues of quality paint as well as color trends and decorating with paint through a variety of instructional platforms and conferences, and traditional and new media vehicles. More information can be found at———————————————————————–
This message was sent to Debbie. If you no longer wish to receive email from us, please follow the link below or copy and paste the entire link into your browser.



Special to The Enterprise

Holiday cookies — Cherry Lime Brownies and Mango Marshmallow Bars

November 22, 2013 |

With photo on desktop: GG cherry lime brownies.jpg, GG mango marhsmallow.jpg

By Alison Ladman

We’ve seen all manner of ways to make brownies a holiday treat, everything from burying peppermint candies in them to topping them with candy canes. But we prefer the delicious simplicity of this recipe, which swirls lime marmalade and cherry jam over a rich brownie base studded with chocolate chunks and dried cherries. If lime doesn’t do it for you, feel free to leave out the zest and substitute another variety marmalade or jam.

Cherry Lime Brownies
Start to finish: 40 minutes, plus cooling (10 minutes active)

The ingredients:
3/4 cup (1 1/2 sticks) butter, melted
2 cups packed brown sugar
1 teaspoon salt
Zest of 1 lime
1 teaspoon vanilla extract
3 eggs
1 3/4 cups all-purpose flour
3/4 cup Dutch processed cocoa powder, sifted
1 cup dried cherries
1 cup bittersweet chocolate chunks
1/3 cup lime marmalade
1/3 cup cherry jam

Putting it together:
Heat the oven to 350 F. Coat a 9-by-13-inch baking pan with baking spray.

In a medium bowl, combine the melted butter, brown sugar, lime zest and vanilla. Beat in the eggs, one at a time. Stir in the flour and cocoa powder, then stir in the cherries and chocolate chunks.

Spread the mixture evenly into the prepared pan. Dollop lime curd and cherry jam over the top of the brownie batter. Gently drag the back of a spoon through the top of the batter and the marmalade and jam to swirl them into the surface. Bake for 25 to 30 minutes, or until a toothpick inserted at the center yields just moist crumbs. Allow to cool in the pan. Cut into 24 bars.

The mango marshmallow bar has all the makings of a classic summer s’mores — graham crackers, chocolate and marshmallow — but with a decidedly more festive sensibility.

We started with a deliciously buttery graham cracker crust, then topped it with a cream and chocolate ganache studded with bits of cooked mango. Then we pulled out all the stops and made fresh marshmallow — it’s much easier than you imagine — also flecked with mango to spread over the top. And to add a holiday kick, we decorated the top with decorating sugar.

The only special equipment you’ll need is a stand mixer and a candy thermometer. The mixer does the bulk of the work of making the marshmallow.

Mango Marshmallow Bars
Start to finish: 3 hours (1 hour active)

The ingredients:
1 1/2 cups graham cracker crumbs
3 tablespoons packed brown sugar
3 tablespoons all-purpose flour
6 tablespoons butter, melted
2 cups chopped dried mango, chopped
1 cup plus 6 tablespoons water, divided
3/4 cup heavy cream
11 1/2-ounce bag milk chocolate chips
1/4-ounce envelope gelatin
1/2 cup granulated sugar
1/3 cup corn syrup
Pinch salt
1 teaspoon vanilla extract
Colored sugar or sprinkles

Putting it together:
Heat the oven to 350 F. Coat a 9-by-13-inch baking pan with baking spray.

In a medium bowl, stir together the graham cracker crumbs, brown sugar and flour. Stir in the melted butter until thoroughly combined. Transfer the mixture to the prepared baking pan and press to form an even layer. Bake 10 to 15 minutes, or until toasty and browned. Set aside to cool.

Meanwhile, in a small saucepan over medium-high, combine the chopped mango and 1 cup of the water. Bring to a boil, then reduce to a simmer. Cook for 10 minutes, then set aside to cool.

Once the crust and mango have cooled, pour off and discard any excess liquid from the mango. Transfer the mango to a bowl, then wipe the saucepan clean.

Return the pan to medium heat. Add the heavy cream and bring to a boil. Reduce heat to very low, then add the chocolate. Stir until melted and smooth. Stir in half of the mango, then pour the mixture over the crust and spread in an even layer. Refrigerate until completely cooled.

Meanwhile, make the marshmallow layer. In the bowl of a stand mixer, combine the gelatin with 3 tablespoons of the remaining water. Set aside.

In a small saucepan over medium-high, combine the remaining 3 tablespoons water with the granulated sugar, corn syrup and salt. Cook without stirring until the mixture reaches 240 F on a candy thermometer.

Pour the mixture into the mixer with the gelatin. Using the whisk attachment, beat on high (be careful not to splash the hot syrup) until cool, 7 to 9 minutes. Stir in the vanilla and the remaining half of the mango. Spread the marshmallow mixture evenly over the cooled chocolate layer, then sprinkle with colored sugar or sprinkles. Allow to fully set up, about 2 hours, before cutting into 24 bars. Store in an airtight container at room temperature.



FOOD: Double the oats for a pleasing holiday or breakfast cookie

November 22, 2013 |

With photo in no purge/living: oatmeal breakfast cookies.jpg

By Elizabeth Karmel

Many people would balk at the idea of eating holiday cookies for breakfast, but this recipe might make you reconsider.

These double-the-oats oatmeal cookies are so jammed with oats — making them tender and wonderfully chewy and rich — that I’ve been known to take them on vacation just so I can enjoy a familiar breakfast. Because if you could enjoy your morning bowl of oatmeal in the form of a cookie, why not?

The inspiration for this cookie actually began with my dislike of raisins. Most oatmeal cookies are packed with raisins, which usually turns me off. So I wanted to create my own take on this classic cookie.

I started with a basic cookie dough made with creamed butter, then added twice as many oats as a traditional cookie. I also substituted dried cherries for the raisins. The result was a good cookie, but it wasn’t a great cookie. I wanted to be able to taste the individual ingredients, and I wanted a crispier texture.

I was at loss until a trip to Houston unexpectedly gave me the answer. I was visiting a friend whose mom recently had sent him a tin of her oatmeal cookies. I tried one and wanted to eat the entire batch. I loved the texture and the light, clean taste. They were crisp and toothsome, everything I was looking for.

The secret? She used vegetable oil instead of butter.

At first, I thought this was odd, but then I realized that a lot of my favorite cakes were made with oil, not butter. As soon as I got home, I tested my recipe with oil and I could not believe the difference. My cookies had gone from good to great and I started baking them weekly.

Because I like to eat these cookies for breakfast with a cup of coffee, I bake them and keep them in the freezer so I have them on hand most of the time. I generally bake the cookies with dried cherries and pecans, which makes me equate them with eating a bowl of granola.

But during the holidays, I love making them with dark chocolate chips and walnuts. The addition of the rich chocolate makes them more decadent and takes them from a breakfast cookie to a special occasion cookie.


Double-the-Oats Oatmeal Cookies
Feel free to substitute 1 1/2 cups of dark chocolate chips and 1 cup of chopped walnuts for the dried cherries and pecans. Either version is delicious and perfect for a holiday — or any day — treat. Start to finish: 30 minutes

The ingredients:
2 eggs
1 tablespoon vanilla extract
1 cup packed dark brown sugar
1/2 cup granulated sugar
1 cup vegetable oil
1 1/2 cups all-purpose flour, sifted
1 teaspoon baking soda
2 teaspoons cinnamon
1 teaspoon ground cardamom
1/2 teaspoon salt
3 1/2 cups old-fashioned rolled oats (not quick-cooking), divided
1 1/3 cups dried cherries
1 generous cup pecan halves, coarsely chopped

Putting it together:
Heat the oven to 350 F. Line a baking sheet with kitchen parchment.

In a large bowl, whisk the eggs and vanilla until frothy. Add both sugars and the oil. Mix until well blended and creamy in appearance.

In a medium bowl, whisk together the flour, baking soda, cinnamon, cardamom and salt. Add to sugar and egg mixture and mix until completely combined. Mix in 2 cups of the oats, then the cherries and pecans. Add the remaining 1 1/2 cups of oats and mix well. The batter will be stiff.

Working in batches, use a teaspoon to drop cookie dough on the prepared cookie, leaving about 2 inches between cookies. Bake for 14 to 15 minutes, or until golden brown and still soft at the center. Cool for 2 minutes on the baking sheet, then use a spatula to transfer to a rack to cool completely. Makes 3 dozen cookies.



The Associated Press

waiting for information

November 21, 2013 |


Health information exchange improving coordination of care in 12 rural counties 

(SACRAMENTO, Calif.) — Communication of clinical information needed to provide safe and effective, high quality health care is now easier in 12 rural California counties as a result of an initiative launched earlier this year by the UC Davis Institute for Population Health Improvement (IPHI).  

Through nearly $775,000 in grants awarded under IPHI’s California Health eQuality (CHeQ) Program to four designated health information exchange (HIE) providers, the adoption of HIE is significantly accelerating in rural California. As a result of CHeQ’s Rural HIE Incentive Program, HIE options for exchanging patient care-related information electronically have been created for more than 30 acute care and critical access hospitals, community clinics and behavioral health providers, serving nearly 3.5 million rural Californians. More than 700 physicians in these 12 counties will benefit from having better access to patient information.  

CHeQ also is targeting an additional $200,000 to fund “Direct” accounts, a service much like secure email, to individual physician offices, small clinics, hospitals, and other providers in these rural counties that are not yet served by a health information organization or have HIE options. The Direct service will become available in early 2014.  

Health information exchange refers to the secure electronic communication of health-related information among doctors, hospitals and other providers so that they have important patient-related information wherever and whenever it is needed to support patient care. Establishing HIE services to support electronic communication of health information in rural areas has proven to be particularly challenging, which is why IPHI launched the Rural HIE Incentive Program. HIE options for some areas were largely inaccessible or simply did not exist. 

“Patients in rural areas often have to travel long distances to multiple different health care providers to get needed care — especially for medical specialist service — increasing the likelihood that some providers will not have all the information they need,” said Kenneth W. Kizer, IPHI’s director and a distinguished professor at UC Davis. “CHeQ’s rural HIE incentive initiative has provided a catalyst for developing these services in large areas of California. This will result in better coordination and higher quality patient care being provided in these areas.”  
Redwood MedNet of Ukiah, one of the four Rural HIE Incentive Program awardees, knows how beneficial HIE is to their rural communities.  

“The Rural HIE Incentive Program has been extremely useful for us,” said William Ross, Redwood MedNet program manager. It adds HIE functionality to low-resource facilities such as community clinics and critical access hospitals in historically underserved areas.” 

In addition to Redwood MedNet, the three other service providers under the Rural HIE Incentive Program are Inland Empire HIE (Riverside), Orange County Partnership Regional Health Information Organization (OCPRHIO) (Orange) and Axesson (Santa Cruz).  

The 12 counties benefitting from this initiative are Colusa, Fresno, Humboldt, Kings, Madera, Mendocino, Napa, San Luis Obispo, Solano, Sonoma, Tulare and Yolo.



UC Davis Institute for Population Health Improvement funds state’s first “Blue Button” project for Medi-Cal
Patients to have online access to their prescription data for improved patient safety.

(SACRAMENTO, Calif.) — As part of its mission to accelerate the adoption of health information exchange throughout California, the UC Davis Institute for Population Health Improvement’s California Health eQuality program awarded $400,000 to L.A. Care, the nation’s largest publicly operated health plan, to develop Blue Button functionality.

Blue Button will allow L.A. Care members to access their own prescription data online. The project is the first in California and among the first in the nation to develop the tool for Medicaid beneficiaries.

L.A. Care offers free or low-cost health insurance programs to more than one million Los Angeles County residents, giving members access to more than 10,000 physicians, specialists, hospitals and pharmacies.

The Blue Button initiative is a Web-based feature that allows patients to easily view and download their health information and share it with health care providers and caregivers. The U.S. Department of Veteran’s Affairs initiated Blue Button in 2010. In 2012, the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology began encouraging its broader use.

“Having a list of medications available through the Blue Button will help L.A. Care members take an active role in managing their care, increase effective communication with their providers and avoid potential prescription errors,” said Kenneth W. Kizer, distinguished professor and director of the Institute for Population Health Improvement at UC Davis. “The lessons learned from this project can serve as a model for all managed care health plans in the state to adopt the same Blue Button functionality to improve patients’ access to their data.”

L.A. Care expects to begin extending the Blue Button service to Medi-Cal Managed Care beneficiaries by early 2014.

“For underserved and disadvantaged populations, the availability of online medical information resources significantly lags behind those offered to commercial insurance and Medicare patients, limiting their ability to participate in their own care,” said Trudi Carter, chief medical officer for L.A. Care Health Plan. “We are pleased to have the opportunity to bring Blue Button to those vulnerable L.A. County residents, who can now get more involved in the management of their conditions and share their information with their providers and caregivers.”

The UC Davis Institute for Population Health Improvement is working to align the many determinants of health to promote and sustain the well-being of both individuals and their communities. Established in 2011, the institute is leading an array of initiatives, from improving health-care quality and health information exchange to advancing surveillance and prevention programs for heart disease and cancer.

L.A. Care Health Plan (Local Initiative Health Authority of Los Angeles County) is a public entity and community-accountable health plan serving residents of Los Angeles County through a variety of programs including L.A. Care Covered™, Medi-Cal, L.A. Care’s Healthy Kids, L.A. Care Health Plan Medicare Advantage HMO and PASC-SEIU Homecare Workers Health Care Plan. L.A. Care is a leader in developing new programs through innovative partnerships designed to provide health coverage to vulnerable populations and to support the safety net. With more than one million members, L.A. Care is the nation’s largest publicly operated health plan.



Cory Golden

Cory Golden

The Enterprise's higher-education and congressional reporter.

waiting for information

November 21, 2013 |

UC Davis has been awarded a $750,000 grant to expand its telemedicine services for infants.

The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services grant will allow UCD to provide ’round-the-clock access to neonatologists and other subspecialists through the use of UCD’s secure videoconferencing capabilities, according to a news release.

Four hospitals were picked to take part in the program, called PEANUT: Pediatric Emergency Assistance to Newborns Using Telehealth.



(SACRAMENTO, Calif.) — UC Davis Children’s Hospital has been awarded a three-year, approximately $750,000 grant from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office for the Advancement of Telehealth – Health Resources and Services Administration (OAT-HRSA) to expand its services for infants through the new Pediatric Emergency Assistance to Newborns Using Telehealth (PEANUT) Program.

The program will provide clinicians at rural hospitals round-the-clock access to neonatologists and other subspecialists through the use of UC Davis’ award-winning secure videoconferencing capabilities.

Four hospitals in California were selected to launch the PEANUT project because they are in rural counties serving health-professional shortage areas and medically underserved areas, said Madan Dharmar, assistant research professor in the UC Davis Children’s Hospital Pediatric Telemedicine Program.

“Telemedicine has been an important part of UC Davis Children’s Hospital’s efforts to improve access to pediatric care for more than a decade,” said Dharmar, the principal investigator for the PEANUT Program. “Our goal is to extend essential subspecialist expertise to medically underserved areas, which should lead to higher quality and more cost-effective care.”

“Rural doctors and hospitals deliver great care. But they have limited access to pediatric subspecialists. Without subspecialty guidance, newborn infants may be undertreated, receive inappropriate therapies or face unnecessary transfers. By providing immediate access to neonatologists, and other pediatric experts, PEANUT will provide a safety net for rural clinicians and their patients,” Dharmar said.

For example, increasing access to pediatric cardiologists will help rural hospitals follow new guidelines for identifying infants with congenital heart disease, and also will help avoid unnecessary neonatal transfers if physicians rule out the condition in advance.

In addition to providing multidisciplinary neonatal care, the PEANUT Program also will enhance access to ongoing medical education for physicians, nurses and other hospital staff. The program will assist hospitals with implementing new state and national care standards, such as the Critical Congenital Heart Disease Screening Program, by providing training for rural hospital technologists in neonatal echocardiography. In addition, health-care providers in rural nurseries will be trained on techniques and standards for emergency care for newborns.

“The PEANUT Program will give our rural communities immediate access to the pediatric subspecialists they need to do their jobs well,” said Robin Steinhorn, chair of the Department of Pediatrics and physician-in-chief for UC Davis Children’s Hospital. “We view this program as an important step in delivering high-quality and cost-effective care throughout California.”
In addition to reducing rural disparities in care, the PEANUT program will study the long-term impact of these telemedicine interventions on neonatal outcomes, as well as the cost-effectiveness of these efforts.

James P. Marcin, director of the UC Davis Children’s Hospital Pediatric Telemedicine Program; Robin H. Steinhorn, chair, Department of Pediatrics and physician-in-chief, UC Davis Children’s Hospital; and Byung Kwang (BK) Yoo, associate professor, Department of Public Health Sciences, are the grant’s co-investigators.

UC Davis Children’s Hospital is the Sacr



Cory Golden

Cory Golden

The Enterprise's higher-education and congressional reporter.

GG1: A plan for Thanksgiving week — plus a Leftovers Shepherd’s Pie

November 08, 2013 |

By Janet K. Keeler

* Monday: Simple food
Bank calories for Thursday by trimming some tonight with White Bean and Greens Soup served with toasted pita triangles. Saute a chopped onion in olive oil along with diced carrots and celery. When veggies are soft, add a box of chicken or veggie broth. Stir in 1 teaspoon dried thyme and 2 cans of drained and rinsed white beans. Let simmer for about 10 minutes, then add whatever greens you like, such as baby spinach leaves or chopped kale, and cook until wilted. Serve with grated Parmesan cheese.

* Tuesday: Fridge-foraging
Time to make room in the fridge for all those big feast ingredients, especially Tom himself. So tonight you’ll make Open-Face Sandwiches With Fried-Egg Toppers. Toast a big piece of bread, spread with butter, mayo or soft cheese like Boursin and add thin slices of whatever meat you have on hand (ham, turkey, leftover steak). Stack with greens (Romaine, arugula, spinach) and sprinkle with a bit of vinegar. A fried egg tops it all. Now, make sure you’ve scoured the fridge for any bits of leftover soups, vegetable sides or creamy salads. Eat them.

* Wednesday: Rotisserie chicken
Maybe the store-bought bird seems like poultry overload this week, but it’s so convenient on a night when you’ve got lots of work to do. Take this opportunity to make another sweep through the fridge so you can make room for Aunt Margaret’s very special Jell-O salad on Thursday. Use the bird to make Whatever You Have Chef’s Salad. Pile up the lettuce and top with veggies, shredded chicken, hard-boiled egg slices, shredded or cubed cheese, pitted olives, pepperoncini, etc. Use the dressing of your choice, but make sure there are no leftovers.

* Thursday: T-day and eating
No matter what time you are serving dinner or when you’ll leave for someone else’s house, you’ve got to eat something before you sit down to the big meal. You don’t want to fill up the family too much, but too little food might cause crabbiness, a very unwelcome mood at the holiday table. Set out some nibbles like cheese and crackers, and hummus and pita chips. Have some yogurt on hand that can be served with granola. Fresh fruit is also a spirit booster.

* Friday: Turkey redux
Hopefully you made enough extra food to prepare Thanksgiving-Leftovers Shepherd’s Pie (recipe below) tonight. This recipe, from our buddy Martha Stewart, throws in everything but the pumpkin pie. If you’re lucky, you’ll have a slice or two of that left to enjoy with the last squirt of whipped cream.
The recipe

Thanksgiving-Leftovers Shepherd’s Pie

The ingredients:
3 cups cooked stuffing
1 cup cranberry sauce, plus more for topping (optional)
1 pound sliced cooked roast turkey with sage
10 ounces glazed carrots (or another leftover vegetable)
4 to 6 tablespoons gravy
3 to 4 cups mashed potatoes

Putting it together:
Preheat oven to 350 degrees. In a 9- to 10-inch pie plate, mound stuffing on bottom, then layer with cranberry sauce, turkey and carrots. Drizzle with gravy and spread potatoes over surface to sides of dish. Top with more cranberry sauce, if desired.

Place pie on a baking sheet and bake until heated through and potatoes are golden, 35 to 40 minutes. Let cool slightly.
Serves 4 to 6.

— From

— Tampa Bay Times



Scripps Howard News Service

GG1: Classic and modern takes on cranberry sauce

November 15, 2013 |

With two photos: gg cranberry 1 and 2

By Alison Ladman

Unless you really crave those accordion-like ridges or consider Thanksgiving a failure without hearing that classic shplopping noise, you have no excuse for resorting to canned cranberry sauce.

Homemade cranberry sauce is wildly better than anything you can buy and it takes little time or effort to make. Plus, it’s easy to take a basic cranberry sauce and doctor it up in so many delicious ways.

To help you along on your journey from can to greatness, we offer a base recipe for a delicious brown sugar and orange cranberry sauce, plus five ways of taking the flavor in crazy delicious directions. Don’t want to use our base recipe? Don’t. Use what’s written on the bag of fresh cranberries, then use our flavorings.


Cranberry sauce with variations
Start to finish: 15 minutes

The ingredients:
12-ounce bag fresh cranberries
3/4 cup packed brown sugar
3/4 cup orange juice
Pinch of salt

Putting it together:
In a medium saucepan over medium-high, combine the cranberries, brown sugar, orange juice and salt. Cook, stirring occasionally, until most of the cranberries have popped and softened, 8 to 10 minutes. Serves 8.

Remove the saucepan from the heat and select one of the flavor combinations below:

* Chipotle:
Add 1 minced chipotle pepper and 1 tablespoon adobo sauce (from a can of chipotles in adobo). Allow to cool, then stir in 3 tablespoons of chopped fresh cilantro.

* Truffled:
Allow to fully cool, then stir in 1/2 teaspoon truffle oil and 1 tablespoon finely chopped fresh chives.

* Sweet-and-Smoky:
Stir in 1/2 cup crumbled well-cooked bacon, 1 teaspoon smoked paprika and an extra 1/2 cup brown sugar.

* Lemon-Tarragon:
Stir in 3 tablespoons finely chopped fresh tarragon and the zest and juice of 1 lemon.

* Ginger-Miso:
Stir in 2 tablespoons grated fresh ginger and 2 tablespoons sweet white miso.



The Associated Press

GG 1: Setting a dramatic Thanksgiving table

November 08, 2013 |

With photo on desktop: GG1 tgiving table.jpg
By Mary Carol Garrity

Thanksgiving is my favorite holiday. Dan starts cooking the turkey early while I set the table for 27. At dinnertime, our large but intimate party of family and friends packs around the table to raise a toast, share what we are most thankful for and dig into some great food. Our daughter calls us the Loud Family because the volume gets high as we all share stories, catch up on each other’s news and roar with laughter.

If you are entertaining this Thanksgiving, I want to encourage you to make the setting for your feast as special as the people who will ring your table. Here are some steps I follow when creating a dramatic and memorable Thanksgiving table.

Step 1: Aim to awe
It’s sometimes hard to find the time to spoil the people we love most. Thanksgiving is the perfect opportunity to do just that by taking extra time to set a table that is so lavish and lovely it lets guests know how very important they are to you. The time you invest in creating a dramatic tablescape pays off when you see the surprised and delighted faces of guests as they take in your dining room.

A powerful centerpiece is the key to creating a table that wows guests. I have designed some centerpieces that are intricate and complex, and I’ve fashioned some that are powerful in their subtle simplicity.

Consider using matching garden urns to anchor your centerpiece, or even tall, beefy vases or cake plates or hurricanes — anything that gives you some nice height and allows you to embellish with seasonal decor. Incorporate moss, straw and fall foliage. If you want to go bigger and wilder, use longer tendrils of fall foliage and fallen sticks in your centerpiece.

Lushly layered place settings that weave together different colors, textures and heights are among my very favorites. Maybe start with simple orange table runners, which provide a pop of bright fall color, to break up the wood of a table top and serve as placemats. Look in your china cabinet and see what dishes you could mix up to give your table a blend of patterns and colors. You’ll be surprised by the diverse pieces you can weave together to create a charming place setting.

Step 2: Zero in on details that make a difference
Use personalization to make each place setting that much more special. Perhaps go with a menu card, a name card so everyone knows where to sit and a conversation prompt: “I am thankful for ….” There is something special about seeing your name at your place setting, isn’t there? It makes you feel like a treasured addition to the party.

Make sure to add in a few other touches that applaud the season, such as fall-themed dishes and table linens.

Step 3: Don’t forget the backdrop
While the dining table is the undisputed star of the show at Thanksgiving, don’t forget to add some decorative touches to the rest of your dining room. If your table is loaded with drama, you won’t need much. One of the spots I like to dress up for holiday entertaining is my buffet. Many of the pieces on my buffet remain in place year round, like the matching lamps and the platter. I just poke in a few seasonal motifs, like a scale holding a fall figurine, a pumpkin and a tiny bouquet of orange roses.



Scripps Howard News Service

GG1: Pastrami-wrapped bird for Hanukkah and Turkey Day

October 30, 2013 |

with photo on desktop: pastramiturkey.jpg

By Alison Ladman

Pastrami. Horseradish. Matzo. Frying in oil. All the makings of a traditional Jewish holiday meal. But this time, we add turkey, a nod to the first day of Hanukkah falling on Thanksgiving this year.

To keep this lusciously savory dinner on the speedy side, we started with turkey tenderloins. They cook quickly and you don’t need to worry about thawing them as you often do with a whole turkey. We then wrap the tenderloins in pastrami, coat them in matzo and fry them until crisp on the outside, but moist and tender inside.

The breaded pastrami wrap on the turkey adds a great “skin” to the otherwise simple turkey tenderloin. The pickled onions have a subtle bite from the horseradish. Of course, putting this together requires a little more hands-on time than throwing a turkey in the oven, but the reward is in the taste.



Start to finish: 1 hour (30 minutes active)

Servings: 12

For the pickled onions:

1 cup red wine vinegar

1/2 cup sugar

2 tablespoons pickling spice

2 tablespoons kosher salt

1/2 cup prepared horseradish

2 medium red onions, thinly sliced

For the turkey:

3 pounds turkey tenderloins

8 ounces thinly sliced pastrami

2 eggs

2 tablespoons spicy brown mustard

1 tablespoon all-purpose flour

1 1/2 cups matzo meal

Vegetable oil, for frying

In a medium saucepan over medium-high heat, combine the vinegar, sugar, pickling spice, salt and horseradish. Bring to a boil, then add the onions. Return to a boil, cover and remove from the heat. Let sit until cool. The onions can be prepared up to 2 days in advance. Store in a covered container in the refrigerator.

Wrap each turkey tenderloin in several slices of pastrami, securing them with wooden skewers as needed.

In a wide, shallow bowl, whisk together the eggs, mustard and flour. In a second bowl, spread the matzo meal. One at a time, roll each tenderloin in the egg mixture to coat evenly. Transfer to the matzo meal and roll to coat. The tenderloins can be prepared in this manner up to several hours ahead of time, then covered and refrigerated.

When ready to cook, heat the oven to 350 F.

In a large, deep saute pan, heat 1/2 inch of oil until it sizzles when a matzo crumb is dropped into it. One at a time, fry each tenderloin for 5 to 7 minutes per side, or until golden brown all over. Transfer to a rimmed baking sheet, then repeat with the remaining tenderloins.

When all of the tenderloins are fried, place them in the oven for 25 to 30 minutes, or until they reach 165 F at the center. Serve with the pickled onions on the side.

Nutrition information per serving: 270 calories; 70 calories from fat (26 percent of total calories); 8 g fat (1 g saturated; 0 g trans fats); 90 mg cholesterol; 17 g carbohydrate; 1 g fiber; 2 g sugar; 35 g protein; 440 mg sodium.



The Associated Press

GG1: Turkey Day money-saving tips you’ll be thankful for

October 30, 2013 |

By Kasey Trenum

Q: How can I prepare a Thanksgiving feast on a budget?

A: As the cost of food continues to rise, you might be stressed about affording a Thanksgiving dinner. But your stress does not have to go up with food prices. Here are some simple steps for preparing a Thanksgiving feast on a budget.

* Search for coupons! This is one of the simplest ways to save on Thanksgiving foods. Luckily, this time of year there will be lots of them floating around. Don’t forget to purchase a Sunday paper for coupons; also look for rebate offers. If you are unsure where to start, check the coupon database at It is a cinch to search for an item by name and print any available coupons. Plan your shopping and menu around the coupons you have and see what a difference it makes.

* Start shopping now. You know what you need now, so go buy it ahead of time if possible. If you know you want a turkey, pie fillings, stuffing and canned pumpkin, stock up in the weeks leading up to Thanksgiving when these items are on sale. This will also help you avoid last-minute impulse shopping, which always ends badly. Make a list, get shopping now and see how you can save.

* Be a price-matching pro. All of your area stores will be offering traditional Thanksgiving foods such as turkey, dressing and cranberry sauce, so this is the perfect time to use price-matching. That means you can have one store honor the sale price of another store. Depending on the product, you may be able to use a coupon on top of that. Check with your local grocer for details of the store’s price-matching policy so you can take advantage of it.

* Keep it simple. Instead of tons of different dishes that your guests likely won’t finish, make a few basic dishes that everyone will eat. If you know your family’s favorites, stick to those and bypass doing any additional dishes. You don’t need to make them and waste the money if no one is going to eat them.

Give these tips a try and you will have plenty of cash left in your pocket — cash that is sure to come in handy this holiday shopping season!




Scripps Howard News Service

Senior or health page: Home remedies

October 23, 2013 |

By Deanna Fox
The Associated Press

As the calendar turns toward winter, we start to hear it: The sniffles from the person in the next cubicle. The dreaded middle-of-the-night coughs from a child. It’s the cacophony of cold season, and we are headed into the throes of it.

Step away from the Sudafed.

While colds, flus, allergies and other seasonal ailments are bad news for us, the sounds that accompany them are as sweet to pharmaceutical companies and drugstores as coins clinking into a piggy bank. Last winter was one of the worst cold seasons in a decade, according to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention , which Advertising Age Magazine reported led to a 38 percent sales increase for Johnson & Johnson and a 9 percent increase for Procter & Gamble, according to Advertising Age magazine.

But many studies show conventional treatments are not as effective or have the same effectiveness rate as classic home remedies, and the overuse of them can actually lower effectiveness moving forward.

Some home remedies have withstood the test of time, like chicken soup and the power of good local honey. Reports from the Mayo Clinic have shown chicken soup relieves congestion, limits inflammation (due to inhibiting the movement of neutrophils, an immune system cell), and speeds up the movement of mucus in the body. Protective cilia, tiny hair-like structures in the nose that block germs and other contagions from entering the body, get a boost in function from chicken soup as well, according to the November 1998 issue of Coping with Allergies and Asthma. There is no scientific data on the effectiveness of matzo ball versus noodles in chicken soup, though surely your grandmother has ideas and opinions.

A more adult cold cure-all is the hot toddy. Much like chicken soup’s vapors help with congestion, the same is true with a hot toddy. The alcohol in a toddy can dilate blood vessels, helping mucus and white blood cells fight infection, and can also provide a mild sedative, making for a good night’s sleep when slumber is elusive due to cold symptoms.

Writer William Faulkner, a known hot toddy enthusiast, would prescribe toddies to cure everything from “a bad spill from a horse to a bad cold, from a broken leg to a broken heart.” A good base recipe for a toddy is 1/4 cup whiskey, a squeeze of lemon, 1 tablespoon of honey and 1/2 cup boiling water or hot tea. Combine all ingredients in a mug and drink while still hot.

”On the Score of Hospitality: Selected Recipes of a Van Rensselaer Family, Albany, New York, 1785-1835,” a book filled with recipes and cures produced from the “Historic Cherry Hill Recipe Collection,” also advocates for the use of toddy-type elixirs. Combining rum or wine with an assortment of herbs, botanical oils, and water or milk was recommended for curing sore throats, colds, coughs and “the dropsy” (commonly known today as edema).

So a toddy a day keeps the doctor away.

A key ingredient in the toddy is honey. Honey, particularly raw honey, is full of antibacterial and antimicrobial properties and sulfur, which help to soothe sore throats and speeds the get-well process of illness. Honey can be boiled down with essential oils to create homemade cough drops or lozenges for at-home healing on the go.

The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) advises caregivers to avoid giving children younger than 2 years, and in some cases age 6, over-the-counter cold medicine (as reported in an August 2007 statement). Pediatricians and parents alike turn to natural remedies to combat sniffles and stuffy heads. While there is some relief found in pharmaceutical treatments, the side effects that often come with relief (high blood pressure, dehydration, and more) are more harmful that the actual illness, deterring their use by adults and children alike.

While previous generations turned away from homeopathic options in favor of commercially produced “convenience” medications, knowledge of the natural healing properties of honey, herbs, essential oils and extracts, spices, saline and more is re-emerging. Increased research and practice is leading people back into their pantries for all-natural solutions, and the popularity of the kitchen cabinet pharmacy rises with each cold and flu season.

Deanna Fox is a frequent contributor to the Times Union. Find her at or

Homemade Cough Drops

3 inches peeled ginger root, sliced in 1/2-inch pieces

3 cold and flu tea bags or other therapeutic tea (optional)

4 cups water

1 cup raw honey

10 drops food-grade peppermint essential oil

Confectioners’ sugar

Boil ginger, tea (if using) and water together. Reduce to about 1 cup by simmering on low. Strain and reserve liquid.

Heat honey and tea mixture together in a thick-bottomed pot over medium heat. Do not allow to boil over (adjust temperature as needed). Stir constantly until the mixture reaches 300 degrees on a candy thermometer. Remove from heat.

Add the peppermint oil — be careful, it may smoke a little, but that is normal. Stir rapidly to incorporate. Pour immediately into small candy molds or onto a cookie sheet that’s been lined with a Sil-Pat mat or parchment paper and dusted with confectioners’ sugar.

If not using candy molds, let the mixture rest after pouring for a few minutes, then cut into 1-inch-by-1/2-inch rectangles with a well-greased knife. Once cooled completely, dust each drop with confectioners’ sugar, wrap with wax paper, and store in an airtight container or zip-top bag for up to three months. Use whenever illness or a sore throat occurs.

Vapor Rub

1 cup coconut oil

3 tablespoons olive oil

30 drops peppermint essential oil

30 drops eucalyptus essential oil

15 drops rosemary or tea tree essential oil

15 drops clove or cinnamon essential oil

In a double-boiler, melt the coconut and olive oils. Once melted, add in the essential oils and stir. Pour into a heat-safe container and allow to cool. Store at room temperature and use liberally on chest and feet to help clear stuffiness and congestion.

Shower Vapor Tabs

Baking Soda


Essential oils (peppermint, eucalyptus, rosemary, tea tree)

In a bowl, combine enough baking soda and water together to form a paste the consistency of peanut butter. For every cup of paste, add 90 drops of essential oils of your choice. Pour paste into paper-lined muffin tin cups, making each tab about 3/4 inch thick. Allow to air-dry overnight. Store in an airtight bag or container until ready to use.

To use, remove one tab from the paper liner and place in the bottom of the shower. As the hot water splashes the tab, it releases vapors and opens up congestion.



GG1: Latkes lend savory crunch to Thanksgiving stuffing

October 23, 2013 |

(With photo in desktop GG folder: gg1 latkestuffing.jpg)
By Alison Ladman

Part of what makes the traditional Thanksgiving stuffing so irresistible is its delicious blend of lightly crisped top and sides with a tender and moist inside.

Turns out that combination also happens to be the mark of a great fried potato latke, one of the most iconic foods of Hanukkah. And since this year marks the rare convergence of Thanksgiving and the first day of Hanukkah, we decided to see whether we could unite these classic comfort foods in one dish.

The result is a wonderfully rich stuffing topped by a crispy layer of fried latkes. And it’s good enough that you may want to make it for years to come, regardless of when Hanukkah or Thanksgiving fall on the calendar.



Start to finish: 1 hour 10 minutes (30 minutes active)

Servings: 12

2 large russet potatoes

4 eggs, divided

1/2 cup all-purpose flour

2 tablespoons minced fresh sage

Salt and ground black pepper

Vegetable oil, for frying

1 large yellow onion, roughly chopped

3 stalks celery, roughly chopped

2 carrots, roughly chopped

1 green bell pepper, cored and roughly chopped

1/4 cup chopped fresh chives

2 medium apples, peeled and diced

1 large loaf (about 1 pound) challah bread, cut into 1/2-inch cubes and toasted

2 cups low-sodium chicken or turkey broth or stock

Heat the oven to 350 F. Coat a large casserole dish or a 9-by-13-inch pan with cooking spray.

Into a medium bowl lined with several layers of paper towels or a clean kitchen towel, shred the potatoes. Gather the towels with the potatoes inside and squeeze out as much liquid as possible. Discard the liquid, dry the bowl, then return the potatoes to the bowl, removing the towels. Stir in 2 of the eggs, the flour, sage and a hefty pinch each of salt and pepper.

In a large skillet over medium-high, heat 1/4 inch of oil over medium-high. Working in batches, drop the potato mixture in 1/4 cup mounds into the oil, flattening them with the back of a spatula. Cook until golden brown on both sides, about 2 to 3 minutes per side. Transfer the latkes to a paper towel-lined plate and repeat with the remaining potato mixture.

In a food processor, combine the onion, celery, carrots and green pepper. Pulse until finely chopped.

Drain all but 1/4 cup of the oil from the pan used to cook the latkes. Set the pan over medium heat, then transfer the vegetable mixture to it and cook until lightly browned and tender, 5 to 7 minutes. Transfer the mixture to a large bowl, then add the chives, apples and challah. Season with a hefty sprinkle each of salt and pepper.

In a small bowl, whisk together the 2 remaining eggs and the broth. Pour over the stuffing mixture and mix well. Spoon the stuffing into the prepared pan. Arrange the latkes over the top. Wrap with foil or cover and bake for 35 minutes. Remove the foil or cover and continue baking for 10 minutes, or until 165 F in the center.

Nutrition information per serving: 260 calories; 50 calories from fat (19 percent of total calories); 6 g fat (1 g saturated; 0 g trans fats); 80 mg cholesterol; 42 g carbohydrate; 4 g fiber; 7 g sugar; 8 g protein; 330 mg sodium.



The Associated Press

Is music the key to success?

October 15, 2013 |

By Joanne Lipman
Condoleeza Rice trained to be a concert pianist. Alan Greenspan, former chairman of the Federal Reserve, was a professional clarinet and saxophone player. The hedge fund billionaire Bruce Kovner is a pianist who took classes at Juilliard.

Multiple studies link music study to academic achievement. But what is it about serious music training that seems to correlate with outsize success in other fields?

The connection isn’t a coincidence. I know because I asked. I put the question to top-flight professionals in industries from tech to finance to media, all of whom had serious (if often little-known) past lives as musicians. Almost all made a connection between their music training and their professional achievements.

The phenomenon extends beyond the math-music association. Strikingly, many high achievers told me music opened up the pathways to creative thinking. And their experiences suggest that music training sharpens other qualities: Collaboration. The ability to listen. A way of thinking that weaves together disparate ideas. The power to focus on the present and the future simultaneously.

Will your school music program turn your kid into a Paul Allen, the billionaire co-founder of Microsoft (guitar)? Or a Woody Allen (clarinet)? Probably not. These are singular achievers. But the way these and other visionaries I spoke to process music is intriguing. As is the way many of them apply music’s lessons of focus and discipline into new ways of thinking and communicating — even problem solving.

Look carefully and you’ll find musicians at the top of almost any industry. Woody Allen performs weekly with a jazz band. The television broadcaster Paula Zahn (cello) and the NBC chief White House correspondent Chuck Todd (French horn) attended college on music scholarships; NBC’s Andrea Mitchell trained to become a professional violinist. Both Microsoft’s Mr. Allen and the venture capitalist Roger McNamee have rock bands. Larry Page, a co-founder of Google, played saxophone in high school. Steven Spielberg is a clarinetist and son of a pianist. The former World Bank president James D. Wolfensohn has played cello at Carnegie Hall.

“It’s not a coincidence,” says Mr. Greenspan, who gave up jazz clarinet but still dabbles at the baby grand in his living room. “I can tell you as a statistician, the probability that that is mere chance is extremely small.” The cautious former Fed chief adds, “That’s all that you can judge about the facts. The crucial question is: why does that connection exist?”

Paul Allen offers an answer. He says music “reinforces your confidence in the ability to create.” Mr. Allen began playing the violin at age 7 and switched to the guitar as a teenager. Even in the early days of Microsoft, he would pick up his guitar at the end of marathon days of programming. The music was the emotional analog to his day job, with each channeling a different type of creative impulse. In both, he says, “something is pushing you to look beyond what currently exists and express yourself in a new way.”

Mr. Todd says there is a connection between years of practice and competition and what he calls the “drive for perfection.” The veteran advertising executive Steve Hayden credits his background as a cellist for his most famous work, the Apple “1984” commercial depicting rebellion against a dictator. “I was thinking of Stravinsky when I came up with that idea,” he says. He adds that his cello performance background helps him work collaboratively: “Ensemble playing trains you, quite literally, to play well with others, to know when to solo and when to follow.”

For many of the high achievers I spoke with, music functions as a “hidden language,” as Mr. Wolfensohn calls it, one that enhances the ability to connect disparate or even contradictory ideas. When he ran the World Bank, Mr. Wolfensohn traveled to more than 100 countries, often taking in local performances (and occasionally joining in on a borrowed cello), which helped him understand “the culture of people, as distinct from their balance sheet.”

It’s in that context that the much-discussed connection between math and music resonates most. Both are at heart modes of expression. Bruce Kovner, the founder of the hedge fund Caxton Associates and chairman of the board of Juilliard, says he sees similarities between his piano playing and investing strategy; as he says, both “relate to pattern recognition, and some people extend these paradigms across different senses.”

Mr. Kovner and the concert pianist Robert Taub both describe a sort of synesthesia — they perceive patterns in a three-dimensional way. Mr. Taub, who gained fame for his Beethoven recordings and has since founded a music software company, MuseAmi, says that when he performs, he can “visualize all of the notes and their interrelationships,” a skill that translates intellectually into making “multiple connections in multiple spheres.”

For others I spoke to, their passion for music is more notable than their talent. Woody Allen told me bluntly, “I’m not an accomplished musician. I get total traction from the fact that I’m in movies.”

Mr. Allen sees music as a diversion, unconnected to his day job. He likens himself to “a weekend tennis player who comes in once a week to play. I don’t have a particularly good ear at all or a particularly good sense of timing. In comedy, I’ve got a good instinct for rhythm. In music, I don’t, really.”

Still, he practices the clarinet at least half an hour every day, because wind players will lose their embouchure (mouth position) if they don’t: “If you want to play at all you have to practice. I have to practice every single day to be as bad as I am.” He performs regularly, even touring internationally with his New Orleans jazz band. “I never thought I would be playing in concert halls of the world to 5,000, 6,000 people,” he says. “I will say, quite unexpectedly, it enriched my life tremendously.”

Music provides balance, explains Mr. Wolfensohn, who began cello lessons as an adult. “You aren’t trying to win any races or be the leader of this or the leader of that. You’re enjoying it because of the satisfaction and joy you get out of music, which is totally unrelated to your professional status.”

For Roger McNamee, whose Elevation Partners is perhaps best known for its early investment in Facebook, “music and technology have converged,” he says. He became expert on Facebook by using it to promote his band, Moonalice, and now is focusing on video by live-streaming its concerts. He says musicians and top professionals share “the almost desperate need to dive deep.” This capacity to obsess seems to unite top performers in music and other fields.

Ms. Zahn remembers spending up to four hours a day “holed up in cramped practice rooms trying to master a phrase” on her cello. Mr. Todd, now 41, recounted in detail the solo audition at age 17 when he got the second-highest mark rather than the highest mark — though he still was principal horn in Florida’s All-State Orchestra.

“I’ve always believed the reason I’ve gotten ahead is by outworking other people,” he says. It’s a skill learned by “playing that solo one more time, working on that one little section one more time,” and it translates into “working on something over and over again, or double-checking or triple-checking.” He adds, “There’s nothing like music to teach you that eventually if you work hard enough, it does get better. You see the results.”

That’s an observation worth remembering at a time when music as a serious pursuit — and music education — is in decline in this country.

Consider the qualities these high achievers say music has sharpened: collaboration, creativity, discipline and the capacity to reconcile conflicting ideas. All are qualities notably absent from public life. Music may not make you a genius, or rich, or even a better person. But it helps train you to think differently, to process different points of view — and most important, to take pleasure in listening.

Joanne Lipman is a co-author, with Melanie Kupchynsky, of the book “Strings Attached: One Tough Teacher and the Gift of Great Expectations.” This was published originally in the New York Times.



Special to The Enterprise

Ski page: Epic race

October 03, 2013 |

Media Contact: Kelly Ladyga, (303) 404-1862,

Vail Resorts Announces The Epic Race, Offering an Epic Pass for Life to Guests Who Can Ski the World: 26 Resorts in Four Countries in One Season

The Epic Race challenges passholders to ski and ride 26 iconic mountains in four countries, including the U.S. (Colorado, Utah, Lake Tahoe, Minnesota and Michigan), Switzerland, France and Austria
Up to 10 winners will receive an Epic Pass for life

Registration for The Epic Race opens Nov. 1 at

BROOMFIELD, Colo. – Oct. 2, 2013 – This season Vail Resorts announced that the Epic Pass now includes 26 mountains in four countries. And now Vail Resorts is calling all globetrotting, Epic Pass-holding, die-hard skiers and snowboarders for The Epic Race – a season-long competition to visit all 26 resorts spread across four countries that make up the Epic Pass. The first 10 people to complete the race will receive an Epic Pass for life.

“When we launched the Epic Pass with five resorts in 2008, I said our guests wouldn’t be able to out-ski or ride this pass,” said Rob Katz chairman and chief executive officer of Vail Resorts. “Five years later, after adding three more countries and 21 additional resorts, we’re throwing down the gauntlet. If you can be one of the first to ski the world, you’ll ski for life.”

Starting Nov. 1, guests can register to Ski the World by visiting Each racer will need to ski or ride all 26 resorts on the Epic Pass (Vail, Beaver Creek, Breckenridge, Keystone, Arapahoe Basin and Eldora in Colorado; Canyons in Park City, Utah; Heavenly, Northstar and Kirkwood at Lake Tahoe; Afton Alps, Minnesota; Mt. Brighton, Michigan; Verbier, Switzerland; Arlberg, Austria – St. Anton, Lech, Zürs, St. Christoph and Stuben; and Les 3 Vallées, France – Courchevel, La Tania, Méribel, Brides-les-Bains, Les Menuires, Saint Martin de Belleville, Val Thorens and Orelle). Epic Racers will be asked to document and share their experience at each resort they visit to be eligible to win. All the content from the Epic Racers will be available at

“If there was any doubt that the Epic Pass is by far and away the snowsports industry’s best and most comprehensive pass, the experiences these contestants share should put the question to rest,” said Katz. “What other pass allows you to enjoy the steep and deep of the Sierra Nevada, the amazing powder of the Wasatch, the majesty of the Rockies, the urban hills in Michigan and Minnesota, the interconnectivity of the French Alps and the world’s largest linked ski area, the unmatched off-piste skiing and riding of the Swiss Alps, and the birthplace of modern Alpine skiing technique in the Tyrolean Alps?”

Epic Racers will be responsible for their own expenses in undertaking the Epic Race and no racer will be permitted to ski or ride more than one resort per day in the U.S. and two resorts per day in Europe to ensure they capture and enjoy the full experience of each mountain. Race winners receiving an Epic Pass for life will be able to ski or ride only the resorts operated by Vail Resorts in any given year. All rules and guidelines will be posted on on Nov. 1 and included in the registration materials provided to guests.

The Epic Pass features unlimited, unrestricted skiing and riding at Vail, Beaver Creek, Breckenridge, Keystone, Arapahoe Basin and Eldora in Colorado; Canyons in Park City, Utah; Heavenly, Northstar and Kirkwood at Lake Tahoe; Afton Alps in Minnesota and Mt. Brighton in Michigan. Furthermore, Epic Pass holders have the opportunity to extend their skiing and riding adventures from the U.S. to Europe with five free days at the renowned mountain resorts of Verbier, Switzerland, five free days at Arlberg, Austria and five free days at Les 3 Vallées, France. Vail Resorts is offering the industry’s best-selling season pass at $709 for adults and $369 for children (ages 5-12), but these prices are only guaranteed through Oct. 13, 2013. For more information about the 2013-2014 season pass line-up or to purchase a pass online, visit

“The Epic Pass is more attractive than ever, not just because of the access it provides to 26 mountains in four countries, but also because of the unprecedented on-mountain improvements of $130-140 million across our resorts for the upcoming season,” said Kirsten Lynch, executive vice president and chief marketing officer of Vail Resorts. “Not since the opening of Blue Sky Basin at Vail have we seen such a significant terrain expansion at a Colorado ski resort as with the addition of Peak 6 at Breckenridge. We’re also adding a new high-speed six-person lift in Mid-Vail to get guests into the Back Bowls faster and opening a new on-mountain restaurant at the base of Beaver Creek’s famed Birds of Prey race course. And then there’s the fourth generation of EpicMix – Epic Academy – which offers a unique way to earn and share your accomplishments in our world-class ski and ride schools.”



Hold for Welcome: UCD building names story

September 27, 2013 |


Aggie Stadium – Opened in 2007, it is the home of Aggie field hockey, football and women’s lacrosse. It includes:

— Jim Sochor Field — Honoring Coach Sochor’s immeasurable and unparalleled contributions and dedication to Aggie football. He began his UC Davis coaching career in 1967 when he was hired for the baseball program. In 1970, when he took over as football head coach, the team had not had a winning season for 22 years and had not won a championship since 1915. Under Sochor, UC Davis would win 18 straight league championships, more than any other football program at any level in NCAA history, until he retired in 1988.
— Bob Foster Team Center — Foster graduated in 1962 as the Aggies’ second all-time leading rusher and would eventually join the coaching staff. Described as a “players coach,” he would work with the football team for more than 20 years, the last four as head coach, 1989-92, during which time he guided the Aggies to three league titles in four seasons, twice reaching the NCAA Division II championships. He also coached women’s tennis, leading the Aggies to a national title in 1980 (Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women), and he assisted with the gtrack team.
— Bruce Edwards Club Room — Alumnus (1960) who played football and ran track for UC Davis; he is a retired businessman from the San Francisco Bay Area. In 2011, he and his wife, Diane, made a $2 million commitment to Intercollegiate Athletics — the single largest philanthropic contribution to athletics in the university’s history — to support Aggie Stadium’s future maintenance, operations and enhancements.
Maurice J. Gallagher Jr. Hall — Opened in 2009 as the new home of the Graduate School of Management. The building is named in honor of Maurice J. Gallagher Jr., a Las Vegas airline executive, who, with his wife, Marcia, contributed $10 million toward the project and an endowment for the school. Maurice Gallagher received a bachelor’s degree in history from UC Davis in 1971, and went on to earn an MBA at UC Berkeley. He is majority owner, president and CEO of Las Vegas-based Allegiant Travel Co., the parent company of Allegiant Air. He served on the GSM advisory board in the early 1990s, has been a guest speaker in graduate business courses and was the school’s commencement keynote speaker in 2000 and 2011.

Ghausi Hall — In a 2010 ceremony, Dean Emeritus Mohammed S. Ghausi became the third dean to have a building named after him in the UC Davis College of Engineering. Ghausi Hall (formerly Engineering III), houses the civil engineering and applied science departments. Ghausi (pronounced Gow-see) served as dean from 1983 to 1996, a period of strategic growth marked by expanded teaching and research programs, and increased diversity — all of which raised the profile of UC Davis engineering. He was instrumental in the development of three buildings: Academic Surge, Engineering III (now named after him and Engineering II (renamed Kemper Hall in 2003, in honor of former Dean John D. Kemper). Founding Dean Roy Bainer also has a building named after him.

Warren and Leta Giedt Hall — It comprises three lecture theaters, including the 278-seat Ted and Rand Schaal Auditorium, and two classrooms. Construction of the $7.5 million building was supported by a gift of $2.5 million from Warren Giedt, professor emeritus in the Department of Mechanical and Aeronautical Engineering, and his late wife, Leta, as well as a gift of $400,000 from alumnus and former geology lecturer Rand Schaal and his father, Ted Schaal (see Ted and Rand Schaal Aquatics Center below). Warren Geidt attended the Geidt Hall dedication ceremony, March 12, 2007, and died 11 days later at age 86.

Barbara K. and W. Turrentine Jackson Hall (1,801-seat main theatre in the Mondavi Center for the Performing Arts) — W. Turrentine “Turpie” Jackson, a UC Davis history professor, and his wife, Barbara, an award-winning costume designer and wardrobe mistress, and longtime volunteer with the Sacramento Opera and other local theater groups, were early supporters of the university’s Center for the Arts Campaign. In fact, Barbara was among the volunteer leaders of the $30 million effort. Professor Jackson died in 2000, and a year later, when construction crews put the center’s last steel beam in place, Barbara announced a $5 million gift to the campaign. “This gift stands as her extraordinary commitment to help build interest and enthusiasm for music, theater and dance in the region,” then-Chancellor Larry N. Vanderhoef said at the time. “It reflects her deep devotion to the performing arts in our communities and to this campus.” The Jacksons also endowed two faculty chairs, one in western U.S. history and the other in orchestral conducting.

Jungerman Hall — One of the older buildings on central campus finally got an official name June 1, 2011, with the dedication of the building housing the Crocker Nuclear Laboratory as John A. Jungerman Hall. Jungerman joined the faculty at UC Davis in 1951, the same year that the College of Letters and Science was formed. He was a graduate student at UC Berkeley and Los Alamos during World War II, and worked on the Manhattan Project. He witnessed the first test of an atomic bomb, Trinity,” at White Sands, N.M., in 1945.

Robert Mondavi Institute for Wine and Food Science

— August A. Busch III Brewing and Food Science Laboratory — Busch is a former president and chief executive officer of Anheuser-Busch Cos., which has a foundation that gave $5 million to the UC Davis brewing and food science lab project.

— Jess Jackson Sustainable Winery Building — Made possible by a $3 million pledge from the late Jess Jackson and his wife, Barbara Banke, proprietor of Jackson Family Wine.

Peter A. Rock Hall — Known to thousands of alums as Chem 194, this 415-seat lecture hall got a new name in 2012, honoring the late Professor Peter A. Rock. He never taught anywehere but UC Davis – 42 years altogether, until his death in 2006 at the age of 66. He was the founding dean of the Division of Mathematical and Physical Sciences, serving from 1995 to 2003.

Ted and Rand Schaal Aquatics Center — Opened in 2004, the complex features an Olympic-sized pool, locker rooms, team rooms, office space and permanent seating for approximately 500 spectators. Named after former geology lecturer Rand Schaal and his father, Ted Schaal.

Jan Shrem and Maria Manetti Shrem Museum of Art –
This project (ground breaking is expected in 2014) began with a $2 million gift from Margrit Mondavi and a naming gift of $10 million from Jan Shrem and his wife, Maria Manetti Shrem. UC Davis will inaugurate the museum as an institution dedicated to combining vanguard artistic and curatorial innovation with audience engagement. Exploring new means to connect visitors with art and participating in the process of art are two aspects of the new museum that are at the very center of its vision. The museum will encourage interdisciplinary exchange, provide means to make an impact on curricular development and create informal educational opportunities.
Gladys Valley Hall — The Wayne and Gladys Valley Foundation provided $10.7 million for this building, part of the School of Veterinary Medicine. The building includes two auditoriums, five classrooms and seminar rooms, a computer classroom and conference areas, as well as rooms for training students in diagnostic imaging, clinical pathology and clinical procedures. Opened in 2006. Wayne Valley was the founder and majority owner of San Leandro-based Citation Builders, which became one of the largest builders of single-family homes in California.

Larry N. Vanderhoef Quad
Larry and Rosalie Vanderhoef Studio Theatre

Both naming honors were announced at a retirement tribute, June 2009, as Larry Vanderhoef prepared to step down in mid-August as chancellor, after 25 years of service to UC Davis (10 years as provost and executive vice chancellor, and 15 years as chancellor).

The Larry N. Vanderhoef Quad, at the campus’s south entry, is bounded by the Buehler Alumni and Visitors Center, Gallagher Hall (home of the Graduate School of Management), and the Mondavi Center for the Performing Arts. The fourth side will have the Jan Shrem and Maria Manetti Shrem Museum of Art (ground breaking is expected in 2014).

The quad includes a fountain named after the Morris family, in recognition of Professor Emerita Mary Ann Morris’ donation to the project. Officially, it’s the Morris Foundatin — In Memory of Madison and Nora Morris and Zoa Morris-Lycan (Professor Morris’ parents and aunt). Mary Ann Morris was a faculty member in textiles and clothiong from 1962 to 1987, and an early member of an organization that became known as Friends of UC Davis Presents, precursor of today’s Friends of the Mondavi Center.

The theatre, a flexible performance space in the Mondavi Center, was formerly known as the Studio Theatre. The new name pays tribute to Chancellor Vanderhoef’s vision in proposing to build a performing arts center and his steadfast leadership in getting it done, and his wife’s deep commitment to arts education for all ages, for example, by introducing schoolchildren to the arts at the Mondavi Center.

Marya Welch Tennis Center — Marya Welch, who died in 2012 at the age of 95, was a pioneer in women’s athletics at UC Davis, as a physical education instructor, coach and administrator. Her philanthropy extended to athletics (the tennis center) and UC Davis arts. The tennis center, developed on the site of the old Hickey Courts, hosted its first match in 2005, between professionals John McEnroe and Wayne Ferreira. UC Davis rededicated the center in April 2013.

Editor’s note: This story originally appeared in The Enterprise on Feb. 24, 2003.

By Crystal Ross O’Hara

Most locals are well aware of Robert and Margrit Mondavi. In September 2001, the vintner and his wife announced the largest gift in UC Davis’ history: $35 million to name UCD’s performing arts center and to establish the Robert Mondavi Institute for Wine and Food Science.

But what about other buildings on campus, whose names — whether established through financial, academic or administrative donations — have faded from our memory? The Enterprise has chosen to explore some of the more well-known buildings on campus to learn more about their history and namesakes.

Walter A. Buehler Alumni and Visitors Center

When it officially opened on Picnic Day in 1992, this building seemed oddly out of place and facing the wrong direction.

But the 21,000-square-foot building now seems more at home nestled among the Robert and Margrit Mondavi Center for the Performing Arts and the UCD Hotel and Conference Center. It is a key piece in making the corner of Old Davis Road and Mrak Hall Drive the south-facing entrance to the campus.

The $4.8 million Walter A. Buehler Alumni and Visitors Center was built almost entirely from private contributions, including a $1 million gift from Walter D. and Carol L. Buehler. The center was named in honor of Walter’s late father, a structural engineer who worked on many of the buildings on campus.

The building houses the Cal Aggie Alumni Association — which uses a likeness of the building as its logo — the International Agricultural Visitors Program and the Visitors Services Department.

“This center, with its inviting openness and many services, will be a point of entry for many — from alumni and longtime friends to first-time visitors, new students and their families, potential employers of our students and guests from overseas,” former UCD Chancellor Ted Hullar said during an opening day speech.

Asmundson Hall

Asmundson Hall, which houses the department of vegetable crops, was once home to the department of avian sciences. It was built in 1954. The building is named in honor of Vigfus Samundur Asmundson, a pioneer in poultry research. His work included research into turkey and chicken genetics and egg formation.

He was born in Iceland in 1895 and died in 1974 after 42 years at UCD. But his legacy goes beyond research and academics. He was the father of the late Vigfus Asmundson, who served as mayor of Davis in the early 1970s and was married to former Davis City Councilwoman Ruth Asmundson.

Freeborn Hall

Before the grand Mondavi Center, the campus community would gather in Freeborn Hall for entertainment, lectures and the chancellor’s annual convocation. This 52,000-square-foot auditorium is named for Stanley Barron Freeborn. Freeborn Hall opened in 1961, a year after the death of its namesake at the age of 69. It continues to be a major gathering place for campus activities.

Freeborn became the Davis campus’ first provost in 1952 and was named chancellor in 1958. According to “Windows on the Past: A Personal History of Campus Buildings,” a book written and published by the Prytanean Honor Society in 1984, Freeborn gained recognition as an authority on malaria and malaria carrying mosquitos. The medical entomologist even has a mosquito named after him, the Anopheles freeborni.

Freeborn retired in 1959 at the age of 68. “Windows on the Past” notes that upon his death, former University of California President Clark Kerr commented, “In all his contributions to so many people and in so many ways, he was as friendly as he was wise.”

Hickey Gymnasium

A man of many talents, Vernard B. Hickey led a full life. An athlete at Washington State University, Hickey was a halfback in the first East-West Shrine game in 1925. He later went on to coach a wide variety of sports, including serving as football coach for UCD from 1937 to 1948. He served as athletic director at Davis from 1961 until he retired in 1967.

Somehow, according to “Windows on the Past,” Hickey also managed to find time to serve as a Davis City Council member, mayor (1954-58), police commissioner, county head of the Red Cross and chairman of the Chamber of Commerce. Hickey was named Citizen of the Year in 1962.

The storied Hickey Gym was built in two stages. The first part was built in 1938 and the second portion of the building was completed in 1963. It was named after Hickey in 1972. He died in 1987 at the age of 87.

Meyer Hall

For 18 years, James H. Meyer was chancellor at UCD, taking the helm in 1969, at the beginning of some of the most turbulent times in U.S. history. Through marches and protests, Meyer gained a reputation as a man who students could trust as they expressed their anger over the Vietnam War. By the time he retired in 1987, Meyer had also seen the campus almost double in population.

An Idaho native, Meyer came to UCD in 1951. In a 1994 interview, he told The Enterprise that he had always assumed he would be a farmer, like his father. But his time at the University of Wisconsin changed his mind.

“I admired some of the faculty and what they did,” he said. “The university is an exciting place, I thought. That’s where ideas are born and taught.”

Long after his retirement, Meyer could still be found creating and teaching ideas. He was fortunate enough to work in an office in a building named in his honor. In 1988, UCD’s Food and Agricultural Sciences Building was named Meyer Hall.

On Oct. 12, 2002 Meyer died at the age of 80. At a memorial that December, then-Chancellor Larry Vanderhoef said of him, “He was the best mentor and one of the most loyal friends I’ve ever had.”

Mrak Hall

Home of the UCD administration, Mrak Hall was completed in 1966 and named in honor of Emil Mrak, the university’s second chancellor. He served from 1959 to 1969.

Mrak was renowned for his work on the preservation of foods and was one of the world’s authorities on the biology of yeasts. A California native, Mrak received his bachelor’s, master’s and doctorate degrees from UC Berkeley, where he became chairman of the food science and technology department in 1948. In 1951, he and the department moved to Davis.

Many of the campus’ buildings were constructed during Mrak’s era as chancellor. This includes Olson, Sproul, Wellman, Kerr, Briggs, Bainer, Roessler, Kleiber and Mrak halls.

“He led UCD during the most rapid growth period this campus has ever seen,” Meyer told The Enterprise in a 1994 interview. “He provided the character and foundation that has led to the university’s present stature.”

Nearly 1,300 people attended a memorial service for Mrak after his death in April 1987.

Shields Library

Known as the “Father of the University Farm,” Peter J. Shields is credited with starting the school that later became UCD.

According to Alyce Williams Jewett’s “Saga of UCD,” Shields conceived of the idea at the 1899 State Fair after inquiring how a judge there knew how to evaluate the quality of butter. When he discovered that California had no such school for learning these techniques, he set out to establish one.

He spent the next few years convincing the Legislature of the need for a state dairy and experimental farm.

On March 18, 1905, Shields’ work paid off, when his bill to establish a school became a law.

“This was a day of solemn satisfaction to those of us who sensed what it would mean to California and the golden future which we felt fate had in store for her,” Shields said.

In 1909, his wife celebrated the campus’ first year by holding a Basket Picnic, the precursor to today’s Picnic Day.

Shields served almost 50 years as a Superior Court judge, but maintained an interest in the Davis campus. He died in 1962 at the age of 100.

The original library was named for Shields in 1972. The current, four-story 386,000-square-foot building is the result of several years of remodeling, completed in 1993.

Sproul Hall

Every UC campus has a Sproul Hall.

At UCD, Sproul Hall houses the departments of comparative literature, religious studies and foreign languages. At nine stories tall, it is the tallest building in Yolo County.

Named for former UC President Robert Gordon Sproul, it was completed in 1963. A San Francisco native, Sproul attended UC Berkeley and became the first UC graduate to become a UC president. He served from 1930 to 1958, overseeing vast expansion of the university.

According to “The Centennial Record of the University of California,” “Sproul’s outstanding contribution during his 28-year administration was the multiple-campus expansion of the university to meet the demands for higher education in widely separated parts of the state, while maintaining one institution governed by one board of regents and one president.” Sproul died in 1975 at the age of 84.

Storer Hall

Dedicated in 1969, the six-story Storer Hall is home to Evolution and Ecology, formerly known as Zoology, and the Center for Population Biology.

In 1923, Tracy I. Storer came to UCD as an assistant professor of zoology. He later went on to become the founding chairman of the Department of Zoology. But Storer brought more to Davis than his own academic strengths. His wife, Ruth Storer, was the only female graduate in UC Berkeley’s medical school class of 1913 and was the first female pediatrician in Yolo County.

In 1960, the Storers established an endowed lectureship in the life sciences, which brings prominent biologists to UCD from other institutions.

Tracy Storer died in 1973 at the age of 84. His wife remained active in the Davis community until her death in 1986.

Wright Hall

The colorful Celeste Turner Wright Hall houses a 500-seat main theater used for a variety of performances. In 1997, at the age of 91, the pioneering Wright became one of only a handful of women to have campus buildings named in their honor.

Wright came to UCD in 1928 to become, as she said, “a refining influence on the farm boys.” She was the first tenured female faculty member at UCD. Her academic career spanned more than 50 years and included work as a teacher of English, Latin, German and dramatic arts.

Upon her death in 1999 at the age of 93, Vanderhoef said, “Celeste Turner Wright was a pioneer in women’s search for professional recognition in the academy, an untiring advocate of the humanities and a person who never missed an opportunity to strengthen our community bonds.”



Enterprise staff

WEL: 2013 Welcome outline

September 05, 2013 |


Good CanStock puzzle images:
Close-Up Of Small Puzzle
Puzzle frame
Incomplete puzzle
Gray cardboard jigsaw puzzle (good for fact box…already made into cutout on desktop)
close up of one blue puzzle piece
Complete puzzle (at an interesting angle)
Group of white paper jigsaw puzzles
Puzzle Border (put a photo in this)

FIND: Davis Bicycles, Explorit, DCA/Autumn, Davis Art Center, Paws for Thought, Ask Maddy to write a theater story

Monthly flea market
Treat trail/Dia de los muertos
Arboretum plant sale
Movies in the park
Bike repair stations: on campus, around town
AYSO standalone photo/Opening Day LL
Comedy Central coverage as a hidden gem: Dark Sky, snoring, Toad Tunnel, potholes, fruit trees for homeless,



X A to Z listing
X Activities (VG)
Tour de Cluck
X Murals all over town
X Davis Live music festival — Landon
X It’s official, Davis is California’s ‘Coolest’ city with Cool Davis sidebar
X New website puts downtown at your fingertips
X Art

X Building the Mondavi Center season involves years of planning to get stars aligned (Jeff Hudson, with photos, box of upcoming highlights)
X Tree Davis: Fall tree planting 101
Ceramics conference
X Tours (VG)
X Parks
X Nextdoor story on neighborhood web — Tom (saved in WordPress)
X Village Harvest (Anna)
X Autumn’s DMA column
X School names (Jeff)
X Helping hand: SPCA
X Helping hand: STEAC

X Building names on campus/around town
Warren Roberts is an Arboretum all star!
X Sports round up — Kim
X Sports map — Shawn
X Aggie nicknames — Katie
X US News ranking — very recent story
X Bodega Marine facility
X Olive Oil
X Confucius Institute
X Arboretum GATEway

X Best bike rides (use Sunday best story by me)
London double-decker story (by Fred and me)
X Bike commuting
X Bike fixit stations
X Bike loop map
X Roundabouts
X Street names?
X wine map
X City of Davis map
X Getting here to there
X Rock talk: Yolo Bypass



Rock talk: Stones at bypass levee are a bulletin board

September 24, 2013 |

* Editor’s note: This story was originally published in October 2010.

A few weeks ago, the rocks read, “Jesus loves you,” but that message is long gone. By now, another message, perhaps the letters of a campus organization or a political preference, graces the slope of the levee marking the beginning of the Yolo Causeway. Travelers on eastbound I-80 have just seconds to glimpse the latest message spelled out in spray-painted rocks.

Davis High School students Margaret Starbuck, Anna Sturla and Linda Wogulis chose the spot to write out “No on 8″ during the 2008 election season. At the time, the girls were leaders in Emerson Junior High’s Gay-Straight Alliance. Their message remained visible for “about a day” before a conservative group contradicted it, Sturla said.

While many groups choose to leave their messages at night, Starbuck, Sturla and Wogulis acted during the day. “We didn’t have anything to hide,” Sturla said.

The girls had the approval and assistance of their parents, who drove them to the site and fetched supplies. “At one point Anna’s dad went to get a machete so we could cut the weeds down on the side of the highway so people could see it better,” Starbuck said.

College groups are much more reluctant to disclose that they have rearranged the rocks.

Despite the fact that a photo of the rocks as arranged by Alpha Gamma Omega fraternity is prominently displayed on Davis Wiki, the group refused to comment. When asked, one fraternity brother said he would find an appropriate person to talk about the activity. Without covering the phone’s mouthpiece, he laughed and told a friend he was going to hang up. When The Enterprise called back, he explained, sounding a bit embarrassed, “Anything involving that is sensitive.”

Arbel Bedak, a UC Davis senior majoring in music, admitted to having rearranged the rocks with several organizations, though he wouldn’t say which. Some groups use the practice as an initiation and bonding activity for new members, and he didn’t want to ruin “many years’ of tradition and surprise” for any potential inductees. “There are high school students in Davis that might be coming to UCD,” he warned.

Though driving out to the Yolo Causeway at a time when only college students are awake to perform hard labor may seem cruel, Bedak works to create “a very positive environment.”

Returning members don’t do any heavy lifting, but they “cheer (the workers) on with encouraging words.” He emphasized that the activity is a team-building exercise, not hazing. “It really is about becoming a member of the (group) and encouraging them to work in a large group,” he said.

The end result: the group’s name finished in time for the morning commute. With a large group, rearranging the rocks takes a little over an hour, but with fewer workers, students can struggle in the dark for two or three hours.

At least in Bedak’s experience, there’s never been any alcohol present. Groups take appropriate “precautionary measures” to stay out of the way of drunk drivers who may not see students in the dark. “We usually coordinate with the county police. They know that we’re out there,” he said.

Clean up, clean up, everybody do your share

Some UCD students leave a mess behind them. “Occasionally I go out there and there are beer bottles everywhere and trash,” Robin Kulakow, the executive director of the Yolo Basin Foundation, complained.

According to Sergeant Lance Faille from the Yolo County Sheriff’s Department, “It’s not vandalism, because they’re not destroying anything.” Besides, there’s not much the sheriff can do, even if messages are obscene or inappropriate. However, if people block the roadway while they’re rearranging the rocks, the sheriff can get involved to resolve traffic issues.

The levee that serves as a bulletin board also is the entrance to the Yolo Bypass Wildlife Area. The Yolo Basin Foundation leads environmental education and conservation programs in the area. “It would just be nice if the people doing the rocks remembered that it’s a public place,” she said.

“My employees do clean up on a fairly regular basis,” Dave Feliz said. He manages the Yolo Bypass Wildlife Area for the California Department of Fish and Game. “It can be a mess,” he added.

Employees of the Department of Fish and Game are usually the first to arrive on the scene every morning. During hunting season, they sometimes run into groups putting the finishing touches on their messages. “There’s been times we’ll open the gate to the wildlife area — during the duck season we’re there quite early — and we see people doing the rocks,” he said.

Message center

Over the years, Feliz has noticed the names of student organizations, personal messages to individuals, and without fail, some sort of cheer or jeer every time UCD plays Sacramento State University.

Both Kulakow and Feliz recall the message left in November 1997, when President Clinton came to dedicate the wildlife area. Someone wrote “Vic’s Place” across the levee on the day of the ceremony. “Vic Fazio was our congressman, and he was instrumental in establishing the wildlife area,” Kulakow explained.

No one knows exactly when well-wishers and pranksters began leaving messages in the area. According to Bob Bowen, the public relations manager for the city of Davis, the practice has existed for at least 50 years. “I was messing with them in the late ’60s, early ’70s as a Davis High and UCD student,” he said.

Shipley Walters, who is the author of nine books on the history of Yolo County, said that the levees and causeway were built during World War I, but the place probably became a bulletin board sometime after I-80 opened in 1962.

“It just happened to be a visible place,” Walters said. In many towns, residents leave messages on a visible hill as “a sign of civic pride.” “We don’t have any hills here, so people chose that place to make a statement,” Walters said.

The first organization to rearrange the rocks “could have been a local peace group,” Walters speculated, due to the large number of peace signs left at the spot in the ’60s and ’70s.

The exact origin story has probably been lost to history, which is fitting for such a practice. It’s “a mysterious thing that happens in the darkness, and you see the results in the morning,” Feliz said.



WEL3: UCD festivals

September 06, 2013 |

(Originally published in March…should have sidebar of festivals)

With spring comes UC Davis’ annual festivals and culture weeks, which mix the educational with the celebratory: swirling traditional Mexican dance and hip-hop, fashion and film, and food from kimchi to fry bread.

Some of the marquee events for the public include Asian Pacific Culture Night, the UC Davis Powwow, the Danzantes del Alma dance show, La Gran Tardeada and Black Family Day.

On the heels of those smaller events come the big two: the Whole Earth Festival and, ready or not, Picnic Day.

Some of the culture weeks that have long since become traditions themselves began when groups of students banded together to make something of their own on campus.

Black Family Day, for instance, started in 1969 as a barbecue on the Quad attended by 40 or 50 people.

It began as an alternative to Picnic Day, of which black students didn’t feel a part, Sacramento State University government professor Stan Oden said during an alumni event in 2009.

Andrea Gaytan, the assistant director of the UCD Cross Cultural Center, said the culture weeks are a “matter of pride and celebration of our presence here, of perseverance for many of the groups who’ve seen growth and change. I think it’s a time to celebrate the presence of underrepresented students on campus.”

All of the events are meant to be inclusive, and each year students find inventive ways to reach out to one another. This year, for instance, Asian Pacific Culture Week’s culminating show will open with Chinese dancing to the rhythm of Japanese taiko drums.

The same event also will feature a special first-of-its-kind performance when students from the Hmong Student Union and Vietnamese Student Association will dance with the folkórico dance troupe Danzantes del Alma.

Program coordinator Fong Tran said it’s been fun to see student dancers in meetings have ah-ha moments of inspiration — when they discover common movements or the use of fans in Vietnamese and Mexican dances.

The culture weeks, Tran said, are “an institutional way of investing in the diversity of the campus, a reminder to build bridges; but they also pay homage to the unique cultures and the contributions of people of color on campus.”

Some of the very same celebrations began as struggles.

Gaytan knows that well.

In 1992, she joined classmates at UCD in a hunger strike that resulted in the creation of the Cross Cultural Center, which now serves thousands of students annually.

Having taught English at home and abroad, Gaytan returned to campus and her present job, pleased to see what devoted students, staff and administrators built.

“It’s very fulfilling,” she said. “The Cross Cultural Center is better than I ever imagined it could be. I think of the staff who believed in the center and created a safe space for students who’ve come through the door, slept on its couches and taken advantage of its programs.”

— Reach Cory Golden at or 530-747-8046. Follow him on Twitter at @cory_golden



Cory Golden

Cory Golden

The Enterprise's higher-education and congressional reporter.

WEL3: Revved up: Hyundai engineers head to UCD

September 21, 2013 |

UC Davis and Hyundai Motor Corp. on Tuesday turned the ignition on the first-ever corporate-funded center on campus.

The world’s fourth-largest automaker will send eight of its engineers at a time to learn and carry out research, much like graduate students, support student research and give students a chance to rub elbows with professionals.

The company has made a three-year commitment to the project, dubbed the Hyundai Center of Excellence in Vehicle Dynamic Systems and Control.

“The goal is twofold: to operate an academic-training program and conduct research projects designed to make Hyundai vehicles safer, better-handling and more fun to drive,” said Enrique Lavernia, dean of the College of Engineering, at a ribbon-cutting inside Bainer Hall.

Hyundai will spend $940,000 on the center in its first year, including the renovation of office space and a conference room.

The first group of company engineers arrived in January. They’ll be on campus until October.

“I would like to say that this is only the beginning, and that the Hyundai-Kia Motor Company will provide continued support to make this center as successful as possible and to leave a very solid milestone for great partnership between industry and academia,” said Woong-chul Yang, vice chairman of the company’s research and development division.

“I believe that this center will not only train our engineers, but spur the excitement and passion of engineering students at UC Davis by giving them exposure to industry.”

Yang earned his doctorate from UCD in 1986. Returning to Davis is “really emotional,” he said.

“I’m so proud and excited to have this event at the place I got my Ph.D. under the guidance of professor Dean Karnopp and professor Don Margolis, who made me who I am now,” Yang said.

Karnopp and Margolis, both professors emeritus, will co-direct the center. Assistant professor Jae Wan Park and Zac Sabato will act as associate directors.

The presence of the company engineers is a boon to the department of mechanical space engineering, which is home to 32 full-time faculty, 150 graduate students and 350 undergraduates.

Said Lavernia: “I cannot over-stress the significance of such industry involvement with higher education, which grants our students and faculty real-world engagement, helps our graduates become better employees, fast-tracks laboratory research to commercial production and ensures that our academic curriculum more precisely serves the needs of the economy and society.”

Hyundai builds hybrid, fuel cell and electric cars, so as problems emerge with new technology, faculty and students will be able to work alongside the company’s engineers to solve them.

The college’s Institute for Transportation Studies works with a who’s who of major auto manufacturers on sustainable transportation issues, but the number of engineers Hyundai has sent to campus is something new.

Its engineers also will be able to get to know engineers from other companies on the “neutral ground” of the campus, Lavernia said.

“There’s a recognition (on the part of industry) that there’s a big need for engineering students and faculty and staff. I think companies are starting to realize that they need to come to the universities,” he said.

The college is currently in talks with an aerospace company about a similar initiative.

Such arrangements also should be a plus for student recruitment. “They see the name, they see the space and they want to work in it,” Lavernia said.

Not that the College of Engineering is sorely in need of help in that regard: This year, it attracted about 11,000 applications for 720 freshman slots and 1,500 for 175 transfer slots.

The campus plans to add 5,000 students by 2020. Because engineering students make up about 16 percent of students, the college likely will make up a similar proportion of new faculty hires, Lavernia said.

A bigger task ahead will be remodeling and adding buildings and other infrastructure, for which state funding has dried up. That’s where corporate partners like Hyundai are likely to play an increasing role, he said.

“That’s the greatest challenge for us and for the campus,” Lavernia said.

— Reach Cory Golden at or 530-747-8046. Follow him on Twitter at @cory_golden



Cory Golden

Cory Golden

The Enterprise's higher-education and congressional reporter.

paperless classrooms oped

September 18, 2013 |

Below, please find an op-ed called “Paperless Classrooms” by Sherry Maysonave, author of ““EggMania: Where’s the Egg In Exactly.” The piece is available for you to share with your readers in exchange for the byline that appears below the article. Please let me know if you decide to use the article, and I can provide you with a book cover and/or author photo. Thank you for your time and consideration.


Stacey J. Miller, Book Publicist
S. J. Miller Communications
Randolph, MA
telephone: 781-986-0732

Paperless Classrooms
By Sherry Maysonave

The 21st century learner is hard-wired for technology. Students today have a different profile of cognitive skills which resonate with digital tools. They expect multimedia, and they become quickly bored without it.

Schools have embraced the mobile-device wave with tablets (iPads and others), which are now almost as common as blackboards in classrooms across America. School districts are converting textbooks to ebooks to cut costs and to more easily update them. Does all this mean we are moving toward paperless classrooms? And is this good for our children?

The answer is a categorical yes. Learning occurs based upon students’ engagement levels, and no doubt, kids today are riveted by digital devices. It’s clear as a bell — a school bell, in fact. It would be short-sighted and illogical to not bring mobile-device technology and the new ways of learning into educational settings.

Leading educators agree that multisensory and multidimensional teaching methods are what engage kids today, and are most easily achieved with digital programs. The principal advantage of such pedagogy is that multiple areas of students’ brains can be activated at one time. Neuroscientists say such brain activity vastly increases long-term learning potential.

Tech-savvy teachers claim that they are far more effective because tablets act as extra sets of hands for them. With a plethora of instructional apps to choose from, teachers can manage and assess classroom data and respond in real time. In a nutshell, they can provide better-quality personalized instruction, meeting the needs of students with wide-ranging skill levels, and all in a timely manner.

Teachers are not replaced by tablets — hardly so. Teachers are still the heart of education and are crucial to the success of any program, digital or otherwise. Yet think of the advantage they have by more easily breathing life into subject matter with animated, three-dimensional visuals. This feature alone has been shown to increase retention rates up to six times higher than the one-dimensional static visuals found in traditional text books. Yet it’s not only visuals that are producing learning gains; enhanced sound plays a role, too. Interactive digital programs requiring touch can employ all three of the primary learning modalities—visual, audio, and kinesthetic—and do so simultaneously.

Interestingly, special-needs students, including blind, deaf, and autistic children, are also showing increased engagement. Test results show they, too, are having accelerated and improved learning comprehension through the use of digital tablets in their instructional programs.

Awash in research, hundreds of studies have been conducted regarding technology-based learning, many of which are funded by technology companies. Ignoring those and focusing solely on independent research, the results remain staggering in favor of technology use. What’s the bottom line? Higher tests scores and improved attitudes, especially about reading and doing math and science. Students were also shown to be more motivated, to participate more, and to have increased comprehension. These impressive findings should make the most lackluster educators and parents jump up and cheer.

The U.S. Department of Education has done its due diligence, too. After analyzing data from technology-rich schools, it concluded this: “The use of technology resulted in increased attendance and educational gains for all students regardless of age, race, parental income, or other characteristics.” That’s profound and inspiring.

Even in the face of such positive evidence, screen time, particularly the large doses when considering extended periods during the school day, remains a concern for many parents and educators. While it’s true we do not fully understand long-term effects just yet, studies done in the past five years found there’s increased relational skills—helping behaviors, collaboration, cooperation, and discussion—taking place among students in classrooms employing digital devices. This relieves some of the angst about socialization. In addition, many teachers are using Skype and digital programs to connect with students in same-grade classrooms around the world, raising global awareness, cultural understandings, and most importantly, empathy, which is pivotal to healthy socialization.

It’s just common sense that with kids getting substantial screen time at school, parents will need to step up their responsibility at home by providing additional socialization opportunities and setting digital-device limits. Sleep disruption is another concern of overdoing screen time. Numerous neurological studies show that sleep patters can be disrupted, but mainly when kids (and adults) are allowed to take devices to bed and fall asleep with them nearby. The light that emanates from electronics has been found to interrupt the making of melatonin, and essential sleep hormone the brain naturally makes.

Overall, the screen time issue has been debated for a decade or more. Hours of violent video games and droning televisions would indeed have negative effects on anyone, particularly children. Dr. Dimitri A. Christakis from Seattle Children’s Institute, associated with the University of Washington, Seattle, had this to say about screen time for kids: “The quantity of media consumed has been unduly emphasized. It is not that quantity is unimportant, but the effects of media upon children are mediated more by what is watched than how much is watched.”

A new study released just this year by the Pearson Foundation made significant distinctions in this direction. It found that negative behaviors and bad moods did not occur in children using digital devices for extended periods in directed, school settings when appropriate breaks were required and when the material was highly educational versus pure gaming entertainment.

You may say, this is all well and good for high-schoolers, but not younger children. Surprisingly, a study conducted in Maine showed that even kindergarteners, who had been exposed to educational ebooks and language arts-oriented apps, tested as having higher literacy rates. They were either already reading or had developed keen language-arts skills essential to reading readiness.

School districts that can afford electronic devices, have benefactors, or have partnered with banks and Chamber of Commerce groups to employ them in their classrooms are on track. What’s troublesome are the districts that are establishing policies of BYOD (Bring Your Own Device, from smart phones to tablets). Lower income children stand to suffer socially and educationally with these policies. In the face of shrinking budgets, we must back our schools and support them in attaining proper funding for technology that can be used by all students.

The report card is out: Mobile-device technology is helping kids to be smarter, to enjoy learning and improved achievement, and to be prepared for the future job market which will no doubt require high-level technology skills in a global economy. And it’s greener; just think of the trees that are smiling as we move closer to paperless classrooms.

By Sherry Maysonave, author of “EggMania: Where’s the Egg in Exactly?” Visit her online at———————————————————————–
This message was sent to Debbie. If you no longer wish to receive email from us, please follow the link below or copy and paste the entire link into your browser.



Special to The Enterprise

WEL: Captions for stand alone volunteer/club photos

September 13, 2013 |

* Soroptimist International, an organization for business and professional women, makes gifts to the community at large and especially encourages — financially and otherwise — outstanding young female athletes and women re-entering the job market or an academic field. Local residents have two choices: Soroptimist International of Davis meets Wednesdays at noon at the Odd Fellows Hall, 415 Second St, and Soroptimist International of Greater Davis meets on the first and third Wednesdays at 7 p.m. at FamiliesFirst, 2100 Fifth St. For more information, visit and

* Davis is proud of its active Veterans of Foreign Wars chapter, which works to promote better benefits for veterans of military service. For more information, visit

* And the Odd Fellows Hall has long been the scene of potluck suppers, pancake breakfasts, card parties, bazaars and other fundraising events to support the community work of the Independent Order of Odd Fellows and the Rebekahs. Meetings are on the second Saturday of the month at 8:45 a.m. at the Odd Fellows Hall at 415 Second St. For more information, visit

Team Davis is a local non-profit organization established in 2006 to help enrich the lives of children and adults with developmental, cognitive and/or physical disabilities living in or near Davis. Team Davis sponsors athletic, social, cultural and recreational activities that help build physical skills, a sense of camaraderie, and a more fully integrated connection with the Davis community for our participants and their families and support staff. Weekly practices for several sports are held during the year, including basketball, track, swimming, golf, soccer, bocce ball and softball. Team Davis participates in Special Olympics’ tournaments with other teams from Northern California. There also are a number of weekly or one-time activities. Currently, 90 athletes from the Davis area participate in one or more Team Davis activity during the year.

* The mission of Friends of Allied Nonprofits is to benefit 12 mental-health agencies through its consignment shop, All Things Right & Relevant, and through R&R Thrift. For more information, visit

* A helping organization that began in Davis and serves the entire county is STEAC (Short-Term Emergency Aid Committee), staffed mostly by volunteers. STEAC sees that help is there when the situation doesn’t seem to fit any other agency or service.

STEAC, accepting referrals from established agencies, quietly and effectively provides aid without red tape in times of immediate need. STEAC volunteers maintain food and clothing closets, can arrange for temporary shelter and can provide transportation in case of a family crisis.

* Senior citizens keep the Davis Senior Center, 646 A St., jumping, with an amazing number of fun activities, excursions, potluck parties and dances. The center also serves as a resource center for seniors, providing information about transportation, health and more. For more information, call 530-757-5696 or visit

* Many nonprofit agencies focusing on human services have volunteer members serving on their boards and working actively on fund-raising, community education and other projects.

Some of the local nonprofit organizations that depend on volunteers are … Yolo Crisis Nursery



Enterprise staff

Starting at the bottom to give kids a better chance

September 11, 2013 |

Enclosed is an op-ed on a study on infant care just in time for “National Diaper Need Awareness Week”, which is during the week of September the 9th. The authors are, Joanne Samuel Goldblum, the executive director of National Diaper Bank Network and Dr. Megan Smith of Yale University Child Study Center and School for Public Health. Please let me know if you are interested in using this piece. Photos of the authors are available and credit to American Forum is appreciated.
Denice Zeck
American Forum

Starting at the bottom to give kids a better chance

Dr. Megan Smith and Joanne Samuel Goldblum

Child poverty has been worsening in this country for a decade, to the point where one in five of our children is ensnared by a web of injustice and simple bad luck that diminishes their present and casts a shadow over their future. The causes are so many and varied that no one has been able to develop a corrective strategy that is likely to be implemented, particularly in a time of austerity.

We do not offer a comprehensive plan either – just one, simple, achievable action step that would make a tremendous difference: We should make sure that every child in America has enough diapers to stay clean, dry and healthy.

Our research shows that it is common for low-income families to be unable to buy an adequate supply of diapers for their children. In a recent study published in the journal Pediatrics, we found that nearly 30 percent of low-income mothers could not afford to change their children as frequently as they wished.

The want of something as simple as a package of diapers can keep parents out of the workforce and place babies at enormous risk.

Most child-care providers require parents to supply disposable diapers for their children. A parent who cannot comply with this simple request cannot work or attend job training or other programs designed to help people improve their lot. Temporary Assistance for Needy Families often requires attendance at such programs, so parents risk loss of TANF benefits. Children miss opportunities for early childhood education, and thus the achievement gap widens.

Our research found that mothers who cannot provide enough diapers are more likely to report difficulty with stress management, depression and coping with trauma. These mental health needs were even more pronounced in mothers who had trouble obtaining diapers than in mothers who reported food insecurity. Maternal stress and depression are strongly associated with developmental and health problems in children that can have lifelong effects.

Babies who are left in wet and soiled diapers are likely to get rashes and infections. Furthermore, they cry a lot, a risk factor for shaken baby syndrome and other forms of child abuse.

Though diapers are clearly a necessity, they are not generally categorized as a basic need, the way that food or housing are. As a result, the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (food stamps) and the Women Infants and Children Program do not provide diapers. Community-based diaper banks have sprung up around the country to help families. But there are not enough of these organizations to meet the needs of the 6 million American children under the age of 3 who live in poverty.

Diaper banks often get pushback that poor parents should turn to reusable cloth diapers. Some do, and a number of diaper banks provide a cloth option. But there are significant barriers, including start-up costs and access to washing facilities. We are far less concerned about what type of diapers families use than we are about assuring they have an adequate supply.

On average, diapering a child costs about $18 per week. That is a significant expense for some parents, as it represents more than 6 percent of the gross pay of a minimum-wage worker. But as a social programs go, $18 a week to change a life is an incredible bargain.

We take no position on whether that should be a public or private program, or some combination thereof. We simply think that discussions about basic needs should include all basic needs.

On an individual level, when a baby is obviously in distress, people are quick to ask: Does she need a change?

In America today, millions of babies and toddlers are less comfortable, less safe and less likely to prosper in the long-term because they are sitting in wet, soiled diapers.

They need a change.


Goldblum is the Executive Director of National Diaper Bank Network and Dr. Smith is professor at Yale University Child Study Center and School for Public Health



Special to The Enterprise

WEL: Take a hike

September 06, 2013 |

(From June VG)
The UC Davis Stebbins Cold Canyon Reserve, set in a steep canyon of the Northern California Coast Range, showcases the impressive landscapes, human history and plant and animal communities of the region. The reserve has a mix of undisturbed habitats, including grasslands, blue oak woodland, chaparral shrublands, riparian woodland and a seasonal stream.

Immediately upstream of Cold Creek’s outlet to Putah Creek stands the massive wall of Monticello Dam.

The number of visitors to the canyon varies consistently with favorable weather, but the trails are open all year-round, and become well-worn after the winter rains.

Bird-watchers will have much to see at Cold Canyon, and mammals range in size from the ¼-ounce shrew to the large, lumbering black bear. In fact, more than 40 species of mammals call this area home for much or all of their lives.

The reserve is open year-round to hikers, from sunrise to sunset. An entrance donation of $2 per visitor is requested at the informational kiosk near the reserve entrance. Stebbins Cold Canyon is about 15 minutes west of Winters.

* More information:
Spring-fed waterfalls cascading over shadowy caverns, pockets of wetlands with turtles floating undisturbed and the fur of black bears shimmering in the sunlight as they move swiftly along river banks. Recounted by Andrew Fulks, who manages UC Davis’ Putah Creek Riparian Reserve, these adventures actually are close to home.

Fulks has worked to inform, protect and expand opportunities in local nature. And the local outdoorsman shares his journeys from the Blue Ridge trail off Highway 16 to a route leading into Pierce Canyon Falls.

* More information: Detailed descriptions of nearby hikes are listed on the Tuleyome Trails page — aka Yolo Hiker — at



Enterprise staff


September 06, 2013 |

* Editor’s note: This story originally published in February.

It’s been nearly three years since the U.S. Bicycling Hall of Fame made its cross-country journey, emerging from boxes in New Jersey storage to be showcased in a new Davis home at Third and B streets.

The spoke shrine has raced forward at breakneck speed in an effort to find its niche in the American sporting world.

Anthony Costello of Davis, president of the Hall of Fame board, believes this will be a breakout year for the Hall.

“We’ve always said this was a start-up project,” Costello explained. “We’ve spent the last two years restructuring the board, reworking the building, bringing the collection out of storage, rebuilding the website … doing a lot things that corporate funders expect to see in place.”

The hard work is paying off …

* On May 6, the Hall of Fame presented its inaugural Legends Gran Fondo, featuring three-time Tour de France winner Greg LeMond.

* A new elementary school education program is on the horizon.

* A locally based assistant executive director has been hired and oversees new daily hours.

* The Tireside Chat series will continue to bring interesting and internationally known visitors to town for discussions and presentations.

* The November induction ceremony continues to thrive, with national attention growing. This year’s induction is Saturday, Nov. 3.

* At the hub of the Hall of Fame’s increasing presence are powerful additions to its board of directors.

“These new members are all world-class cycling or industry people,” Costello told The Enterprise. “Those people are going to connect us much more to fundraising, too.”

As the shrine’s profile grew, Costello and Pennsylvania-based Executive Director Joe Herget were able to recruit a who’s who of marketing and cycling-savvy personalities to serve on the board.

John Greene, vice president of corporate sales at AEG and the Amgen Tour of California, joins Shawn Hunter of U.S. Pro Cycling Challenge; Bruce Donaghy, vice president of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney; Nancy Hill, customer marketing vice president of Del Monte Foods; Cathy Sutherland of EVP Kensington International; George Mount, a Hall of Fame inductee; and Todd Gogulski, a Davis resident and voice of the Tour de France.

“We wouldn’t have had any of these folks two or three years ago,” Costello said, pointing out that the cycling world wanted to see what direction Davis was taking the Hall of Fame.

Costello believes the new lineup speaks volumes to how the city, UC Davis and those in charge of the facility have propped up and promoted the new Hall.

Gogulski, who already is a frequent visitor at Third and B, is a “perfect” example of the new clout among the incoming board members.

“He’s right at the nexus of what we’re trying to do,” Costello said. “He’s a major player in the industry; he’s connected to every bike racer or rider we’ve ever heard of; he knows the history of the sport — but he also lives in Davis, so from a proximity standpoint, he can be heavily involved with us.”

Then there’s the potential impact in fundraising.

A $250,000 city of Davis redevelopment grant partially has sustained the Hall of Fame. Costello said the facility will reach a “tipping point” later in the year, at which time the organization needs to be self-sustaining.

Trustees like Greene, Hill and Sutherland are expected to bring fiscal clout.

But the Hall of Fame isn’t going to fall back entirely on contributions or grants. Costello and the current board have been pro-active: The annual induction ceremony is a money-maker and the new Legends Gran Fondo is expected to be a big financial shot in the arm.

“One of our goals when we relocated to Davis was to add more annual events that could focus on our inductees and raise money for the organization,” Costello said. “We’re optimistic that we can make this a truly one-of-a-kind event in the country and grow it quickly to be an important annual fundraiser for the Hall of Fame.”

Herget said the Gran Fondo is attracting “many of America’s greatest cyclists from all disciplines of the sport.”

LeMond, a 1996 Hall of Fame inductee, was the marquee participant in a field that included BMXer Stu Thompson, track superstar Nelson Vails, mountain-bike mavens Jacquie Phelan and Ruthie Mathes and triathlete John Howard.

As far-reaching as Costello and Herget believe the Hall of Fame’s impact will be, the pair know its bread and butter is local and regional attention. Enter Herget’s assistant, Kelsey Monahan.

A former San Francisco resident, Monahan was hired in June of 2011 to assist with the massive tasks of inventory, helping with website makeover, scheduling exhibit changes and staffing the Hall of Fame for daily hours. The Hall of Fame is now opened Tuesdays through Fridays from 1 to 5 p.m., and Saturdays from 10 a.m. to 2 p.m.

From the new website — at which visitors can explore the ever-expanding treasure chest of the Pierce Miller Collection and the old hall’s recently unearthed bounty — to the frequent Tireside Chats, the Gran Fondo and the constantly changing Hall of Fame displays, Costello and Company think their vision is playing out.

“Just recently we didn’t have a home, the organization needed a lot of work — and we’ve been doing that work to show corporate funders here’s a new direction: all the things you have to have in place,” Costello reflected. “We’ve done that.”

Notes: Costello believes an internship at the Hall can be a game-changer in the job market: “Interns these days are looking at a tough job market and they’re doing everything they can to have (résumé entries) that are unique. We are that kind of opportunity — there are only a few sports hall of fames in the country.” …Visit to journey through cycling history, learn about upcoming Hall events or to sign up for the Legends Gran Fondo. Costello credits current trustees like Brodie Hamilton, Ken Hiatt, John Carbahal, John Hess, John Meyer, Bill Roe and Matt Dulcich — among others — “for doing most of the heavy lifting locally … getting us to this point.”

— Reach Bruce Gallaudet at or 530-747-8047.



Bruce Gallaudet

WEL: Warren Roberts is an Arboretum all star!

September 07, 2013 |

(Originally published June 2012…walk on Sept. 11; check back for website update on next walk dates)

Did you take in a Walk with Warren this year? That’s Warren Roberts, superintendent emeritus of the UC Davis Arboretum. Well, if you didn’t, you are out of luck until September or October. But there are other activities at the Arboretum all summer.

Warren, superintendent for 37-plus years, has been leading a monthly walk in parts of the Arboretum since before he retired. He is a superior storyteller. You ask him about a tree and he has one fascinating story leading into another.

On one walk, in the oak tree grove, he had told a story about a tree insect that produces a sweet substance that can be used to make candy. There is a chestnut-leaved oak, quercus castaneifolia, that grows in the Shields Oak Grove. Native to the Caucasus and Alborz mountains of Iran, it is the fastest growing oak after our valley oak. It has excellent wood and is used for timber.

His candy from oak tree story: In its native habitat, it has a mealy bug that lives on it — sort of like an aphid with a very wooly coat — and that insect, when it hooks onto the part of the tree that carries the fluids up and down … it gets more than it needs and so ejects some of the sugary material. In your own garden you might see aphids and sooty mold, that’s the honey dew as it’s called that’s been attacked by fungi. But it collects in the wooly part of these insects and so you can take your finger and get some (sweetness) by just touching this particular creature.

It was long ago that people learned that this could be made into a candy. So people go out and scrape the mealy bugs off of these twigs and gather them and put them into a double boiler so that the water gets hot, but not to the boiling point. So that gets the sugar into the watery solution plus some of the protein from the insect, and this is strained and cooked down and you make a nougat of this. Usually you think of sugar and egg white … but the egg white part is taken care of by the protein from the insect and the nougat is made … — sort of a soft, chewy candy — and traditionally pistachio nuts are added to it, which come from the same part of the world, and rose water. This is the most delicious thing and it has the name Gaz … (a Farsi word that means) gal or girl, probably related because Iranians speak a language related to English. It’s not an Arabic language at all.

And then that is typically made into little cakes, about 2 1/2 inches across and about less than a half-inch thick and then it is stored in flour and you can ship it around. I had a roommate from Shiraz, which is in the southern part of Iran. And his folks used to send boxes of this stuff. And, oh! It was so delicious. It’s kind of like divinity but with a rose flavor and you can get it here in Davis at the International Food Market in Davis Manor, East Davis. Ask for Gaz. It’s wrapped in little papers. It is made with egg whites so people who are squeamish about … where eggs have been would be squeamish about that too. Nonetheless, it’s delicious and has come from a tree.

That story was from my roommate … He knew the Iranian oak and the oaks we have. Thank goodness we don’t have the mealy bugs (in the Arboretum).

Warren’s story led into one about a scrub oak from the Mediterranean that has another kind of mealy bug, which produces a red dye that was the main dye for the Roman empire, medieval Europe and so on. Gradually, the Spanish adopted that red dye but with the conquest of Mexico, a much better insect was found for red dye — that’s the cochineal on prickly pears. The name cochinilla is depreciative for little pig. When they dry, they look like little black pigs.

Warren is familiar with the products of our own native oaks. On his mom’s side, there were Native Americans. His grandmother used to make muffins and sheet cake from acorns. You gather them, crack open the shell and have to get the brown skin off the cotyledon because that’s very bitter. Then the seeds are ground and leached. You put them in a colander and keep pouring scalding water over them until it no longer tastes bitter. Then his mom and grandmother would toast it in ovens and then grind it again and they would add it to the recipe and use it instead of bran in muffins.

Warren was interested in plants from the time he was 3. His grandparents and great-grandparents were interested in plants. His great-grandmother was a gringa but was a healer. She was born in the Sierra foothills in the 1860s and learned about herbs. She used yerba santa, which was used to treat tuberculosis. The leaves taste sweet so, when you are hiking, you use the shiny leafed species and it keeps your mouth from drying out. She also used creosote bush to make a poultice to treat arthritis.

The Arboretum had been discontinued when Warren came to run it in 1972. He was hired to re-establish it. He was hopeful when he met devoted volunteers Pat Miller and Nancy Crosby, who were painting a building, and those volunteers are still working today, 40 years later.

Year-round, the 3.5-mile Arboretum loop is a delight of surprises, free, 24 hours a day. In the summer, it’s best to visit early in the morning or later in the day. Google UC Davis Arboretum and click on Plan Your Visit for maps, directions, parking information, to find out what’s in bloom, special events, tours, folk jam sessions, birding and the like. I recommend the very accessible west end if you only have time for a short taste.

— Jean Jackman is a Davis resident. Her columns appear monthly. Got a story, question, comment, correction? Contact her at



WEL Box: Toad Tunnel

September 06, 2013 |

The Davis Toad Tunnel, as Stephen Colbert explained during a segment on the Daily Show in 1999, was created “to end the senseless, vehicular homicide of innocent toads.” The tunnel itself is a pipe 6-inches in diameter that runs underneath the Pole Line Road overpass to the Davis Post Office on the other side. A miniature town commonly known as “Toad Hollow” greets traveling amphibians and includes a pub, restaurant and hotel. The town has been commemorated in the children’s book “The Toads of Davis: A Saga of A Small Town” by the tiny town’s designer, Ted Puntillo Sr.

Located: 2020 Fifth Street, at the Davis Post Office
More information: